Download - FSB - Feronerie Manual 2009

Introduction

DuoHandlesHandleDuos

Bronze

Aluminium, AluGrey, Alu + Color, Stainless steel

Brass

Furniture for special doors

Furniture for entrance doors

Barrier-free system solutions

Accessories

General information

13

37

67143167191229

255

281303309319325

347427453

467

473

517

531543555571

583603

31

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Lever handles and window handles

Lever handles and accessories in bronze

4a Lever handles4b Roses, backplates4c Door knobs, knobs/pulls on backplates4d Window handles4e Flush pulls, door stops, accessories

Lever handles and accessories in brass

6a Furniture for framed doors6b The intelligent lever handle – “EZK” 6c Emergency-exit device6d Gymnasium fittings, XXL-lever handles6e Furniture for glass doors

7a Door pulls7b Security fittings7c Letterplates, Intercom and bell-push plates,

Alphanumeric characters

8a Ergo lever handle, barrier-free fittings, XXL-lever handles

8b Barrier-free ErgoSystem® diagonal-oval for sanitary and residential applications

8c Metric® bathroom accessories

9a Mortice locks, profile zylinders, strike plates9b Spindles and fixing accessories9c Kicking plates9d Fixing templates

10a Explanatory notes10b Numerical index

Foreword, Innovations, EN 179, 1125 + 1906,Technical information

FSB and color?

FSB’s stance on colour in architecture.

May our grey look lovelier!

The colour scale of Le Corbusier.

How Le Corbusier made it to colour.

Interplay between colour and space.

Functional and associative aspects.

Harmony, composition and colour scale.

The Salubra wallpaper collection by Le Corbusier.

New tones at FSB.

12

36

66

254

280

344

466

530

582

3

IntroductionProud tradition

Project sector innovations

DIN EN 179

DIN EN 1125

DIN EN 1906

Technical notes

4

6

8

9

9

10

1

Proud tradition

4

FSB Handbuch

Beschläge fürTüren und Fenster

AluminiumMessingBronzeEdelstahlAlu + Farbe

This Manual is part of a proudtradition stretching back to1881. Since then, FSB hasbeen presenting itself to themarket in new guises every 15years or so. This approach haskept us fresh and has clearlyalso helped keep us going.

We hope you will make useof this new aid at every oppor-tunity. Should you encounterdifficulties in your day-to-daydealings, please do not hesitateto communicate them to us.Only thus can we continue tomatch market requirements.

Franz Schneider Brakel GmbH + Co KG Nieheimer Straße 38 33034 Brakel Germany

Phone +49 5272 608-0 Fax +49 5272 608-300 [email protected]/en

5

1

Dear Reader and Handle Enthusiast,It is with pleasure – and not alittle pride – that we are nowpresenting you with the newFSB Manual for 2009|10. We Eastern Westphalians areknown for our modesty and yetwe would at least like to takethis opportunity (and this oneonly) to urge you with quite abit of self-belief to make theFSB Manual your Number Onechoice for door and windowhardware, project constructionventures, barrier-free grab systems or electronic accesscontrol – i.e. for anything re-motely connected to fitting yourown or other people’s four wallsout with architectural hardware.The principal function of thisManual, after all, is to servearchitects, building planners,fabricators, trade stockists andhouse builders alike as a soundand exhaustive aid to planningthat leaves no wish unfulfilled.But perhaps you also know FSBas an enterprise that addressesitself to things that do not atfirst sight appear to have muchin common with mere products:“lived” corporate culture, re-source-conscious production,well-conceived product design,socially responsible action –for us, far from being just finewords, these have always beenpart and parcel of our day-to-day activities and of how wesee ourselves. They are also allvital for active environmentalprotection. FSB was one of thefirst companies in Germany tohave its endeavours certificated.We are aware of our ecologicalresponsibility in the naturalcourse of things. This relates tothe choice of materials worked,the design of manufacturingprocesses and dealings withinherited liabilities. And if there

is one thing we are clear aboutas an SME at a time whenglobalisation is on everybody’slips, it is this: successful busi-ness activity is indeed compat-ible with being regionally rootedand opting for “high-wageeconomy” Germany.FSB products have friends allover the world. The “Made inGermany” tag is a byword bothat home and abroad for time-less design, function-drivenengineering, durability andsustainability, attributes thatcannot be reconciled with ar-bitrariness, any focus on short-term profit or opportunism.FSB door and window fittingsare an investment in the future– if that's what you're after.FSB products live longer thanwe could theoretically care for.Their visuals are still spot-onafter decades and decades too.We offer you quality to getherwith well-conceived system so-lutions. From an aestheticpoint of view, our products arethe authentic upshot of workwith celebrated internationalarchitects and designers. Weadditionally focus our attentionon the materials used and theenduring quality of our finishes,which are carefully coordinatedthroughout the range. You canbe just as sure, moreover, thatwe are technically on the ball.Besides an innovative electronicaccess control system andsome very engaging flush as-sembly variants of our classicfittings, we also wish at thisjuncture to draw your attentionto our barrier-free ErgoSystem.We have drawn on experiencegained in the sphere of handleculture to offer the elderly – oranyone aspiring to greatercomfort in the bathroom and

home – a well thought-outrange of grabs and accessoriesfor barrier-free living. It goeswithout saying that we likewisekeep up with trends in facadeconstruction that are leadingto the use of windows anddoors with a high degree ofthermal insulation or of large-format glass components. Thehigh level of investment in-volved is reason enough to de-mand hardware that does itsjob lastingly and reliably aswell as being technically on apar with the systems it operateswith. It is only if solutions arearrived at under these provisosthat are also fittingly attractive,however, that our quality aspi-rations are met. Test us!

FSB Franz Schneider Brakel

Project sector innovations

6

Classics for the modern age –the FSB Bronze Collection

With the appearance of its2008|09 Manual, FSB isadding another classic doorhandle design (FSB 1102) toits Bronze Collection as well as a complete range of fittingsand matching accessories formain-entrance doors. The col-lection embraces both classicand modern handle designs ofround and oval cross-section,DIY handle solutions from ourht kits, security roses, letter-plates, intercom and bell-pushplates and the now almostlegendary house numbers afterOtl Aicher. The relevant product overviewis to be found on pages 40and 41.

Flush pulls – and other flat product ideas

The flush furniture with heavy-duty bearings for door thick-nesses of 45 mm upwards thatwe presented in our last GermanManual was extremely well-re-ceived by the market. The FSBDevelopment Dept respondedby going into retreat and dulycoming up with a raft of inno-vations that we would like topresent for the first time in thepresent Manual:

– flush roses with standardbearings for door thicknessesof from 38 - 44 mm (cf. page 146)

– recessed pulls in rectangu-lar/square and oval/rounddesigns with open and dis-creetly closed handle recesses(cf. pages 234ff.)

– armoured roses for main-en-trance doors to DIN 1906 S2in a flush finish (cf. pages448 and 449)

– window handles with shallowroses - suppliable for allmodels in the FSB range (cf. page 195)

Design + Security Generation 2008

The proven anti-bandit creden-tials of the “Design + Security”range FSB introduced in the1990s successfully demon-strated how a modular securityhardware concept can meetvarying design notions and security requirements in equalmeasure. With our new securityhardware models FSB 7360and 7361 we are literallycloaking our proven securitytechnology in a completely new,self-standing design concept:adopting a radically purist approach to design, FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weiseintroduces a security hardwaredesign in the present Manualthat departs radically from re-ceived formal concepts: usingstainless steel 5 mm thick hehas created a matter-of-factsculpture of folded surfacesthat does nothing whatsoeverto accommodate its intendeddoor. The design is only avail-able with an S4 security ratingand, besides a classic version,optionally comes with an inte-grated electronics package inthe form of a capacitive door-bell sensor plus nameplateand radio-operated door-bellmodule and a harmonised ra-dio gong on the inside. Pleaseconsult pages 430ff for moreon our security hardwaresculptures.

ErgoSystem – new departuresfor life in old age

Our multi-award-winningErgoSystem has established itself as the Number One choicein recent years where barrier-free products for residentialand sanitary applications areconcerned. The handicappedand elderly appreciate thecomprehensiveness of a sys-tem that provides an optimummeans of self-help without dis-pensing with design of the highest order. Its support rails,grabs and bathroom accessoriesare also distinctive from an ergonomics point of view: thediagonal-oval sectioning of therails and handles echoes thehuman anatomy and reducesthe force required to take holdof them. Rounding off the sys-tem are our barrier-free leverhandles, XXL-format handlesand elegant METRIC bathroomaccessories. In the presentManual we are also launchingnew products that comple-ment the range in a formallyharmonious and functionallyconsistent manner. From walk-ing aid holder through shower-head bracket for single-handedoperation to flexible hangingseat: the new products areshown together with the wholefamiliar range on pages 474onwards.

7

1

Compact glass door furnitureby Christoph Ingenhoven

Glass doors are a contemporarymeans of expression in modernarchitecture. They create morelight, link up spaces and areconducive to a great sense ofroominess. The innate trans-parency of glass doors meansthat great care needs to betaken when designing hard-ware for them, however. It isthe lock, handles and hinges,after all, that can really turn aglass door into a design factor.Together with the architectChristoph Ingenhoven, we havenow developed a slender rec-tangular item of furniture forglass doors whose unfussy elegance sets perceptible ac-cents in a space. The surfaceterminates flush with any DINframe to visually unify the two.The glass door’s transparencyis underscored by the tight dimensions of the lock cover,which is some 10 % smallerthan in standard glass doorfurniture. Transparency-driveninformation is to be found onpages 325ff.

Satisfactory doesn’t satisfy us

Competent product solutionsought to be a matter of coursefor a highly evolved society, asshould equally reliable func-tioning over a product’s full lifecycle. Doors accompany ourlives for a great many years afterall. That’s reason enough toscrutinise the material, design,engineering but also, crucially,the durability of a door in itsentirety. Durability equates withcost-effectiveness, meaningthat dearer can be cheaper inthe long run. That’s because,as well as procurement costs,it is also necessary to bear inmind all outgoings over a pro -duct’s anticipated life cycle –repairs, servicing and any replacement included. Thatholds particularly true for doorssubject to constant heavy-dutyoperation – open/shut, open/shut, open/shut - for manydecades.

DuoHandles/HandleDuosDissimilar couples by FSB

We have been busying ourminds with the door handle –a seemingly mundane com-mon-or-garden product – forwell over a century now. Thishas given rise at pleasantly ir-regular intervals to books andbrochures, workshops and ex-hibitions, all driven by the cre-ative tension existing betweenhand and handle. Honouringthe tradition of the now leg-endary “Door Handle Work -shop in Brakel”, in 2006 weinvited the new design elite towrap their brains round thehandle’s innate bilateralism.Handles on either side of a doordo not, after all, necessarilyhave to be of identical design.Thirty-two designers and archi-tects then set to work – as duos of course. Married cou-ples, unmarried couples, officepartners and other twosomesproceeded to develop “duohandles” and “handle duos” ofa surprising breadth: pairingsmarked by contrast and otherson common ground, “male”and “female” handles, “soft”organic forms and “hard” hi-tech models, sculptural worksof art and straightforwardmeans of leverage. We havenow chosen five handle duosfor you and admitted them toseries production. The inspirational outcome canbe in spected and conceptuallyembraced on pages 13ff.

In its capacity as an interna-tional project brand and inkeeping with the approach ithas to quality in any case, FSBis therefore adding Class 3and 5 mortise locks and Class3 panel locks to its productrange with publication of thepresent Manual, specificallywith a view to providing its in-ternational market partners co-ordinated entire solutionfrom a single source.

You will find the FSB lockrange inclusive of strike platesand europrofile cylinders byWinkhaus on pages 531ff.

DIN EN 179 foremergency exit devices

Making up that range for thepurposes of EN 179, with theappropriate testing and certifi-cation having been carried outfor the lock and striking plateseries permitted in combina-tion with them, are the follo-wing FSB fire-safety hardwaresystems in conjunction withthe lever handle models indi-

cated in the digest below: · lever handle and entrance

door furniture, respectively available as FSB· rose· short backplate· backplate· broad backplate sets

· frame-door handle, and· safety hardware furniture

8

7607 13*

7616 13*

7631 13*

7645 13*

7653 13*

7670 13*

7674 13*

7688 13*

7694 13*

7619 13*

7646 13*

7610 63*

7664 13*

7650 63*

7651 63*

7607 25*

7616 25Page 288

7631 25*

7645 25Page 289

7653 25*

7670 25Page 290

7688 25*

7694 25*

7619 25Page 288

7646 25Page 289

7610 25Page 287

7664 25*

7650 25*

7651 25*

0657 12*

0616 12*

0684 12*

0645 12*

0603 12*

0665 12*

0670 12*

0688 12*

0694 12*

0619 18*

0646 12*

0680 12*

0632 12*

0627 12*

0628 12*

Seldom has the inclusion ofstandards in Germany’sBuilding Rules List B/Part 1triggered such controversy asin the case of these two stan-dards. They have both indi-sputably come through theproof-of-conformance proce-dure and are thus valid. It isalso official, however, that the-re is no reference in buildinglegislation to EN 179 and EN1125 being bindingly applica-ble despite the model andspecial building regulations es-sentially dictating that doorson escape routes be easy toopen from the inside acrosstheir full width, if need be withthe aid of a pull handle. DINEN 179 governs the use ofand requirements for emer-gency exit devices involving le-ver handles and push pads.Hardware combinations withinthe meaning of EN 179 are tobe rated as products with abearing on building supervi-sion functions to be includedin Building Rules List B andhaving the requisite EU or CEconformance kitemark. Theycomprise a lock, handle hard-ware and striking plate and arerequired to have been testedand certified as a unit. To spa-re your having to rack yourmind over such arcane mat-ters, however, and to make su-re you’re always on the rightside of the fence, FSB sup-plies what must be the mostcomprehensive range of hard-ware in the sector in this re-spect.

* Available on request, versions with 9 mm Δ for fire doors

DIN EN 1125DIN EN 1906

9

1DIN EN 1125

Under this standard, panicdoor devices (= lock + strikingplate + push bar) are to be fitted wherever high levels ofpublic traffic are likely and un-familiarity with the environsmay lead to panic arising.Here, too, exact and bindingimplementations of the provi-sions set forth in EN 1125 ha-ve been the subject of heateddebate. We are very much ofthe opinion that the ultimatedecision as to where panic

push-bar furniture is to be fit-ted should lie with the archi-tect/planner – in liaison withthe competent building autho-rity, of course. Panic fitting combinations arelikewise required to be testedand certified as functionalunits under the terms of thestandard. Accordingly, the re-gulatory framework for buildingventures as set out above like-wise applies to hardware sy-stems governed by EN 1125.A panic device is required tobe designed in such a manner

that it immediately releasesthe door if pressure is appliedto any point on the push baron the inside of the door in aline leading to an emergencyexit. The force applied mustbe such that children and mo-bility impaired persons can di-sengage the lockingmechanisms in place too. FSBhas joined forces with lockmakers Winkhaus, Wilka andBMH to test and certify a va-riety of panic push-bar fittings– which can be found on pages 313-322.

We will gladly send you the re-levant test certificates for thehardware combinations gover-ned by EN 179 and EN 1125if so requested.

DIN EN 1906

DIN EN 1906 lays down requi-rements and test proceduresfor lever handles and door-knobs. The utility value or ra-ting of hardware is always tobe arrived at using the classifi-cation key specified.Compliance with DIN EN 1906is only achieved on the basisof the totality of testing criteriaand the findings they give riseto. All FSB products consider-ably exceed the values prescri-bed in this standard.

Incidentally: FSB has subjec-ted the issue of standardisa-tion to some thorough-goingscrutiny of its own: please re-quest our brochure entitled“FSB on the subject of stan-dards: DIN EN – Quality to getto grips with”. The adjacent di-agrams, which graphically illu-strate the standing of FSB’sown quality standards, are alsotaken from this booklet.

Lever handle sets for fire and

smoke control doors

The standard currently in force(December 1997) lays downthe requirements and testingprocedures for “fire safety” fit-tings. These are regulated buil-ding products which arein clu ded in Germany’s Buil dingRules List A under serial No.6.17 and whose fitness forfunction is to be proved bymeans of a certificate of accor-dance (ÜZ) issued by a recog-nised certification body and ofa general building supervisiontest certificate (P). The Ü kite-mark indicates that fitness forfunction has been proved andis enclosed with every set of fi-re safety hardware.

FSB has the largest range ofits kind on the market, oneembracing more than 50 leverhandle models in combinationwith roses as well as short,standard and broad backpla-tes, all certified and constantlymonitored by the MaterialsTesting Laboratory (MPA) inDortmund.

Torsional rigidity of the spindle

Class 1Class 2Class 3Class 4

FSB

FSB-Stabil spindles offer greater torsional rigidity with lower levels of deformation.

Tensile stress exerted on assembled fittings


FSB

FSB heavy-duty fittings withstand greater levels of tensile stress due to their compact design and the ruggedness of their connecting elements.

Degree of slack when assembled hardware is at rest


FSB

The FSB bearing system guarantees a low amount of slack, thus preventing the furniture from “moving about”.

M = 20 Nm

M = 30 Nm

M = 40 Nm

M = 60 Nm

Tige Stabil FSB 8 mm Δ

Tige Stabil FSB 9 mm Δ

F = 500 N

F = 800 N

F = 1.000 N

Garnitures grand public FSB

F = 300 N

10 mm

10 mm

6 mm

6 mm

DO 20.3

DIN 18273

FS

10

The special requirements fordoors designed to afford pro-tection against fire and smokeare set forth in the followingDIN standards:

DIN 4 102, Parts 5 + 18 DIN 18 082, Part 1 DIN 18 095, Parts 1 + 2 DIN 18 273

Design-engineering details aswell as functional and loadingcriteria are specified in thesestandards. Please note in par-ticular Section 5.1 of DIN 18273. FSB supplies almost allmodels suitable for commerci-al uses in fire-safety variants.These fittings are certified andquality-monitored in accordan-ce with Building Rules List A(6.17). The general buildingsupervision test certificate (P)and the certificate of accor-dance (ÜZ) have been issuedby the Materials Testing Labo -ra tory (MPA) in Dortmund.The monitoring contract bearsthe registration number 12 9902-Do 20.3.

Technical notes

Fire safety fittings

Sliding bearingCarrier unit with circlip,spacer and wave washe

Features

1. Solid square-section construction

2. Fastening for anchor clamp3. Anchor clamp with pre-

stress springing4. Grub screw with piercing

punch

FSB Stabil-spindle

The FSB Stabil-spindle carrieson from where its predeces-sors – the FSB Screw- and theFSB Anker-spindle – left off.New is a spring loaded toler-ance compensator pierced bythe grub screw when fastened.

14

2

3

All FSB lever handles are to be fitted with the FSB Stabil-spindle. The spindle is solid andmeets all the specification setout in DIN 18 255 if correctlymounted. For detailed informa-tion on every aspect of our spin-dle technology, please consultsections 9b and 9d.

11

Technical notesHanding

Doors are either right or lefthand, relative to which way theyopen. When ordering lever fur-niture with dead knob or spindleelement located on the outside,you should specify left or right.Indication with use of diagramnos. 1, 2, 3 or 4 would suffice.

1

Keyhole spacing

The standard keyhole spacingfor internal backplates is 72 mm, for bathroom back -plates 78 mm and for final exitbackplates 92 mm. Thespacings are measured as follows:

1. BB and Chubb: centre offollower to centreof key pin.

2. Profile cylinder: centre offollower to centre of profilecylinder core.

3. Oval cylinder: centre of follower to centre of oval cylinder.

4. Round cylinder: centre offollower to centre of roundcylinder.

5. Emergency release: centreof follower to centre ofspindle.

6. WC: centre of follower to-centre of spindle.

7. Thumbturn: centre offollower to centre of spindle.

Keyholes

In the absence of special in-structions, we supply platesand roses with lever lock key-holes, i.e. BB.

6+75 81 32 4

Door thickness

Standard doors almost invari-ably feature standardised doorthicknesses: internal doors 36 - 43 mm (7 mm Δ), internal doors 36 - 45 mm (8 mm Δ), entrance doors 66 - 75 mm (10 mm Δ).These are the standards FSBspindles are designed to.The thickness of older doorsshould be checked and anydiscrepancy pointed out whenordering.

Lock follower

According to DIN lever handlesemploy different locking mech-anisms depending on their ap-plication. FSB supplies:

– for internal door locks leverhandles with 7 mm squarespindle

– for internal door locks leverhandles with 8 mm squarespindle

– for locks in fire safety, smokeand panic doors lever handleswith 9 mm square spindle

– for entrance door locks leverhandles with 10 mm squarespindle

Bathroom/WC version

FSB bathroom furniture fea-tures a thumbturn (R) on theinside and an emergency release with indicator (WC) onthe outside. The door can beunlocked from the outside using an Allen key or coin.The red/white indicator (S) canbe dispensed with if so desired.A special-purpose emergencyfurniture is available for oldpeople’s homes and nurseryschools by item no. 17320054, cf. page 151.

2. DIN r.h.,inward opening

inside

outside

3. DIN l.h.,outward opening

outside

inside

4. DIN r.h.,outward opening

outside

inside

1. DIN l.h.,inward opening

inside

outside

FSB’s stance on colour

in architecture

Anyone thinking about hand-les and door pulls by FSB andour relationship to colour isbound to be drawn to the co-lour shades in our hardwarefinishes, and with good rea-son too. Be it through the sil-very sheen of stainless steel,the satin shimmer of AluGrey,the patina that comes withbronze or the golden gleam of brass, our door handles set accents in architecture interms of both their form andcolour or else they modestlymerge with their surroun-dings. The colours of our pro-ducts were an inspiration tous in the 1980s as we evol-ved our corporate design – va-rious shades of grey becamethe “colour” of our choice.Compared with our previous

century in business, the newidentity is a truly humble oneand made us something of a loner amongst our rivals.Since then, though, many acopycat in the trade has don-ned our grey mantle for them-selves. Reason enough for usto revive an idea that oncecame to our companion ofmany years, Otl Aicher, buthad since been forgotten.Things are going to become abit more colourful at FSB infuture. Just exactly what wehave in mind can be gleanedfrom the coloured pages bet-ween the various sections inthis Manual.

13

DuoHandles HandleDuos A few words up front

Handles for a flying city

Elemental forms

Art history, Greek-Orthodox

Guided operation

Dot - line - plane

214

15

19

23

27

31

A few words up frontA few words up front FSB hasbeen addressing itself to thishumdrum everyday product,one that justifiably strikes mostpeople as being rather low-profile despite their coming in to contact with it more oftenthan they may be aware, forwell over a century now. Youguessed it – we’re once againreferring to the door handle,that wonderful artefact and extension of the human hand.At delightfully irregular intervals,this state of affairs yieldsbooks, workshops and exhibi-tions, all driven by the creativetension existing between handand handle. It generally onlytakes two excuses to get usfocusing our questioning mindson the object of our desire –those being some mildly plau -sible reason and a good topic.

A welcome opportunity to casta fresh look at the handle pre-sented itself to us in 2006,exactly 20 years after top inter-national architects and de -sign ers, amongst them MarioBotta, Hans Hollein, Peter Eisenman, Dieter Rams, Alessandro Mendini and ShojiHayashi, had convened at ourlocation in the backwoods ofeastern Westphalia for the nowlegendary “Door Handle Work-shop in Brakel”. So why notinitiate another such work-shop, we thought – this timewith a later generation of topperformers and not in anybackwoods but in the old andnew metropolis of Berlin. Afresh topic wasn’t long in pre-senting itself either. By analogywith the doors it adorns, thereare clearly two sides to ourprincipal product. Indeed, it isgenerally bought in pairs, or asa duo. This led us to ask our-selves three questions. Firstly: do the two handles oneither side of a door really needto be of identical design? Secondly: wouldn’t it be a goodidea to arrange for top interna-tional architects and de signersto give the issue of “handleduos” some thought? And,thirdly: wouldn’t there be a case– a compelling one, in fact –for getting said luminaries toaddress the matter as “duos”?

We invited 16 designer duos togive their own very individualanswers to our three questions.With all due immodesty andbias, we have to say that theoutcome was decidedly positive.Of course that was down notto us but solely to the best de-signers from Switzerland, Aus-tria, the Netherlands, France,Spain, Slovenia, Japan and,last but not least, Germany.And they all operated as duos.Amongst them were marriedcouples, unmarried couples,office partners and a few de -signers whom we asked to select a dream counterpart forthe project themselves. This allgave rise to “duo handles” and“handle duos” of a surprisingbreadth (even for us): pairingsmarked by contrast and otherson common ground, “male”and “female” handles, “soft”organic forms and “hard” hi-tech models, sculptural worksof art and straightforward meansof leverage.

No less impressed than our-selves were members of thepublic who were able to viewthe design drafts in an exhibi-tion at the “Stilwerk” premisesin Berlin and to rigorously testthem out. The internationaldesign and architecture presswas likewise visibly struck andpoured acco lades on our logi-cal yet unwonted focus on“both sides of the coin”. Wehave now selected five handleduos for you and admittedthem to series production. Wetrust you will be inspired toheartily take hold of them.

14

15

Handles for a flying city

Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof,

Stuart Veech

Veech Media Architekten, Viennawww.veech-vma.com

2

Internal door furniture

Entrance door furniture

Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1201 | 1743 | 1744 1

1201 | 1731 | 1735 2

1201 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1201 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1201 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1201 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3753

16

DuoHandlesDesigns 1201 | 1202

Design: Mascha Veech-Kosmatschof, Stuart Veech

www.fsb.de/duos

Vienna-based American-Russian architect duoStuart Veech and Mascha Veech-Kosmatschofare known for the organic curves and movingstructures they have recourse to when fashioningspaces, environments and installations. Boththe form and functional options of these entitiesrecall utopian designs of early Modernism suchas those by Soviet architect Georgi Krutikov,who designed a flying city made up of floating,dynamic bodies in the 1920s in which the housingdoubled up as means of locomotion and wassuitably streamlined.

132

58



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1202 | 1743 | 1744 1

1202 | 1731 | 1735 2

1202 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1202 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1202 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1202 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3753

17

2

Aluminium

132

58

Like their avant-garde paragons from the earlymodernist period, both designers thrive on working at the cusp between reality and virtuality.It was only logical, then, that their motion-richhandle duo should be developed with the aid ofleading-edge computer software called “Compu-tational Fluid Dynamics” that is generally usedto simulate the flow behaviour of liquids andgases or, indeed, shoals of fish. The software’smaritime connotations may explain why theseastoundingly haptic aluminium handles resembleobjects polished smooth by the ocean - fluid,flexible, dynamic and full of organic verve.

Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ

1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing

2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531ff.

32,5

120

70 43

74

14

18

3753Aluminium

Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

Technical information page 194

Window handle

19

Elemental forms

Ivan Reimann

Müller Reimann, Berlin www.mueller-reimann.de

Gesine Weinmiller

Weinmiller Architekten, Berlin www.weinmiller.de

2



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1203 | 1428

1203 | 1428 | Knob backplate on request

1203 | 1428 0084 1

1203 | 1428 0054 2

3756

20


Design: Ivan Reimann, Gesine Weinmiller

www.fsb.de/duos

A modern, clean-lined formal vocabulary is the trademark ofBerlin architects Ivan Reimannand Gesine Weinmiller. Theychampion elemental forms, getexcited about reduction and eschew the will to over-design.The handle duo they have come upwith encapsulates this approach:two angular bodies of stainlesssteel sporting elemental geometri-cal forms give rise to a three- dimensional pattern whose severeelegance derives from the visualinterplay of trapeze and rectangleand of line and plane.

135

54



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1204 | 1428


1204 | 1428 0084 1

1204 | 1428 0054 2

3756

21

2Stainless steel

140

55

The short shank of one handleprotrudes from the door as anupright rectangle, that of the otheras a flat rectangle. There is thesame perceptual interplay whenthe grip sections are viewed front-on. While one model presents itself to the observer flat-on tohigh -light the trapezoidal styling of its shank, its counterpart is a horizontal block that has seeminglyundergone planar elongation.Backplates cut from solid materialreinforce the emblematic effect ofthese elemental forms.

Plate dimension: 35 × 275 mm Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ



32,5

125

70 43

69

14

22

3756Stainless steel


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handle

23

Art history, Greek-Orthodox

Petra und Paul Kahlfeldt

Kahlfeldt Architekten, Berlinwww.kahlfeldt-architekten.de

2



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1206 | 1426


1206 | 1426 1284 1

1206 | 1426 1254 2

3752

24


Design: Petra and Paul Kahlfeldt

www.fsb.de/duos

139

64

In the first of his “Ten Books onArchitecture”, the famous Romanarchitect Vitruvius argues that theDoric column symbolises malegrace and the Ionic column, bycontrast, the slenderness of thefemale body. While the Dorica,unadorned and austere, serves asan image of loads carried and ispredominantly found in the templesof male gods, the slender Ionica,adorned with flowers, foliage andvolutes, is reserved for the shrinesof the goddesses of antiquity. Berlin-based architect duo Petraand Paul Kahlfeldt, who are fondof citing Ancient Greece in theirwork, have clearly read their Vitruvius.



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1207 | 1426


1207 | 1426 1284 1

1207 | 1426 1254 2

3751

25

2

Brass

139

64

They have used the two columnsas the thematic basis for theirhandle duo. “Petra” - as the twoauthors have aptly dubbed their“female” handle - echoes in subtlyabstracted form the slender entasis,the capital and the characteristictorus of the Ionic column, whilst“Paul” embodies the conical formof the Doric column with its flutingand echinus. Made of solid poli-shed brass and adorned with ele-gantly styled backplates, bothhandles are emblematic of aconceptual approach intent on re-establishing bonds between mo-dern design and construction onthe one hand and the treasure ofexperience from art history andthe traditions of classical architec-ture on the other.

Plate dimension: 35 × 195 mm Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ



32,5

127

70 43

78

14

26

3751Brass


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles

32,5

127

70 43

78

14

3752Brass


27

Guided operation

Martin und Stefanie Naumann

fnp architekten, Stuttgartwww.fischer-naumann.de

2



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1208 | 1743 | 1744 1

1208 | 1731 | 1735 2

1208 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1208 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1208 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1208 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3755

28


Design: Stefanie and Martin Naumann

www.fsb.de/duos

135

64

Stuttgart architect duo Stefanie and Martin Naumann set about their remit in a soberlypragmatic vein: “Resisting the urge to be showy,we have opted for a very straightforward pathafter a long, hard tussle. We have admittedlyrisked treading where others have trodden be -fore, but there’s not necessarily anything wrongin that.” There’s certainly nothing wrong withtheir handle duo, whose archaic simplicity andpurist linearity (“no curvature, no caressing ofthe hand, no add-ons”) could be said to consti-tute the basis for all handle duos. Forming thepoint of departure are the varying sequences ofmovements involved in operating doors: “Doorshave two sides and each is different.



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

29

2

Stainless steel Grip OakStainless steel Grip Makassar

135

64

One side comes at you whilst you have to shovethe other one away, on one side you have to useyour own hand as a brake to avoid being squa-shed against the door reveal whilst on the otheryou have to firmly take hold.” The designer duohave drawn the following formal consequencesfrom these push/pull constraints: both handlessport the same basic form but can be told apartby design details indicative of the different waysin which handles are taken hold of. The handlewith which a door is pushed open features aclearly visible “thumb rest”, whilst the handleused to pull a door open has been given a “forefinger furrow” - all very much in line withour Four-Point Guide to Good Grip(pability).

1209 | 1743 | 1744 1

1209 | 1731 | 1735 2

1209 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1209 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1209 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1209 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3755




32,5

123

70 43

78

14

30

3755Stainless steel Grip OakStainless steel Grip Makassar


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handle

31

Dot - line - plane

Maximià Torruella,

Patricio Martinez

Pm,Mt arquitectura, Barcelonawww.pmmtarq.com

2



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1211 | 1743 | 1744 1

1211 | 1731 | 1735 2

1211 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1211 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1211 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1211 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3754

32


Design: Patricio Martinez, Maximià Torruella

www.fsb.de/duos

The idea informing the design by Spanish archi-tects Maximià Torruella and Patricio Martinez isthat of a tip-up figure: A quick twist through 90degrees transforms one handle design - a flatsteel band bent to form a lever - into two differenthandles, depending on whether the band is fitted horizontally or vertically relative to theshank. Whereas the shank is visible as a steelycylinder with a circular top in the horizontal variant, thus very much focusing attention onthe handle’s point of rotation, in its verticalcounterpart the cylinder is concealed by thesteel band and doubles up as a means of support.

152

49



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

33

2

Stainless steel

152

67

The way the designers play with front and topviews really works, and the socket screws merelyserve to heighten the design’s hi-tech appeal.This very original Spanish handle duo affordsarchitects great stylistic latitude. In the privatesphere they can use them to indicate the out -side and inside of a space; in public buildingswith a large number of adjoining doors, the twomodels can be fitted alternatingly to create arhythmic relief-like pattern that injects vibrancyinto long corridors.

1212 | 1743 | 1744 1

1212 | 1731 | 1735 2

1212 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1212 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1212 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1212 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3754




32,5

130

70 43

14

63

34

3754Stainless steel


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handle

Let our grey

look lovelier!

When an enterprise wishes togive itself a fresh “lick ofpaint”, the graphic artist en-charged with the task first le-afs through his or her coloursamples. From Pantone toHKS to RAL, the world of co-lour invariably has a (not so)fitting shade for every occa-sion. Just why it is that thisor that colour happens to suitour (or your) company to agreater or lesser degree is so-mething our powers of reasonare very fond of being unableto grasp. It’s a good job tasteis such a splendid source ofcontroversy. Also of interest isthe way colour psychology isenlisted in an attempt to ana-lyse the issue scientifically.By that token, FSB ought tobe receiving psychotherapy

with its penchant for grey-ness. Hold on! If colour isused, it’s got to be done withcommon sense and reason. So what could be more logicalthan to extrapolate said co-lours from the products theygrace – as is the case in thecolouring of our corporateidentity so familiar to you –and then go one step furtherto where they are used, in architecture. But what colour is architecture? That’s aquestion one of the most ce-lebrated architects of Moder-nism may be able to answerfor us.

37

BronzeBronze – the material

Overview

Lever handles

Roses

Backplates

Roses for framed doors

Protection roses

Knob handles

Doorknobs

Knob backplates

Window handles

Flush pull, Door stops

Lever handles for framed doors

Doorknobs for framed doors

38

40

42

48

49

51

52

54

54

56

58

61

62

64

3

38

BronzeThe materialLike brass, bronze, is not a na-tural product but the upshot ofhuman inventiveness. Bronzeis an alloy of copper and tin(hence the expression ‘tinbronze’, which is still current).The specific properties ofbronze underpin a great manytechnical developments – bothin the distant past and in thehi-tech present. It is with goodreason that an entire period ofhuman history is named afterthis metal – the Bronze Age.Copper was man’s only wor-king metal for a very long timebefore the art of alloying various metals was discoveredand hence application optionswere extended and enhanced.Learning how to combine cop-per and tin to form an alloy,bronze, was an achievementon a par with the feats of industrialisation.Whereas pure copper is com-

paratively soft, the tin in bron-ze lends it great strength andhardness. Bronze is also veryresistant to corrosion and we-ar, moreover. These propertiesrevolutionised the making ofobjects of daily use, though al-so of weapons.

A metal of a special kind

What, in a very literal sense,most visibly distinguishes bronze is revealed by years ofuse. With time, bronze hard-ware acquires added appeal.The patina that develops reallybrings out the material’s aes-thetic charm and that of leverhandles made of it. Polishedbronze fittings darken throughthe effects of the atmosphereand environment. Patinashould not be thought of asbeing a material blemish. Rather, it bears testimony tocredible ageing and the bene-fits of change. It also protectsthe surface in a natural way,somewhat like a coating of sealant.Bronze is a material that isused as opposed to being usedup and has been recoveredand its constituents recycledsince time immemorial. And it is not just in facilitating theeconomical use of resourcesthat bronze has affinities with“wabi-sabi”, the traditional Japanese system of values andaesthetics. Factors such as itsnatural ageing process, the beauty this gives rise to, itsearthy colouring and its warmlysensuous emanations imbuebronze with a quality that lendslever handles made of the material uncommon powers ofadornment.

The tradition of bronze in architecture

By supplying a selection of itslever handle models in bronze,FSB is reviving a tradition thatwas indefensibly consigned tooblivion during the heyday ofpost-modern architecture. Notonly is bronze a material that isintricately tied up with the history of human civilisation,but it also excels by virtue ofmaterial qualities and of hapticand visual properties that froma very early stage led to itsbeing favoured for the makingof objects, fixtures and fittingsin architecture – lever and pullhandles included. Bronze played a major part in architec-ture back in antiquity, in theMiddle Ages and during theRenaissance period. Doors andportals on prestigious buildingsstill impressively bear witnessto the momentous nature ofthis material today. Many architects cherish thenoble character of bronze –and were doing so before itwas rediscovered for presti-gious structures in the newBerlin. The German bronze tra-dition goes back a long way. Inthe mid-19th century, SamuelAbraham Loevy set up a bronze foundry of the samename and established it as amakers of “high-quality fittingsin gunmetal and yellow metal”as bronze and brass were origi-nally referred to. Until it wasexpropriated by the NationalSocialists in 1939, the S. A.Loevy company worked for ar-chitects such as Peter Behrensor Heinrich Straumer andsupplied hardware, fixturesand fittings for a great manyaward-winning public buildingprojects.

The Material

We make use of a copper-tinalloy containing 92 % copperand 8 % tin for our bronze fit-tings that bears the formulaCuSn8 and is registered asmaterial No. 2.1030. Thiscomposition is characterisedby its excellent resistance tocorrosion, great tensile strengthand extreme hardness. The re-sistance to wear of this bronzemakes it a prime candidate for products of daily use thatcome in for a lot of rough treatment.

Areas of application

After the years of the stainlesssteel boom and a soberly func-tional formal vocabulary in ar-chitecture, the desire for a newmaterial with a fresh appearan-ce is making itself heard moreand more. Bronze fittings suggest themselves for settingsin which lambent shades pre-dominate or nuanced designaccents are to be set. Our bronze range is ideal forrenovation and refurbishmentprojects, furthermore. Wherever traditional architectu-re is preserved or re-interpre-ted, lever handles in bronzeare a charming reminder of thepast.

39

FinishesIt is a fact of nature that, oncefitted, bronze hardware is al-ways likely to change colourover the course of time or tobecome darker - depending onhow often it is used or – in thecase of outdoor applications inparticular – on the effects ofthe weather.The “lifeline” above gives someidea of the shades achievable.It depicts polished waxed finis-hes ranging from non-artificial-ly aged about averagely artifi -cially aged up to the dark pati -nated finish.

It is possible, of course, to in-corporate the process of chan-ge illustrated by the lifeline in-to the architectural conceptitself: fittings with a non-artifi-cially aged finish will changeto a greater degree than thosewith an averagely artificiallyaged finish or even the fittingswith patinated finish.

Please address requests ofthis sort to the CommercialConsultants in our Field Service (cf. Page 578).

Polished bronze

Hardware with finish 7305 ispolished and acquires a subtlynatural-looking sheen as a result. Surfaces patinate in anatural manner in the courseof time.

Artificially aged bronze

Hardware with finish 7615 and7625 is pre-treated adopting aspecial procedure developedby FSB. An immersion bath forcupriferous metals imitates thenatural ageing process of thematerial. Artificial ageing yieldsa typical bronze patina that isevery bit as impressive as itscounterpart brought about byenvironmental influences.

A final coating of oil at theworks protects both finishesagainst the aforementioned ex-ternal influences, which woulddiscolour untreated bronze surfaces. The oil used can beeffortlessly removed with aproprietary cleanser and isecologically sound.

Corrosion control

On aesthetic grounds, wewould not recommend holdingback time artificially. FSB will,if expressly requested to do so,supply anyone hell bent all thesame on cocking a snook atthe forces of nature with bronze door levers sporting a lacquer finish. We would, however, emphatically adviseagainst such a choice, sincethe coating involved detractsfrom the natural patina effecttypical of the material.

Lacquered bronze fittings losetheir sheen, moreover, as soonas the lacquer is damaged andintercrystalline corrosion sets in.

Surface hygiene

Items of daily and regular useare undeniably popular habi-tats for bacteria and germs.This is inevitably also the casewith lever handles – especiallyin public buildings, where theyare subject to greater use.Some competitors claim thatcertain materials kill germsmore effectively than others.But in our opinion this only(measurably) holds true underlaboratory conditions. Whethera given host material destroysbacteria in 24 hours or in 72 is academic really, since doorstend to be in fairly regular useanyway. You would have to take remedial action every time a door were negotiated toeliminate germs altogether.

FSB supplies door and windowhardware in bronze, and theattendant accessories, in thefollowing finishes:

FSB 7305 Bronze polished oiled

FSB 7615 Bright patinated oiled Bronze

FSB 7625 Dark patinated oiled Bronze

There may be slight colour variations between batcheswhere artificially aged bronzein particular is concerned. Farfrom being a quality defect,this phenomenon is rooted inthe nature of the material andthe chemical ageing process,which may give rise to slightlyvarying colour shades depen-ding on the climatic or produc-tion conditions involved. Suchdiscrepancies are evened out,however, from the moment thehardware is subjected to regu-lar use and a natural patina isformed.

7305

7615

7625

3

Overview

40

1015 Pages 42,80

1045 Pages 44, 96

1023Pages 43, 86, 256

1102 Pages 45, 116, 263

1106 Pages 46, 118, 264

1163Pages 47, 136

0802,2302Pages 54, 171, 175, 272

0829, 2329 Pages 55, 172, 176

2346, 2309 Pages 54f., 179

0602, 0638 Pages 64, 292

0629, 0609 Pages 65, 293

7215 Pages 62,287

7245 Pages 62, 289

7263 Pages 62, 290

7202 Pages 63, 286

7223 Pages 62, 288

1743, 1744 Pages 48, 148, 150, 268

1758, 1757 Pages 51, 296

3423 Pages 58, 197, 274

3424 Pages 58, 198

3433 Pages 59, 200

3736 Pages 59, 208, 277

4211 Pages 61, 239, 279

3432 Pages 60, 199, 274

1410 03 Pages 49, 157

1418 03 Pages 50, 159, 270

1450 03 Pages 49, 156

1451 03 Pages 50, 158, 270

3453 Pages 60, 213

7206 Pages 63, 287

41

Bronze

Brass

Alu + Couleur

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

1927 03 Pages 61, 196, 281

1970 03 Pages 60, 197

7000 0004 Page 454

7000 0347 Page 455

7000 0348 Page 455

7375 Page 481

7376 Page 480

7395 Pages 56, 493

3808 Page 499

3810, 3811 Page 504

3884, 3880 Pages 65, 253, 255, 289

4005 Page 507

3246 Pages 55, 492

3812 Page 504

3

6534 37 Page 392

6535 37 Page 393

6537 Page 394

6536 Page 393

6533 37 Page 392

6506 ..Page 386

6507 ..Page 386

1964 03 Pages 61, 196, 281

1963 03 Pages 60, 197

7396 Pages 57, 490 f.

6522, 6524 Page 358 f.

666938 666999 Page 386

6681 Page 378

6683 38 Page 391

6602 38 Page 370

6538 Page 365

1015 | 1743 | 1744 1

1015 | 1731 | 1735 2

1015 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1015 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1015 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1015 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7215 25 8 mm Δ7615 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 62

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

0609 2853 turnable2309 2801 fixed

3424

Details page 58



Bathroom furniture

Lever handle for framed doors

Door knob for framed doors


Window handle

122

54

42

It is not known who designed the original ofFSB 1015. We suspect it was hatched by thewehag company. The version by Johannes Potente is a very clean-lined lever handle thatassumes a completely fresh identity, both haptically and visually, in the new bronze variant.

Product family Model 1015

Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel


Lever design with return, acc. to. EN179: FSB 1045 cf. page 44


2 1731 | 1735 subroses withlugs and through fixing – foruse with German DIN locks,cf. page 531f.

Flush roses cf. page 146f.

43



Bathroom furniture




Window handle

58

135


1023 | 1743 | 1744 1

1023 | 1731 | 1735 2

1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7223 25 8 mm Δ7623 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 62

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

3423

Details page 58

In the 1950s, the Swiss architect, sculptor anddesigner Max Bill got together with Ernst Moeckelto fashion a door handle for the new Ulm DesignCollege building that drew on the handles common on railway carriage doors in Switzerlandand has made design history as the “Ulm handle”.FSB 1023 is yet another of our models that ac-quires strikingly new visual and haptic propertiesin bronze.

BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*

3




* Furniture for frameddoors not available inbrass




Bathroom furniture




Window handle

44

54

132

40


1045 | 1743 | 1744 1

1045 | 1731 | 1735 2

1045 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1045 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1045 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1045 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7245 25 8 mm Δ7645 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 62

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

3424

Details page 58

FSB 1045 is based on the model on the pre-vious page, FSB 1015. Given the unceasing useof the FSB 1015 model in commercial ventures,we have now supplemented this design with areturn variant conforming to DIN EN 179. Testing and certification to DIN EN 179 are atthe preparatory stage.

BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel



Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ



Bathroom furniture




Window handle

1102 | 1743 | 1744 1

1102 | 1731 | 1735 2

1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 02**1

1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06**2

1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7202 25 8 mm Δ7602 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 63

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

3432

Details page 60

45

Product family Model 1 102

127

60

22

The FSB 1102 model is rooted in a redesignventure by Italian designer Alessandro Mendini,who refashioned the celebrate Gropius leverhandle by using a different material and addinga groove as one of his submissions to FSB’s Design Workshop held in 1986.

Owing to the popularity of this design, we nowsupply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed aboveand the corresponding finishes. We would re-commend using the rugged stainless steel varianton heavily used doors, indeed that is the versionshown here.

BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*

3




** Brass: door knob 2302

Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ

119

60

46

This design by Frankfurt-based architect Christoph Mäckler draws on a style of lever handlepopular in the 19th century. At the same timeas the familiar model was formally reworked, thetechnical preconditions for its use as an FSBproject fitting were established. The upshot is FSB1106. Given the venerable formal vocab ulary informing the model, we had little choice but toinclude it in FSB’s new Bronze Collection.


Bronze Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBrass*



Bathroom furniture




Window handle

1106 | 1743 | 1744 1

1106 | 1731 | 1735 2

1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2316 05**1

1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2316 06**2

1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7205 25 8 mm Δ7605 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 63

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

3736

Details page 59

Design: Christoph Mäckler






** Stainless steel and brass:door knob 2302

1163 | 1743 | 1744 1

1163 | 1731 | 1735 2

1163 | 1743 | 1744 | 2333 05 1

1163 | 1731 | 1735 | 2333 06 2

1163 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1163 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7263 25 8 mm Δ7663 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 62

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

3433

Details page 59

Window handle 3453

Details page 60



Bathroom furniture




Window handle

47

125

54


The Berlin-based architect Hans Kollhoff deviseda handle design for his building projects thatconsciously incorporates design elements fromthe 1930s. The Kollhoff Collection has now been roundedoff – very pleasingly, we feel – by a version inbronze, once commonly referred to as “gun -metal” or “red brass”.

Design: Hans Kollhoff Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ

BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel

3




55

38

7

55

38

7

48

1743subroses with lugs: 1731

BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass

1744subroses with lugs: 1735


1744 0084 6 mm Δ

subroses with lugs: 1735 0054, 8 mm Δ


Roses

55

38

7

55

38

30

49

3

Backplates

185

50

45 7

112

21,5

Ø 10

7072

245

45 7

707292

88

134,5

21,5

Ø 10

75,5

1450 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel

Distance 70 + 72 mmConcealed fixing

Fixing template 0477cf. page 578


Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmConcealed fixing


Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes

50

Backplates

185

45 7

112

21,5

Ø 10

50

7072

245

45 7

88

134,5

21,5

Ø 10

75,5

707292

1451 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass


1418 03BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass



51

3

Roses for framed doorsProtection roses

70

32,5 7

70

32,5 7

102

36

70

26,7

15 19

1758BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass


3246BronzeAluminium Alu + CouleurStainless steel Brass

To suit cylinder projections (CP) from 8 – 15 mm

Integrated safety engineeringdemands that the external di-mensions of an armoured rosebe 11 or 16 mm greater thanits fixing centres. In parti cular,this needs to be borne in mindwhen ordering a mix of hard-ware.

52

38

12,5

61,5

38

14,5

62,3

38

16,5

63

38

12,5

61,5

38

14,5

62,3

38

16,5

63

7395 1...BronzeAluminium Alu + CouleurAluGreyStainless steel Brass

To suit cylinder projections(CP) as per table below:

7395 0...BronzeAluminium Alu + CouleurAluGreyStainless steel Brass

To suit cylinder projections(CP) as per table below:

Protection roses

Dimensions in mm Ø Height CP* Prod. Code

61,5 12,5 12,5 7395 0010

62,3 14,5 14,5 7395 0110

63,0 16,5 16,5 7395 0210

* recommended cylinder projection ± 1,5 mm

Dimensions in mm Ø Height CP Prod. Code

61,5 12,5 6,5 7395 1010

62,3 14,5 8,5 7395 1110

63,0 16,5 10,5 7395 1210

Protection roses 7395 seriesare tested and certified acc. to German DIN 18257 ES 1.

EN 1906 Security class 2(cf. page 429)Registration No. 3V06

53

3

60,5

4,2

627,5

33,5

7396 1010

7396 2010

60,5

1,527,5

29

Flush protection roses

7396 10107396 2010

Bronze Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBrass

Protection roses 7396 seriesare tested and certified acc.to German DIN 18257 ES 1.

EN 1906 Security class 2(cf. page 429)Registration No. 3V06

60,5

38

12,5

7396 1010

7396 2010

Order details:

– Door thickness – Version 7396 1010 or 2010 – Material/finish – Quantity

It is the distance from the lockcentre to the outside of thedoor as opposed to the door’sthickness that ultimately de -termines whether 7396 Seriesarmoured roses can be flush-fitted: said distance needs tobe at least 33.5 mm in the caseof FSB 7396 1010 and a moremodest 29 mm in the case ofFSB 7396 2010. The lower dimension for 7396 2010 isdue to the securing disc beingomitted, making 7396 2010 afirst-class choice in cases in-volving awkward dimensionalconfigurations as regards doorthickness and lock position:where a door is overly thin orthe position of the lock less thanideal, 7396 2010 facilitatescompensation of cylinder pro-

jections up to 4.5 mm greaterand door thicknesses up to4.5 mm less than with the7396 1010 model. Omitting thesecuring disc does not affectthe Security Class, moreover –both versions accordingly havean S2 classification under DINEN 1906. Since flush fittinghas no bearing on the SecurityClass, armoured roses can ofcourse also be allowed to pro-ject by a few millimetres or, in-deed, they can be “classically”surface-mounted, a solutionevery bit as visually impressivegiven the elemental geometryimbuing 7396. Similarly, theclient can dispense with inwardflush fixing so as to harmonisethe rose with classic hardwareon all other internal doors.

Please request solutions of thiskind individually. These optionsand a wide variety of availablematerials open up the greatestpossible degree of flexibility asregards design and price to ar -chi tects and fabricators seekingto fulfil bespoke customer aspi-rations.

Further technical informationfor installing flush protectionroses cf. page 448f.

54

50

X

50

X

55

93

5055

91

38

0802Bronze (X = 65 mm)Aluminium (X = 70 mm)AluGrey (X = 70 mm)Stainless steel (X = 66 mm)Brass (X = 65 mm)

8 mm Δ-hole

2302 ..Bronze (X = 72 mm)Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)

05 Concealed face fixing06 Concealed through fixing

c:c screw holes 38 mm


Concealed through fixingc:c screw holes 38 mm

Knob handlesDoor knobs

Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil spindle 0102.

50

X

55

55

3

Ø

44

52

55 Ø

93

55 50

55

38

0829Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)

8 mm Δ-hole

2329 ..Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)

05 Concealed face fixing06 Concealed through fixing

c:c screw holes 38 mm


Concealed through fixingc:c screw holes 38 mm

Knob handlesDoor knobs

52

55 Ø

06 05

Keyholes

56

Knob backplates

1970 03Bronze Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel


1963 03 Bronze Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel


45 51

185

21,5

112

50

7072

45 51

245

88

21,5

134,5

75,5

707292

57

3

1927 03 Bronze (X = 72 mm)Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)



1964 03Bronze (X = 72 mm)Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)



Knob backplates45 X

185

21,5

112

50

7072

45 X

245

21,5

134,5

75,588

707292

Keyholes

58

32,5

110

70 43

70

14

32,5

123

70 43

72

14

3424BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel

Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm

To match lever designs 1015 and 1045



To match lever design 1023

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

Window handles with standardspindle projection 30 mm available ex stock.

Other spindle projections available on request


Window handles

59

3

32,5

111

70 43

69

14

32,5

106

70 43

74

14

3433BronzeAluminium AluGreyStainless steel


Design: Hans KollhoffTo match lever design 1163



Design: Christoph MäcklerTo match lever design 1106

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven




Window handles

60

32,5

114

70 43

74

14



Design: Alessandro MendiniTo match lever design 1102




Window handles

32,5

70

69

43

106

14

3453BronzeAluminium AluGrey



Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

61

3

Flush pullDoor stops

As with all architectural hard-ware, door stops will only givesatisfaction if correctly fitted andproperly used. Before orderingor fabricating, it is necessaryto check the weight of thedoor leaf, the angle of contact,the height of the bottom of thedoor from the floor and thequality of the flooring itself.

Depending on requirements, it is then possible to choosebetween simple stops, stopswith anti-skew capability, stopswith baseplates, directionaland non-directional stops and,finally, stops fitted straight intothe floor or those where rawl-plugs are used.

70

75

20

10

Ø 45

6090

120

Ø 40

3884BronzeAluminium Stainless steel Brass

3884 10Black baseplate

3880BronzeAluminium Stainless steel

02 Length 120 mm03 Length 90 mm04 Length 60 mm

40

120

11,5

1,5

4211BronzeAluminium Stainless steel Brass

Mill out size in the door87 x 28 x 10 mm

Boreholes for 3,0 mmcountersunk screws

Flush pull FSB 4211 is available:

– without keyhole– with lever lock/BB keyhole– with profile cylinder/PZ

key hole

62


69

14

32,5

126

70

7215 25 8 mm Δ

7615 25 9 mm Δ


72

14

32,5

139

70

7223 25 8 mm Δ

7623 25 9 mm Δ


Lever handles for frameddoors fixed on oval rose, withconcealed fixing and supportmechanism8 mm Δ-hole9 mm Δ-hole for fire and smoke stop doors*

C:C screwholes 50 mm,for countersunk screws M5Fixing accessories cf. section9b, page 543

Rose for framed doors: FSB 1757 (PZ) cf. page 296

75

14

32,5

123

70

7206 25 8 mm Δ

7606 25 9 mm Δ



75

14

32,5

131

70

7202 25 8 mm Δ

7602 25 9 mm Δ


Design: Alessandro Mendini

FSB Mortice locks* for frameddoors with through fixing func-tion cf. page 531ff.

* acc. to German DIN standard

63

3

69

14

32,5

136

40

70

7245 25 8 mm Δ

7645 25 9 mm Δ



69

14

32,5

127

70

7263 25 8 mm Δ

7663 25 9 mm Δ


Design: Hans Kollhoff






64

Door knobs forframed doors

14

32,5

70

X

50

0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed

Bronze (X = 80 mm)Aluminium (X = 85 mm)AluGrey (X = 85 mm)Stainless steel (X = 81 mm)

Turnable version with 8 mm Δ-hole

Fixed version with M12 thread

14

32,5

70

98

81

0638 2853 turnable

2346 2801 fixed






Protection roses for frameddoors cf. page 51 or 450



65

3

Door knobs forframed doors

0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed

Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)



14

32,5

70

59

Ø

0609 2853 turnable

2309 2801 fixed




14

32,5

70

61

81






The colour scale of

Le Corbusier.

The architect Le Corbusierwas wholeheartedly opposedto separating architecture andart. It comes as no surprise,therefore, that his holistic approach to built space alsoextended to how it is fleshedout with colour. “Colour in ar-chitecture is just as powerfula medium as the plan andsection. Or rather, polychromyas a very part of the plan andsection”, is how Le Corbusierput it after publishing his“Polychromie architecturale”colour system. In the presentManual we would like to in -vite you to come on a littletrip into the world of the co-lour scale of the great masterand present to you the newcolour accents in our visualcorporate identity. We found

inspiration in Le Corbusier’sdeliberations on colour in ar-chitecture and have dovetai-led our own interpretation ofhis world of colour into thecorporate design of FSB. Setout on the pages between thesections are a total of ninecolours – we kid you not – togo alongside our very owngrey.

67

Lever handlesAluminium

AluGrey

Alu + color

Stainless steel

Overview

Product families

4a68

70

71

72

74

76

Aluminium Aluminium is the most com-mon metal in the Earth’s crust(8 %). It occurs widely in feld-spar, mica, and clay materialsand is mainly extracted frombauxite.

Aluminium is a light metal(relative density 2.699 g/cu.m)with a melting point of 660 de-grees Celsius. Its natural co-lour is silvery white. It can becast or rolled into virtually anyshape, including foil.

Aluminium is extracted frombauxite in two separate stages.Pure aluminium oxide (alumina)is generated, and this is thenbroken down into aluminiumand oxygen by a process ofelectrolysis in fused cryolitesolution.

Despite the high energy costof the initial extraction process, aluminium is environmentallysound. Being a lightweightamongst metals, it saves ener-gy when used. It can also befully recycled at a fraction ofthe cost involved in its manu-facture.

FSB processes only puresmelting alloys, as follows:

AlMg3:Mat.-No. 3.3541.02DIN 1725

AlMg1:Mat.-No. 3.3315DIN 1725

AlMgSi0,5:Mat.-No. 3.3206DIN 1725

After machining, the surface isanodised. This is an electro-chemical process which trans-forms the surface of the metalinto a given thickness of alu-minium oxide.

FSB uses the standard GSprocess to form its anodisedcoatings. GS are the Germaninitials for direct-current sulphuric acid electrolysis,which produces an oxidisedlayer approx. 10 μm thick.Coating hardness is between250 and 350 kp/sq.mm (Vik-kers), equivalent to 2,500 -3,500 N/sq.mm.

The silvery oxidised layercan be stained to extend therange of possible finishes. FSBmakes use of two methods:

1. Surface and penetratingstaining by immersion andabsorption

The silvery white anodised alu-minium is chemically stained in organic and inorganic dyesolutions. The non-fade factoris between 6 and 7.

2. Deep staining of the oxidised coating

Metals and metal compoundsare electrolytically implantedinto the silvery oxidised layerusing an alternating current.This is also known as the two-step method. Non-fade factorsrange between 7 and 8.

Once colouration is complete,the surface is sealed. Thisensures abrasion strength aswell as colour and weatherfastness.

Aluminium essentially needsno looking after. The surface is protected by natural or arti-ficial anodisation. Marks canbe removed with water and asoft cloth.

Harder materials can gougeor abrade an aluminium surface.The scratches l.h. by rings area typical example. Thoughsuch blemishes may be a visu-al nuisance, they in no wayimpair the functional proper-ties of the product. There aremany users who view the im-pact of time on the objects ofeveryday use as an ennoblingprocess.

We would also like to say aclear word on the subject ofsurface hygiene as it affectslevers, handles and knobs.

FSB is not in the game ofplaying one material offagainst another. Whether a gi-ven surface destroys bacteriain 24 hours or 72 is a bit aca-demic really, since people areusing doors all the time inpractice. You’d have to get outa disinfectant every time ahandle were touched if youwished to eliminate germs al-together.

68

The finishesThe natural colour of alumi-nium is natural silver. This isthe obvious choice for anyoneseeking an authentic metal fi-nish.

FSB aluminium products arecolour classified as follows:

FSB 01Aluminium natural colouranodised

FSB 02Aluminium German silver-colour anodised

FSB 03Aluminium brass-colouredanodised

FSB 04Aluminium bronze-colouredanodised

FSB 07Aluminium dark bronze colouranodised

The listed standard colours arereproduced opposite as accu-rately as printing technologywill allow, as featured on theFSB 1023 lever handle. Toensure accurate matching, youare advised to request a sam-ple product. Slight colour devi-ations arising from the manu-facturing process are inevitable.

69

4a

01

02

03

04

07

AluGrey The finishes

A bar of aluminium caused a real stir at the 1855 WorldExhibition in Paris. This 'malleable silver' was admiredlike a priceless rarity. We nowknow that, after oxygen and silicon, aluminium is the thirdmost common element in theEarth’s crust. It comes from ared sedimentary rock first dis -covered at Les Baux in Franceand thenceforth known asbauxite ore.

When aluminium is first ex -trac ted, it has to be said thatrather a lot of energy is con -sumed. But this is more thanmade up for by the way thematerial performs when it isworked, used and, above all,recycled. Almost 95 per centless energy is used at thereprocessing stage than duringthe initial extraction process.And the wonder of aluminiumis that it can be reprocessedover and over again withoutany of it being lost. This lightweight amongstmetals is pleasant to the touch,primarily because it is parti -cularly good at adapting toenvironmental temperatures.

In the mid-1990s, we at FSBlaunched the 'Hard Aluminium'project. We were intent ongiving the material we hadbeen using at our company forover 50 years a boost. Whilstaluminium had becomesteadily more popular in somemanufacturing sectors – e.g.the motor-car, furniture andluminaire industries – in thearchitectural hardware trade it had been increasingly losingout to stainless steel.

We started by asking ourselveswhat might lie at the root ofthis trend. We concluded thatusers were unhappy with theway the material tends to re -veal traces of use. Evidently,there was no wish to allowdoor handles to age gracefully,getting 'wrinkles' and all.We decided to remedy thisalleged drawback in such awonderful material by dabblingin a spot of rejuvenation.

Our research work extendedover several years and took avery exciting course. Ultimately,we found ourselves on the trailof nothing less than the secretof the elements that go to makeup aluminium, this meansmag nesium, iron, copper, zinc,titanium, manganese, nickeland silicon.

In keeping with standardpractice in the industry, in thepast we had used primaryaluminium with a relativelyhigh share of magnesium.And, by substituting magne-sium with another material,this is precisely where wedetermined to take action. Butwhich material was it to be?

After much testing we optedfor the significantly hardersilicon. The outcome vindicatedour decision, since the surfaceof the new alloy had the radiantgrey colouring of quartz. Wewere so taken with it that wechanged the project’s title from'Hard Aluminium' to 'AluGrey'.

Those amongst our friends inbusiness who are of a scientificinclination may be curious toknow how swapping an alloy’sconstituents can lead to itbecoming 50 % harder (givingit a Brinell hardness of approx.75-80). If so, please note thecomparative analysis of siliconand magnesium set out below.

· Silicon (from the Latin silex =pebble) is a chemical elementbelonging to the fourth princi -pal group in the periodic fableunder which metal elementsare grouped, whereas mag-nesium belongs to the secondprincipal group, referred toas the alkaline earth group.

· Silicon is extracted fromquartz and accounts for morethan 20 per cent of the con-stitution of our planet.Magnesium, by contrast, isextracted from anhydrousmagnesium chloride using a

complex technique known asigneous electrolysis andmakes up less than two percent of the Earth’s crust.

· Silicon crystallises into a darkgrey diamond structure thatis hard and brittle. Magne-sium, by contrast, is a light-weight silvery metal that isvery reactive and ductile.

· Silicon only melts at above1,400° Centigrade, unlikemagnesium, which onlyrequires upwards of 500°Centigrade.

· The half-life of silicon – i.e.the time it takes for half itsatoms to mutate – is no lessthan 160 years, in the caseof magnesium just 21 hoursby contrast.

Pictures often speak louderthan words, as they say. Whichis why you will find below amicroscopic sectional image ofthe sturdy structural make-upof AluGrey.

It can be clearly seen that thebright aluminium base and thegrey silicon matter bothoccupy about 50 per cent ofthe overall area.As the two constituents solidify,the silicon claws its way intothe aluminium in an all-pervasive branching action.Those in the know speak ofeutectic mixtures and dendriticformations here.

We at FSB are convinced thatour probings have revived thetraditional material of aluminiumand given it the necessaryhardness for its new lease oflife.

The lively grey, crystallinetexture of the surface is full ofsubtle fluctuations, makingevery piece virtually a one-offdesign. The silvery grey colourachieved through the anodisa-tion process imbues fittingswith a very distinctive characterwhilst the material’s enhancedhardness significantly improvestheir use value. The metal’sdeeper texturing is externalisedin the form of mottling and'pigmentation' effects. Thesilvery grey of the hardwarecreates a charming contrast tothe face of the door.

70

Alu + Color The finishes

Aluminium + colour

Coloured door and window fur-niture has been making wavesfor twenty years now. Against abackground of featureless con-crete, it has often provided thesole relief. The builders hard-ware industry is no longer con-ceivable without it.

Standard range

FSB regards itself primarily as a producer of door and win-dow furniture in metal. Colour-coated fittings constitute but avery small proportion of ourbusiness. Nevertheless given asufficiently sizeable order, wewill be pleased to extend ourrange to individual require-ments.

Coating processes

Forming the basis of FSB’scoated hardware are cast andpolished aluminium modelsfrom the standard range. Thesurface is electrolytically oxi-dised and subsequently elec-tro-statically powder coated.FSB uses a solvent-free lac-quering process to produce acolour coating some 80 μmthick. Non-fade factor, surfacehardness, and resistance toabrasion are roughly as foranodised aluminium coatings.

FSB is occasionally asked tosupply colour coated versionsof tubular handles in varioustypes of steel. The dangerhere, especially with ordinarysteel, is that, once the coatinghas been breached, the metalinside will corrode. FSB speci-fically draws your attention tothis and is compelled to rejectall claims to liability from theoutset.

Assuming FSB colour coatedhandles are correctly fixed andproperly treated, they will with-stand day-to-day use. Surfacescan be damaged if knocked byhard angular items such asrings, keys, or boxes. Suchscratch marks do not impairthe handle’s functioning,however.

71

4a

Colours

White approx. RAL 9016

Crimson approx. RAL 3002

Black approx. RAL 9005

Stainless steel Stainless steel

In 1912, the Krupp companyin Essen patented a new mate-rial that was known in the in-ter-war period as 'Nirosta' or'V2a steel'. It was soon adop-ted for applications rangingfrom the construction of con-tainers for the chemical indu-stry and components for mo-torcar and aviation design tobuilding materials and dome-stic appliances.

Chromium-nickel steel,material No. 1.4301 underDIN 17440

The generic term stainless steelembraces over 100 separaterust and acidresistant steels. We manufacture our buildershardware utilizing a chromium-nickel steel classified as materi-al 1.4301 under DIN 17440. It contains approx. 18 % chro-mium and 8 % nickel. Thisalloy has proved particularlysuccessful in the buildingindustry.

Properties of stainless steel

Stainless steel is an excellentmaterial for door and windowfurniture, since its surface isextremely resistant to corro-sion, knocks, scratches andabrasion and, owing to thechromium and nickel additi-ves, needs little looking after.An invisible passive layerforms on the surface that iseven said to kill bacteria.

Applications

We recommend stainless steelfor all door and window furni-ture subject to heavy use, viz.in public buildings, office blok-ks, hospitals, motorway serviceareas, and public parks, atsporting venues, or on ships -wherever large numbers of people regularly congregateand reliable, low-maintenancefittings are a must.

Care

Stainless steel furniture basi-cally requires no looking after.Smudges can be removed witha damp cloth. Outdoor fittingsand those at chlorinated poolscan develop what is known as'flash rust' after a while. This isnot generated from within themetal itself and can be remo-ved by vigorous rubbing.

Notes on selection

When selecting and orderingdoor and window furniture,please read carefully the gene-ral material and technical datain this Catalogue. This avoidsmisunderstandings, queries,and delays.

A comprehensive 24 pageguide containing informationon Stainless steel and it’smain-tenance is available fromthe Stainless steel informationcentre:

Informationsstelle Edelstahl Rostfrei P. O. Box 10 22 0540013 DüsseldorfGermany

72

The finishesFSB supplies stainless steeldoor and window furniture as standard in the followingfinishes:

FSB 6204Satin Stainless steel(stock version)

FSB 6205Mirror polished Stainless steel

FSB 6206Matt Stainless steel

FSB 6210Stainless steel in brass finish

The stock satin finish is excee-dingly hard-wearing. The op-tional mirror polished model isan ecologically sound alternativeto chrome plating. The mattmodel has a very granular looking grip, though it has tobe said that constant use gra-dually buffs the matt surfaceup. The mirror polished, thematt and the brass/gold huevaritans are made to order.Production time, processing,and outlay are dependent onyour overall order.

Surface Hygiene

There are those amongst ourcompetitors who, citing the findings of research institutes,make much in their brochuresof the enhanced sterilizing pro-perties of certain finishes. FSBlikewise has access to reportsproving that, for instance, cup-riferous metals kill germs moreeffectively than, in particular,synthetic materials. But FSBsets no great store by such findings. Whether a given finishdestroys bacteria in 24 hoursor in 72 is academic really,since in practice, doors tend to be in fairly regular use any -way. You’d have to take re -medial action every time a doorwas opened or closed if youwished to eliminate germs altogether.

73

4a

6204

6205

6206

Overview

74

1001Page 76

1003 Page 77

1005 Page 78

1015 Pages 80, 42

1016 Page 82

1020 Pages 84, 258

1021 Page 85

1023Pages 86, 43, 259

1025 Page 88

1026 Page 89

1027 Page 90

1028 Pages 91, 260

1029 Page 92

1034 Page 93

1035Page 94

1045 Pages 96, 44

1051 Page 98

1057 Pages 99, 261

1058 Page 100

1063 Page 101

1064 Page 102

1069 Page 103

1070 Page 104

1075 Page 106

1076 Pages 108, 262

1077 Page 110

1078 Page 112

1093Page 114

1097Page 115

1102 Pages 116, 45, 263

75

Bronze

Brass

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

1106 Pages 118, 46, 264

1107Page 120

1108Page 122

1111 Page 124

1114 Page 125

1119 Page 126

1126 Page 128

1135 Pages 129, 265

1144 Page 130

1146 Pages 131, 266

1147 Pages 132, 267

1160 Page 134

1163Pages 136, 47

1171 Page 138

1183Page 139

1191 Page 141

4a

1201 | 1202 Pages 16+17

1203 | 1204 Pages 20+21

1206 | 1207 Pages 24+25

1208 | 1209 Pages 28+29

1211 | 1212 Pages 32+33

1186 Page 140



Bathroom furniture




Window handle

1001 | 1743 | 1744 1

1001 | 1731 | 1735 2

1001 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1001 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1005 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1005 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

7204 25 8 mm Δ7604 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 287

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293

3732

Details page 207

76

135

60


Common to elementally geometrical door handlesis the quest to relate to the door in formal terms.The author of FSB 1001 – architect Peter Bastian– was after more, though: he wanted his handle tobe a worthy accoutrement for large and, mostnotably, high doors whilst also striving for a well-nigh doctrinaire degree of geometrical re duc -tionism and abstraction. FSB’s production spe-cialists went to the limit of what was technicallyand economically defensible to ensure his draftwas adopted for series production to the veryletter. The upshot is a door lever produced tothe highest degree of accuracy and having asquare cross-section that offers the hand itsbulky gripping volume with great gravitas.

Design: Peter Bastian Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm ΔOther spacings available on request.

Aluminium






Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1003 | 1743 | 1744 1

1003 | 1731 | 1735 2

1003 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1003 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1003 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1003 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1003 | 1450 03

1003 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1003 | 1450 0384 5

1003 | 1450 0354 6

3426

Details page 199

6599 0036

Details page 369

77

4a

50

130


Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel

Lever handle FSB 1003, which has echoes of aminiature door on its side, is decidedly some-thing of a collector’s item. Johannes Potenteadopted the underlying visual concept and putit to effect in aluminium and stainless steel.

Flush roses cf. page 146f. Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.



78

128

59

Product family Model 1005 Internal door furniture

1005 | 1743 | 1744 1

1005 | 1731 | 1735 2

1005 | 1450 03

1005 | 1410 03

1005 | 1488 03

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1005 0100

Glass door furniturecf. page 325ff.

7205 25 8 mm Δ7605 25 9 mm Δ

1757



There’s no shortage of wedge- shaped leverhandles around. Virtually every maker features a variation on this theme in their repertoire. This design may originally have been ProfessorBurchartz’s. The version by Johannes Potente is very slender.




79

Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1005 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1005 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1005 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1005 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1005 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293

1757

1005 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1005 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1005 | 1450 0384 5

1005 | 1450 0354 6

1005 | 1410 0384 5

1005 | 1410 0354 6

1005 | 1488 ..84 5

1005 | 1488 ..54 6

3425

Details page 198

3425 70 Window handle with lock adaptor

Details page 221

3407 Window handle lock adaptor

Details page 222

Door knobs for framed doors Window handles

4a

Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.

80

122

54


1015 | 1743 | 1744 1

1015 | 1731 | 1735 2

1015 | 1450 03

1015 | 1410 03

1015 | 1488 03*

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1015 0100


7215 25 8 mm Δ7615 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 287

1757


Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze

It isn’t known who came up with the basic formfor the FSB 1015 model. We suspect that thedesign was thought up in the 1930s at a com-pany called wehag.

The version by Johannes Potente is a veryclean-lined affair that is particularly sought afterin the Netherlands, and has been for the pastforty years or more.




* Bronze on request

81


1015 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1015 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1015 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1015 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..*

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293

1757

1015 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1015 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1015 | 1450 0384 5

1015 | 1450 0354 6

1015 | 1410 0384 5

1015 | 1410 0354 6

1015 | 1488 ..84*5

1015 | 1488 ..54*6

3424

Details page 198


Details page 221


Details page 222


4a


82

142,5

5750

21


1016 | 1743 | 1744 1

1016 | 1731 | 1735 2

1016 | 1450 03

1016 | 1410 03

1016 | 1488 03

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1016 0100


7216 25 8 mm Δ7616 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 288

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293

Furnitures for framed doors


In its first grey-series manual published in1990, FSB presented a lever handle datingback to the 1920s: the FSB 1076 model hassince become the most-copied lever handle ofthe past century. The version shown here, FSB1016, is a more closed-off counterpart to it.




83


1016 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1016 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1016 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1016 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..

3476

Details page 206

3403

Details page 213


Details page 221

1016 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1016 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1016 | 1450 0384 5

1016 | 1450 0354 6

1016 | 1410 0384 5

1016 | 1410 0354 6

1016 | 1488 ..84*5

1016 | 1488 ..54*6

6514

Details page 357

Window handles Door pull

4a


1020 | 1743 | 1744 1

1020 | 1731 | 1735 2

1020 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1

1020 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2

1020 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1020 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1020 | 1431

1020 | 1431 | 1931

1020 | 1431 0084 5

1020 | 1431 0054 6

3404

Details page 233

6507

Details page 366

84



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

78

122


Design: Johannes Potente Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.

Aluminium AluGreyBrass*

The FSB 1020 model is the clearest embodimentof the “good form” of the 1950s. This is a leverhandle that flourishes by dint of the organic flowof its moulded-to-the-hand design and becauseit somehow looks symmetrical without actuallybeing so. Johannes Potente’s intention with thisdesign was to provide a dynamic counterpointto the linearity of doors.

FSB 1020 is one of four models designed byJohannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York.

* Sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270





Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Door pull

1021 | 1743 | 1744 1

1021 | 1731 | 1735 2

1021 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1021 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1021 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1021 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1021 | 1410

1021 | 1410 | 1970

1021 | 1410 0084 5

1021 | 1410 0054 6

6543

Details page 367

85

4a

137

60




Catalogue No. 6 published by the S. A. Loevybronzeware factory in the 1930s includes half adozen door fittings by Rachlis, Grenander, Behrens, Wagenfeld and Paul in which a roundshank is combined with a flat grip section. Morerecently, in the 1990s, the Spanish designer Miguel Milà re-interpreted these elements in theFSB 1126 model.

With the model shown here we have modifiedMilà’s signature somewhat so as to revert moreclosely to the original “Thirties” design elements.The third wave of modernism reaches out toembrace the Bauhaus.

Flush roses cf. page 146f. 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing


86

58

135


1023 | 1743 | 1744 1

1023 | 1731 | 1735 2

1023 | 1451 03

1023 | 1418 03

1023 | 1483 03*

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1023 0100


7223 25 8 mm Δ7623 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 288

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292


n the 1950s, the Swiss architect, sculptor anddesigner Max Bill got together with Ernst Moeckelto fashion a door handle for the new Ulm DesignCollege building that drew on the handles com-mon on railway carriage doors in Switzerland andhas made design history as the “Ulm handle”.

It was a handle that in turn inspired JohannesPotente to produce FSB model 1023, which forover thirty years has served as an alternative tothe usual U-shaped models.




Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass**Bronze

* Bronze on request** Sets with roses or back-

plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270

87


1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1023 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1023 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1023 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..*

3423

Details page 197


Details page 221


Details page 222

1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1023 | 1451 0384 5

1023 | 1451 0354 6

1023 | 1418 0384 5

1023 | 1418 0354 6

1023 | 1483 ..84*5

1023 | 1483 ..54*6

6605 38

Details page 371


4a




Bathroom furniture

Glass door furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1025 | 1705 | 1709 1

1025 | 1707 | 1708 2

1025 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1

1025 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1025 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1025 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1025 0100

Details page 325ff.

3435

Details page 200

6610

Details page 372

88

133

58


Design: Hartmut Weise Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ


FSB 1025 is the key model in the “FSB Feather -light” product series. Its design terminology isplain to see. An in-line grip is joined to the pointof pivot on the shank. The handle sports a cross-section in the form of a droplet. With its no-frillslooks, this is a design that offers its serviceshumbly and yet elegantly.What really brings FSB 1025 to life is the way itappears to capture the light along its edges. Theinteraction between light and shade heightensthe handle’s sense of slenderness.





Bathroom furniture


Window handle

Door pull

1026 | 1705 | 1709 1

1026 | 1707 | 1708 2

1026 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0405 1

1026 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0505 1

1026 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0406 2

1026 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0506 2

1026 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1026 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1026 0100

Details page 325ff.

3435

Details page 200

6612

Details page 373

89

4a

66

135


r.h.l.h.r.h.l.h.

Design: Hartmut Weise Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ

Aluminium AluGrey

Lever handle model FSB 1026 adds a risingquarter circle to the terminology of the “FSB Featherlight” range, thus lending it added spatialmomentum. The globular-section grip arcs up ina quarter circle as if reaching out to be held.This is a door handle that can be grasped withthe l.h. or right hand with equal ease. The curvature creates the impression of increasedgripping substance.





Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture


1027 | 1743 | 1744 1

1027 | 1731 | 1735 2

1027 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1027 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1027 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1027 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1027 | 1415

1027 | 1415 | 1923

1027 | 1415 0084 5

1027 | 1415 0054 6

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1027 0100

Details page 325ff.

90

123

68





The FSB 1027 model is a stock item in the trade. It is rather disparagingly referred to asthe “shoe horn” model. The underlying designis the brainchild of Professor Max Burchartz.The handle lies extremely snugly in the handand unobtrusiveness is its watchword.The FSB version of the “shoe horn” was de -signed by Johannes Potente.


Flush roses cf. page 146f.Design: Johannes Potente



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1028 | 1705 | 1709 1

1028 | 1707 | 1708 2

1028 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1

1028 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1028 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1028 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

1028 | 1417

1028 | 1417 | 1912

1028 | 1417 7584 5

1028 | 1417 7554 6

3435

Details page 200

6611

Details page 372

91

4a

60

135


Design: Hartmut Weise

Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*

The FSB 1028 design is the most ornate of thehandles in the “FSB Featherlight” range. It is avariation on the terminology used in the FSB1025 model, yet one that does not neglect theergonomic factor.This is a design that catches the eye and is justas good to hold. The undular styling of the gripsection is both visually striking and a stimulatingexperience for the hand. It’s as elegant a silverembellishment as you could ever hope to seeon a door and, almost as an afterthought, it alsoserves to operate the door.


* sets with roses or back-plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270






Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture


Door pull

1029 | 1705 | 1709 1

1029 | 1707 | 1708 2

1029 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0405 1

1029 | 1705 | 1709 | 2326 0505 1

1029 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0406 2

1029 | 1707 | 1708 | 2326 0506 2

1029 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1029 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

1029 | 1417

1029 | 1417 | 1912

1029 | 1417 7584 5

1029 | 1417 7554 6

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1029 0100

Details page 325ff.

6533

Details page 362

92

67

133


r.h.l.h.r.h.l.h.

Design: Hartmut Weise Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.

Aluminium AluGrey

The FSB 1029 design brings a moulded-to-the-hand dimension to the “FSB Featherlight” series.We only apply the term “moulded-to-the-hand”to models that meet our four Good Grip criteriato the letter. By using just a few more grams ofaluminium, Hartmut Weise has managed to mo-dify the teardrop motif in such a way that thumband forefinger are accommodated and the palmof the hand has ample bulk to grasp hold of.





Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

1034 | 1743 | 1744 1

1034 | 1731 | 1735 2

1034 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1

1034 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2

1034 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1034 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1034 | 1431

1034 | 1431 | 1931

1034 | 1431 0084 5

1034 | 1431 0054 6

1034 | 1436

1034 | 1436 | 1943

1034 | 1436 0084 5

1034 | 1436 0054 6

93

4a

72

128


Design: Johannes Potente Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.

Aluminium AluGrey

Lever handle model FSB 1034 was the first major item designed by Johannes Potente. Itdates from 1952. Once the copyright lapsed, itwas imitated by the million throughout the world.It even had to suffer being remodelled in greyplastic – that was back in the days before plasticwent technicolor.It is a model that unwittingly anticipates theFour-Point Guide to Good Grip drawn up muchlater by Otl Aicher and FSB in that thumb rest,forefinger furrow, support for the ball of thethumb, and gripping substance are all in place.



94

137

57


1035 | 1743 | 1744 1

1035 | 1731 | 1735 2

1035 | 1450 03

1035 | 1410 03

1035 | 1488 03

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1035 0100


7235 25 8 mm Δ7635 25 9 mm Δ*

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293


In the autumn of 1996, Düsseldorf-based interiordesigner Heike Falkenberg asked FSB to recreatean old handle design for a renovation job shewas involved in. Using the sketch she submitted,FSB’s Development unit cut a demonstrationmodel out of the FSB 1076 handle.The prototype looked so good that, together withthe designer, we spontaneously decided to marketour gripping idea. The design was rapturouslyreceived in the marketplace.

Design: Heike Falkenberg 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing




* Only in Stainless steel

95


1035 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1035 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1035 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1035 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..

3459

Details page 203

3784

Details page 214


Details page 221

1035 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1035 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1035 | 1450 0384 5

1035 | 1450 0354 6

1035 | 1410 0384 5

1035 | 1410 0354 6

1035 | 1488 ..84 5

1035 | 1488 ..54 6

6540

Details page 366


4a


96

54

132

40


1045 | 1743 | 1744 1

1045 | 1731 | 1735 2

1045 | 1450 03

1045 | 1410 03

1045 | 1488 03*

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1045 0100


7245 25 8 mm Δ7645 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 289

1757



FSB 1045 is based on FSB model 1015, whichour research suggests was conceived in the 1930sat a company called wehag. Given the unceasinguse of the FSB 1015 model in commercial ven-tures, we have supplemented this design with areturn variant conforming to DIN EN 179.




* Bronze on request

97


1045 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1045 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1045 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1045 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..*

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293

1757

1045 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1045 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1045 | 1450 0384 5

1045 | 1450 0354 6

1045 | 1410 0384 5

1045 | 1410 0354 6

1045 | 1488 ..84*5

1045 | 1488 ..54*6

3424

Details page 198


Details page 221

3407Window handle lock adaptor

Details page 222


4a




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Door pull

1051 | 1743 | 1744 1

1051 | 1731 | 1735 2

1051 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1

1051 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2

1051 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1051 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1051 | 1436

1051 | 1436 | 1943

1051 | 1436 0084 5

1051 | 1436 0054 6

6506

Details page 356

98

131

56


Design: Johannes Potente

Aluminium AluGrey

Lever handle model FSB 1051 has come to epitomise FSB. It was dubbed the “SchneiderHandle” (the “S” in FSB) virtually from the moment it came into being in the mid-1950s.We can only surmise as to why this model be -came Johannes Potente’s supreme creation anda market leader in the 1960s. Maybe it’s all downto the harmony it exudes and its moulded-to-the-hand credentials.FSB 1051 is one of four models designed by Johannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York






Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Door pull

1057 | 1705 | 1709 1

1057 | 1707 | 1708 2

1057 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1

1057 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1057 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1057 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

1057 | 1431

1057 | 1431 | 1931

1057 | 1431 0084 5

1057 | 1431 0054 6

6613

Details page 373

99

4a

127

63


Design: Jan Roth Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.

Aluminium Stainless steel* Brass*

Lever handle model FSB 1057 is the work ofMunich-based designer Jan Roth. Singularlyunimpressed by the models then on sale, hedecided to design a handle of his own for hisdoors. After the first casting, he took the polishedunfinished parts home with him and duly fittedthem to the doors there (which is where theycan still be found).The FSB 1057 model by Jan Roth nestles snuglyin the hand and is a handle that women in par-ticular often tend to fall for on the spot.







Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Door pull

1058 | 1743 | 1744 1

1058 | 1731 | 1735 2

1058 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1058 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1058 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1058 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1058 | 1402

1058 | 1402 | 1966

1058 | 1402 0084 5

1058 | 1402 0054 6

6650

Details page 382

100

58

129


Design: Johannes Potente 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing


Aluminium Stainless steel

FSB 1058 was Johannes Potente’s favouritemodel. It is not known why, a mere two yearsafter designing FSB 1051, his supreme creation,he followed up with this redesign. FSB 1058conspicuously does away with the triangular styling over the pivotal axis. The upshot is anelegant design with a beauty to take hold of.FSB 1058 is one of four models designed by Johannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York.




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1063 | 1743 | 1744 1

1063 | 1731 | 1735 2

1063 | 1743 | 1744 | 2377 05 1

1063 | 1731 | 1735 | 2377 06 2

1063 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1063 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1063 | 1410

1063 | 1410 | 1970

1063 | 1410 0084 5

1063 | 1410 0054 6

3763

Details page 209

3688

Details page 336

101

4a

135

60

20





A key design feature in FSB 1063 is the circum-ferential groove that divides the “handling” sectionof the fitting from the “works”, i.e. the shankand bearing. We have now joined forces with theIngenhoven office to systematically extend theconcept by adding applications in timber (wengeand oak), plastic (dark grey) and Corian® (white,red and black). The Corian® grips in particularhave very pleasant haptic properties, the materialbeing of a very high quality and long-lasting moreover.

AluGrey

Design: Christoph Ingenhoven Flush roses cf. page 146f.



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1064 | 1743 | 1744 1

1064 | 1731 | 1735 2

1064 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1

1064 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2

1064 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1064 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1064 | 1417

1064 | 1417 | 1912

1064 | 1417 7584 5

1064 | 1417 7554 6

3469

Details page 204

102

62

132


Design: Nicholas Grimshaw 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing


Aluminium

The design of FSB 1064 was verymuch market-driven. A female admirer of the handle collectionby Nicholas Grimshaw (cf. FSB1069) tentatively enquired whetherhis window-handle design couldbe reconceived as lever handlehardware on narrow backplates. It transpired that this was indeedpossible with little technical input.Nicholas Grimshaw had no optionbut to go along with this rejiggingof his design notions.




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture


Window handle

1069 | 1743 | 1744 1

1069 | 1731 | 1735 2

1069 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1

1069 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2

1069 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1069 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1069 | 1417

1069 | 1417 | 1912

1069 | 1417 7584 5

1069 | 1417 7554 6

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1069 0100

Details page 325ff.

3469

Details page 204

103

4a

140

75


Design: Nicholas Grimshaw Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ5 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm6 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mmOther spacings available on request.

Aluminium

FSB 1069 is the first spontaneous draft of adoor handle by English architect NicholasGrimshaw. “Please press to open”, the grip ap-pears to be saying. The gripping surface is asslender front-on as it is broad across the top.The silvery aluminium layer separating the twoblack plastic shells that comprise the grip lendsthe design stability and lightness in one.



104

6255

20

145


1070 | 1743 | 1744 1

1070 | 1731 | 1735 2

1070 | 1451 03

1070 | 1418 03

1070 | 1483 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1070 0100


7270 25 8 mm Δ7670 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 290

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292



This is a lever handle design that became “reallyfamous” during the period of garish colours inthe 1970s. For many architects at school in thosedays this model epitomises the architecture ofthe age.




105


1070 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1070 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1070 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1070 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..

3421

Details page 197


Details page 221


Details page 222

1070 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1070 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1070 | 1451 0384 5

1070 | 1451 0354 6

1070 | 1418 0384 5

1070 | 1418 0354 6

1070 | 1483 ..84 5

1070 | 1483 ..54 6

6688 00

Details page 392


4a


106

132

62

20


1075 | 1743 | 1744 1

1075 | 1731 | 1735 2

1075 | 1451 03

1075 | 1418 03

1075 | 1483 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1075 0100


7275 25 8 mm Δ7675 25 9 mm Δ

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292



The 1920s gave rise to three classic lever handles:the architect Mallet-Stevens mitred two sectionsof tubing together: FSB 1076 – page 108. Ludwig Wittgenstein bent a brass tube through90 degrees: FSB 1147 – page 132. Messrs Gropius and Meyer married an angledpiece of square-section material to a grip thatAlessandro Mendini subtly refined: FSB 1102 –page 116. But we still don’t know today who it was thatpicked up a saw and “liberated” FSB 1147 fromits semicircular tip: the upshot being FSB 1075.




107


1075 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1075 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1075 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1075 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..

3422

Details page 203


Details page 222

1075 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1075 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1075 | 1451 0384 5

1075 | 1451 0354 6

1075 | 1418 0384 5

1075 | 1418 0354 6

1075 | 1483 ..84 5

1075 | 1483 ..54 6

6683 38

Details page 391


4a


108

137

57

21


1076 | 1743 | 1744 1

1076 | 1731 | 1735 2

1076 | 1450 03

1076 | 1410 03

1076 | 1488 03

4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h. 1076 0300


7276 25 8 mm Δ7676 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 290

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293



The architect Robert Mallet-Stevens (1886 -1945) designed several residential buildings inParis in the 1920s. It is likely to have been hewho hit upon the idea of splitting a round tubein two and mitring the ends back together againat right angles.The design is now known as the “Frankfurt model”. There’s a simple reason for this beingso. The handle was rediscovered when the Architecture Museum was built and proceededto take the market by storm.





109


1076 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1076 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1076 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1076 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..

3476

Details page 206

3403

Details page 213


Details page 221

1076 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1076 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1076 | 1450 0384 5

1076 | 1450 0354 6

1076 | 1410 0384 5

1076 | 1410 0354 6

1076 | 1488 ..84 5

1076 | 1488 ..54 6

6669 38

Details page 386


4a


110

61

137

22


1077 | 1743 | 1744 1

1077 | 1731 | 1735 2

1077 | 1450 03

1077 | 1410 03

1077 | 1488 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1077 0100


7277 25 8 mm Δ7677 25 9 mm Δ

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293


The idea behind the FSB 1077 lever handle series was to give architects and end-users anopportunity to have a say in the choice of gripsection for their door handles.

The FSB range provides for the following combi-nations: – angled section and roses silver anodised

aluminium, grip stainless steel – angled section and roses silver anodised

aluminium, grip black plastic




Aluminium

111


1077 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1077 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1077 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1077 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..

3477

Details page 206


Details page 221


Details page 222

1077 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1077 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1077 | 1450 0384 5

1077 | 1450 0354 6

1077 | 1410 0384 5

1077 | 1410 0354 6

1077 | 1488 ..84 5

1077 | 1488 ..54 6

6541

Details page 367


4a


112

135

60

20


1078 | 1743 | 1744 1

1078 | 1731 | 1735 2

1078 | 1450 03

1078 | 1410 03

1078 | 1488 03

4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h. 1078 0300


7278 25 8 mm Δ7678 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 291

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293


FSB 1078 was created at the instigation of Christoph Ingenhoven, who was thrilled by thematerial AluGrey as soon as he set eyes on itand was of the opinion that this innovative ma-terial development ought also to find expressionin a new – “classic” – lever handle design. Acting as role model was that quintessential“classic”, FSB 1076, which was subjected to acomplete re-interpretation as regards both themitring and the grip section.What’s so especially pleasing about this modelis the formal transition from the round shank toa grip section that is very narrow at the top andbottom.

Design: Christoph Ingenhoven 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing




113


1078 | 1731 | 1735 | 2377 06 2

1078 | 1450 03 | Knob backplateson request

1078 | 1410 03 | Knob backplateson request

1078 | 1488 .. | 1994 ..

3778

Details page 209


Details page 221


Details page 222

1078 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1078 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1078 | 1450 0384 5

1078 | 1450 0354 6

1078 | 1410 0384 5

1078 | 1410 0354 6

1078 | 1488 ..84 5

1078 | 1488 ..54 6

3688

Details page 336



1093 | 1743 | 1744 1

1093 | 1731 | 1735 2

1093 | 1743 | 1744 | 2368 05 1

1093 | 1731 | 1735 | 2368 06 2

1093 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1093 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1093 0100

Details page 325ff.

3468

Details page 204

7293 25 8 mm Δ7693 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 291

1757



Bathroom furniture


Window handle


Rose for framed doors

57

137


Helmut Jahn and Yorgo Lykouria came to leverhandle design without any preconceptions what-soever: they freed their minds of the constraintsof industrial production processes, which werecharacteristic of the tubular designs of Modernismin particular, and looked out for a form that, whilstit can be produced by machines, ergonomicallycorresponds to human gripping needs in a special way. The upshot is a formally distinctivelever handle re-interpretation that is a genuineinnovation of the moulded-to-the-hand concept.

Design: Jahn/Lykouria


114




115

4a




Bathroom furniture

Bathroom furniture

Bathroom furniture


Window handle

Window handle

1097 | 1743 | 1744 1

1097 | 1731 | 1735 2

1097 | 1415

1097 | 1418

1097 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1097 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1097 | 1415 0084 5

1097 | 1415 0054 6

1097 | 1418 0084 5

1097 | 1418 0054 6

7297 25 8 mm Δ7697 25 9 mm Δ

3797

Details page 211

3798

Details page 211

120

57


The lever handle designed by architect duo Behles/Jochimsen was essentially already di -scernible at the conceptualisation phase, when itwas decided to divide lever handles into two types,“bent ones” in which the grip section “goesround the bend” and “organically transformedones” in which the grip “grows out” of theshank. Drawing on a formal combination of andrestriction to the elements “line” and “circle”, aform was arrived at that is perceived as being atonce new and yet somehow familiar – and is something of a tactile delight.

Design: Behles&Jochimsen

Aluminium AluGrey




116

127

60

22


1102 | 1743 | 1744 1

1102 | 1731 | 1735 2

1102 | 1450 03

1102 | 1410 03

4224 42 r.h. | 4224 52 l.h. 1102 0300


7202 25 8 mm Δ7602 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 286

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293


Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass*Bronze


Owing to the popularity of this design, we nowsupply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed above and the corresponding finishes. We wouldrecommend using the rugged stainless steel va-riant on heavily used doors, indeed that is theversion shown here.

Design: Alessandro Mendini 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing




117


1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1102 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1102 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

3432

Details page 199


Details page 222

1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1102 | 1450 0384 5

1102 | 1450 0354 6

1102 | 1410 0384 5

1102 | 1410 0354 6

6546

Details page 369


4a


118

119

60


1106 | 1743 | 1744 1

1106 | 1731 | 1735 2

1106 | 1451 03

1106 | 1418 03

1106 | 1483 03*

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1106 0100


7206 25 8 mm Δ7606 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 287

1757


Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass**Bronze

Materials always figure centrally for Frankfurt-based architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler. It cameas no surprise, therefore, that he earmarked FSB’snew “AluGrey” material for his lever handle collec-tion. Reworking the form and size of the leverhandle simultaneously gave it the technicalwherewithal for application as heavy-duty hard-ware fitted with FSB’s AGL compensating bearingor in a fire safety variant. Lever handle 1106was the result.

Design: Christoph Mäckler 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing


* Bronze on request** Sets with roses or back-

plates 1418 .. / 1451 ..only, cf. page 270


119


1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1106 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1106 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1106 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..*

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292

1757

1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1106 | 1451 0384 5

1106 | 1451 0354 6

1106 | 1418 0384 5

1106 | 1418 0354 6

1106 | 1483 ..84*5

1106 | 1483 ..54*6

3736

Details page 208


Details page 222


4a


120

136

58


1107 | 1705 | 1709 1

1107 | 1707 | 1708 2

1107 | 1451 03

1107 | 1418 03

1107 | 1483 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1107 0100


7240 25 8 mm Δ7640 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 288

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292


FSB 1107 is related to FSB 1108. FSB’s in- house designer Hartmut Weise has imbued his“Brakel Lightweight” with the curve of a door inmotion.

Design: Hartmut Weise 1 1705 | 1709 subroses with out lugs, face fixing




121


1107 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1107 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1107 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1107 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..

3440

Details page 201


Details page 221


Details page 222

1107 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1107 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

1107 | 1451 0384 5

1107 | 1451 0354 6

1107 | 1418 0384 5

1107 | 1418 0354 6

1107 | 1483 ..84 5

1107 | 1483 ..54 6

6536 | 6537

Details pages 363 and 364

Window handles Door pulls

4a


122

135

56


1108 | 1705 | 1709 1

1108 | 1707 | 1708 2

1108 | 1451 03

1108 | 1418 03

1108 | 1483 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1108 0100


7242 25 8 mm Δ7642 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 289

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292


FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weise waswondering what it is that gives the “FrankfurtModel” (FSB 1076) and “Wittgenstein’s Handle”models their particular appeal. At some point hejotted down the words “unpretentious presence”.He then determined to offer the market a soberdesign that was at the very least on a par withthem. The upshot was FSB 1108 – a round tube coupled with a mitred grip of oval section.The “Brakel Model”?





123


1108 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1108 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1108 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1108 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..

3409

Details page 196


Details page 221


Details page 222

1108 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1108 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

1108 | 1451 0384 5

1108 | 1451 0354 6

1108 | 1418 0384 5

1108 | 1418 0354 6

1108 | 1483 ..84 5

1108 | 1483 ..54 6

6535 | 6538

Details page 363 and 365

Window handles Door pulls


4a



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1111 | 1705 | 1709 1

1111 | 1707 | 1708 2

1111 | 1707 | 1708 | 2339 04061111 | 1707 | 1708 | 2339 0506

1111 | 1705 | 1709 4384 1, 3

1111 | 1705 | 1709 5384 1, 3

1111 | 1707 | 1708 4354 2, 4

1111 | 1707 | 1708 5354 2, 4

3439

Details page 201

3684

Details page 336

124

135

56


r.h.l.h

r.h.l.h.r.h.l.h.

Design: Philippe Starck Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ

Aluminium

Whereas the PS1 series (FSB 1191) is now a“classic”, when it came to the PS2 series welost heart after making the first prototypes. Whatwent wrong? PS2 consisted of an aluminium core onto whicha transparent coating of coloured plastic wassprayed. At some point, we began thinking about how we were to recycle this compositeproduct – this led to our deciding in favour ofthe environment and developing FSB 1111 in a“new” guise.



1114 | 1743 | 1744 1

1114 | 1731 | 1735 2

1114 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1114 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1114 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1114 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1114 | 1402

1114 | 1402 | 1966

1114 | 1402 0084 5

1114 | 1402 0054 6

4224 41 r.h. | 4224 51 l.h. 1114 0300

Details page 325ff.

6501 38

Details page 354



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture


Door pull

125

4a

50

16

145


Design: Richard Rogers

Stainless steel

Richard Rogers tasked his colleague LaurenceAbbott and a team spearheaded by FlorianFischötter with developing a lever handle designas part of an unfussy, elegant hardware collectionin stainless steel whose individual constituentsare immediately discernible to the human eye.This objective was achieved in the form of doorhandle model FSB 1114. A stainless steel bar hovers airily above a shankto which it is connected by means of a ruggedshackle.




126

149

6254


1119 | 1743 | 1744 1

1119 | 1731 | 1735 2

1119 | 1451 03

1119 | 1418 03

1119 | 1483 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1119 01..


7219 25.. 8 mm Δ7619 25.. 9 mm Δ

Details page 288

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292



FSB 1119 incorporates insights gained by FSBin co-operation with the Fraunhofer Institute during scientific analyses on the design of a lever handle for large-leaf doors in hospitals(FSB 7655, cf. Page 326). Whereas the utmostimportance was given to the rigorous implemen-tation of ergonomic parameters when puttingFSB 7655 to effect, in the case of FSB 1119considerations of style predominated. Responsiblefor fashioning this elegant alternative to the usualtubular products is FSB’s in-house designerHartmut Weise.




127


1119 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1119 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1119 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1119 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..

3440

Details page 201


Details page 221


Details page 222

1119 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1119 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1119 | 1451 0384 5

1119 | 1451 0354 6

1119 | 1418 0384 5

1119 | 1418 0354 6

1119 | 1483 ..84 5

1119 | 1483 ..54 6

6682

Details page 390


4a




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Door pull

1126 | 1743 | 1744 1

1126 | 1731 | 1735 2

1126 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1126 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1126 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1126 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1126 | 1415

1126 | 1415 | 1923

1126 | 1415 0084 5

1126 | 1415 0054 6

6543 40

Details page 367

128

60

20

130


Design: Miguel Milá 1 1743 | 1744 subroses with out lugs, face fixing


Stainless steel

When the Spanish designer Miguel Milá suggestthat we turn flat steel hoop into a gently archinglever handle, we initially though he was resur-recting an old form familiar from the work of thelikes of Wilhelm Wagenfeld and his followers.But our research was to reveal that, by grace ofits organic curvature, Miguel Milá’s stainlesssteel handle boasted hitherto unknown formalproperties.


129

4a



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1135 | 1425

1135 | 1425 | 1925

1135 | 1425 7584 1

1135 | 1425 7554 2

3735

Details page 207

58

107


Design: Christoph Mäckler Spindles for privacy sets:1 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm2 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mm

Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass

What makes this lever handle so appealing is itstraditional formal vocabulary. Add the emphaticallytechnical visuals of its backplate and you have ano-frills design solution for any door.Also available is FSB 1106, a slightly larger versionwith AluGrey roses.



Bathroom furniture



Window handle

Door pull

1144 | 1743 | 1744 1

1144 | 1731 | 1735 2

1144 | 1743 | 1744 | 2374 05 1

1144 | 1731 | 1735 | 2374 06 2

1144 | 1743 | 1744 6084 1, 3

1144 | 1731 | 1735 6054 2, 4

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 11440100

Details page 325ff.

7244 25 8 mm Δ7644 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 289

3444

Details page 202

6534

Details page 362

131

63





The form of lever handle FSB 1144 is graced bybeing just as pleasing to the eye as to the hand.Designer Jasper Morrison lets our eyes know thatthis door handle is a hand tool for operatingdoors. Said eyes promptly relax and a hand takesover: the thumb falls into place, the forefingerfinds its furrow; the hand makes to grip and findsplenty to grip hold of.This is precisely what the Four-Point Guide toGood Grip drawn up by Otl Aicher and ourselvesdemands.

130


Design: Jasper Morrison Flush roses cf. page 146f.

131

4a



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1146 | 1743 | 1744 1

1146 | 1731 | 1735 2

1146 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1146 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1146 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1146 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1146 | 1451 03

1146 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1146 | 1451 0384 5

1146 | 1451 0354 6

3446

Details page 202

6662 38

Details page 385

62

142

52

20




In the early 1990s, FSB felt the time had cometo give the plain round styling of the stable-doorhandle a going over. The shank was conicallyextended and a semicircular tip was added tothe bent end; two subtle little changes that havegiven the revamped FSB 1146 model a characterall of its own. Inevitably, the inevitable happenedand this model, too, has suffered no end of imi-tations.




132

132

62

20


1147 | 1743 | 1744 1

1147 | 1731 | 1735 2

1147 | 1451 03

1147 | 1418 03

1147 | 1483 03

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1147 0100


7247 25 8 mm Δ7647 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 290

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292



The FSB logo echoes a lever handle designedby the Austrian philosopher Ludwig Wittgensteinin the mid-1920s in Vienna. This is the originalupon which all similar lever handle forms arebased. By adding a conical shank and sphericaltip we aimed to set ourselves apart from themany other variants of this lever handle on themarket – and, of course, to render our corporatelogo “grippable” in the truest sense of the word.





133


1147 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1147 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1147 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1147 | 1483 .. | 1996 ..

3447

Details page 203


Details page 222

1147 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1147 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1147 | 1451 0384 5

1147 | 1451 0354 6

1147 | 1418 0384 5

1147 | 1418 0354 6

1147 | 1483 ..84 5

1147 | 1483 ..54 6

6602 38

Details page 370


4a


134

150

65 60


1160 | 1705 | 1709 1

1160 | 1707 | 1708 2

1160 | 1451 03

1160 | 1418 03

1160 | 1483 0310

4223 41 r.h. | 4223 51 l.h. 1160 0100


7210 25 8 mm Δ7610 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 287

1757



Works design FSB 1160 recreates the “dynamicgolden growth spiral” in the form of a roundcross-section, with the lever handle likewisetapering from the shank to the end of the handlein conformance with the rules of the goldensection. This narrowing heightens the momentumof the natural curve. The design is restrained,good to hold and features direction-of-motionstyling.




1160 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1160 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

1160 | 1451 0384 5

1160 | 1451 0354 6

1160 | 1418 0384 5

1160 | 1418 0354 6

1160 | 1483 ..84 5

1160 | 1483 ..54 6

3410

Details page 196


Details page 221


Details page 222

135


1160 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1160 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1160 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1160 | 1483 ..10 | 1996 ..10

0602 2853 turnable2302 2801 fixed

Details page 292

0638 2853 turnable 2346 2801 fixed

Details page 292

1757


4a


136

125

54


1163 | 1743 | 1744 1

1163 | 1731 | 1735 2

1163 | 1450 03

1163 | 1410 03

1163 | 1488 03*

4220 41 r.h. | 4220 51 l.h. 1163 0100


7263 25 8 mm Δ7663 25 9 mm Δ

Details page 290

0629 2853 turnable2329 2801 fixed

Details page 293

0609 2853 turnable 2309 2801 fixed

Details page 293


Berlin-based architect Hans Kollhoff devised ahandle design for his projects that consciouslyabsorbs design elements from the 1930s. Hisuncluttered door handles, window handles andwindow fasteners have been adopted as authenticinterpretations by the market. This particular lever handle derives special quality and authen-ticity from the material bronze, most notably inthe artificially aged variant shown on page 51.

Design: Hans Kollhoff * Bronze on request




137

Entrance door furniture Bathroom furniture 1163 | 1731 | 1735 | 2333 06

1163 | 1450 03 | Bouton sur pla-que on request

1163 | 1410 03 | Bouton sur pla-que on request

1163 | 1488 .. | Bouton sur plaqueon request*

3433

Details page 200

3453

Details page 213


Details page 221

1163 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1163 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1163 | 1450 0384 5

1163 | 1450 0354 6

1163 | 1410 0384 5

1163 | 1410 0354 6

1163 | 1488 ..84*5

1163 | 1488 ..54*6

6540

Details page 366


4a




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Door pull

1171 | 1743 | 1744 1

1171 | 1731 | 1735 2

1171 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1171 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1171 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1171 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1171 | 1402

1171 | 1402 | 1966

1171 | 1402 0084 5

1171 | 1402 0054 6

3471

Details page 205

6681

Details page 378

138

21

60

133



FSB lever handle 1171 owes its existence to a“crazy notion” hatched in FSB’s tool-makingshop. Back in the 1930s and 1940s, FSB hadmade a lever handle that entered design historyas the “nickel-horn handle”. It combined nickelplating with a black horn grip. It was in 1992 that FSB’s toolmakers set aboutrecreating this classic design in tubular stainlesssteel using leading-edge technology. Their effortsled to a highly marketable design in modernmaterials.




4a



Bathroom furniture



Window handle

Door pull

1183 | 1743 | 1744*1

1183 | 1731 | 1735*2

1183 | 1731 | 1735 | 2383 06

1183 | 1743 | 1744 0084*1, 3

1183 | 1731 | 1735 0054*2, 4

0683 11 8 mm Δ*0683 12 9 mm Δ*

Details page 286

2383 2801* fixed

3783

Details page 210

6599 0036

Details page 369

139

161

48


Hadi Teherani breaks with traditional thinking inFSB 1183. We are all familiar with the “Wittgen-stein solution” in which a standard lever handleis paired with a contrasting – cranked – designon the slamming face. Hadi Teherani has radicallyreduced the diversity of such handle models: hedelivers the function of the cranked lever handlemodel - averting the danger of fingers gettingcaught in the slamming area of frame doors –by shifting the handle’s point of rotation leftwards.Hadi Teherani’s emergency exit model sports asimilarly radical return to the door: he simplytakes a third of the grip section and attaches itto same at right angles.

Design: Hadi Teherani





* Suitable for backsetsbigger than 40 mm




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

1186 | 1743 | 1744*1

1186 | 1731 | 1735*2

1186 | 1743 | 1744 | 2329 05 1

1186 | 1731 | 1735 | 2329 06 2

1186 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1186 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1186 | 1450 03

1186 | 1450 03 | 1963 03

1186 | 1450 0384 5

1186 | 1450 0354*6

1186 | 1410 03

1186 | 1410 03 | 1970 03

1186 | 1410 0384 5

1186 | 1410 0354*6145

63

23


Design: Gaëlle Lauriot-PrévostDominique Perrault

Stainless steel

“The famous phrase ‘form follows function’ is allwell and good”, says Perrault. “Form that followsfunction is of course clear, effective and eco -nomical. But that isn’t enough.” With regard toFSB 1186, there’s nothing more one can add tothat. Dominique Perrault and Gaëlle Lauriot-Prévost have superimposed lever-handle iconFSB 1147, an archetypal design going back toLudwig Wittgenstein, with austere fluting thatclearly identifies the grip section for what it is.


140






Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1191 | 1491

1191 | 1491 | 1991 43 r.h. 1191 | 1491 | 1991 53 l.h.

1191 | 1491 4354 droite 2

1191 | 1491 5354 gauche 2

1191 | 1491 4384 droite 1

1191 | 1491 5384 gauche 1

3439

Details page 201

141

4a

48

68

146


Design: Philippe Starck Spindles for privacy sets:1 6 mm Δ, spacing 70 mm2 8 mm Δ, spacing 78 mm

Aluminium

Looking at this lever handle design, it could beargued tongue-in-cheek that Philippe Starckwas seeking to consign our entire sector to thebullring. Strangely enough, however, when thehorns are fastened to their backplates they mu-tate into door handles as fit for function as anyyou could wish for: Matt silver colour backplate,mirror-finish handle. Both in premium-qualityaluminium.

18572

39,5

47

70

106

112

21,5

143

RosesBackplates 4bTechnical information

Overview

Flush roses

Roses

Roses with spring mechanism

Indicating furniture

WC furnitures forspecial requirements

Cut backplates + roses

Backplates

Square backplates

144

145

146

148

149

150

151

152

156

164

1. BB and Chubb: centre offollower to centreof key pin.

2. Profile cylinder: centre offollower to centre of profilecylinder core.

3. Oval cylinder: centre of follower to centre of oval cylinder.

4. Round cylinder: centre offollower to centre of roundcylinder.

5. Emergency release: centreof follower to centre ofspindle.

6. WC: centre of follower to-centre of spindle.

7. Thumbturn: centre offollower to centre of spindle.

Bathroom/WC version

FSB bathroom furniture features a thumbturn (R) onthe inside and an emergencyrelease with indicator (WC) onthe outside. The door can beunlocked from the outsideusing an Allen key or coin.The red/white indicator can bedispensed with if so desired(S). A special-purpose emer-gency furniture is available forold people’s homes and nurs-ery schools.

Opening a door involves twokey forces, pushing and thenpulling. Both forces have a cu-mulative effect and need to becarefully counteracted if adoor handle set is to remain ingood working order over theyears. Backplates and rosesfulfil this function, which iswhy it is so important that theyare properly fitted.

All plates and roses suppliedby FSB feature a 7 mm plainbearing made of indestructibleblack GFR plastics. Backplatesand roses are additionally fit-ted with rugged support lugsin the same material.

Lever handle sets and their ac-cessories need to match theappropriate locks. Thus it istherefore important to heedthe specifications listed belowwhen ordering. It goes withoutsaying that we are acquaintedwith the common internationalvariations in spacings, key pat-terns and lock break-throughs.We nevertheless advise you toquote the lock type in use if inany doubt.

Keyholes

In the absence of special in-structions, we supply platesand roses with lever lock key-holes, i.e. BB.

Keyhole spacing

The standard keyhole spacingfor internal backplates is 72 mm, for bathroom back -plates 78 mm and for final exitbackplates 92 mm. Thespacings are measured as fol-lows:

RosesBackplates

Standard short backplateswith visible screws

Standard short backplates withvisible screws feature two support lugs in the area beneath the handle bearing.Screw holes are designed for3.9 mm countersunk screws.

Roses with concealed fixing

The metal covering plates reston a GFR-plastics backplate fitted with 2 support lugs inthe fixing area. Fixing centres 38 mm.

Fixing Aids

In the Fixing Aids section “9c”of this Catalogue we have setout all the steps needed to en-sure roses and plates are cor-rectly fitted.

Standard backplates with vi-sible screws

Standard backplates with visible screws incorporate aGFR plastics bearing.Screw holes are designed for3.9 mm countersunk screws.

Backplates and squareplateswith concealed fixing

Backplates and squareplateswith concealed fixing have asupport plate similar to that forroses.

To ensure FSB door furnitureis only supplemented by theappropriate FSB accessories,we manufacture all plasticscomponents in the same blackGFR plastics. The colour sche-me is sustained in the blackgrub screw featured in FSBhandle sets.

144

75+64

1 2 3

*

145

OverviewBronze

Brass

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

1705| 1709, 1709 54 Pages 148, 150, 269

1743| 1744, 1744 54 Pages 148, 150, 48, 268

1707/31 2211 Page 149

1732 0084 Page 151

1758| 1757, 1718| 1719, 1726, 1776, 1729, 1768, 1752| 1755 Pages 296 – 298

1454 – 1459 Page 154

1483, 1485 Page 164

1486, 1488 Page 165

1795| 1796 Page 153

4b

1550 Page 299

1402 145003Pages 156, 49

1410 141003Pages 157, 49

1416 Page 161

1418 141803Pages 159, 50, 270

1417 Page 161

1431 Page 160

1432 Page 162

1433 Page 163

1415 145103Page 158, 50, 270

1736 | 1737 Page 146f.

146

Flush roses

min. 7

min.12

Ø 56

Ø 56

min.38

3

3

Area to be routed out on threaded side/trailing face

Area to be routed out on clip-on side/leading face

Less is more: an architectureespousing reduction and theformal integration of technical/functional items manifests it-self in, for instance, non- rebateddoors. FSB has been settingstandards for some time nowwith a range of flush furniturethat has been embraced inequal measure by architectsand design-conscious housebuilders.

Complementary technical in-formation: www.fsb.de/flush

Flush roses for door thick-nesses from 38 – 44 mm

Keyways and bathroom/indicating variants

BB CH PZ WC R

Other types and cylindercentres on request.

147

4b

55

38

3 3

8

Ø 11,5

Ø 6

11

19

55

38

3

Ø 11,5

Ø 6

17361737

Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze

threaded side = trailing face

clip-on side = leading face

Specification:

Handle/key rose pairs for flushfitting, only in combination withspecially prepared FSB doorhandle pairs, door handle pairand rose pairs can be dis -assembled

For door thicknesses from 38 – 44 mm

EPC 72 mm

Routing jig: FSB 0462, cf. page 577

Technical prerequisites:

The door must be 38-44 mmthick. Please bear the positionof the lock mortise in mind.Drill fixing holes on both sideswith the aid of the FSB 0455standard drilling template.

Then expand the holes for thehandle and key roses drilled onthe clip-on side (= leading fa-ce) to a diameter and depth of12 mm. Use should be madeof the FSB 0462 routing jigwhen preparing the door for re-ceipt of the roses.

Please note that - unlike therouting performed for flush fur-niture in heavy-duty bearings(door thickness 45 mm and

upwards), the area routed outmust not be more than 3 mmin depth. The recess for the ro-se needs to be 56 mm in dia-meter and centred on the lockfollower.

The remaining material bet-ween the bottom of the recessand the lock case is required tobe stable and firm enough toensure secure fastening withoutany pressure being exertedupon the lock.

Order details required:

– Lever design– Material/finish – Quantity– Door handing in the case of

rebated doors combined with asymmetrical doorhandles, acc. to GermanDIN cf. page 586

55

38

7

55

38

7

55

38

7

55

38

7

148

1743Subroses withlugs: 1731

Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass







Keyholes

Roses

55

38

7

55

38

7

1731 2211 7 mm Δ

For levers with spindle8 mm Δ: 1731 2111


Angle of rotation is 25°

1707 2211 7 mm Δ

For levers with spindle8 mm Δ: 1707 2111


Angle of rotation is 25°

By dint of the coil springs builtinto their bases to return thehandle to the horizontal, FSBroses with positive mecha-nisms are ideal for the job ofmodernising doors if, for in-stance, replacing the old lockswould be too laborious or in asituation in which the lock stillfunctions well but the lock fol-

lower no longer holds thehandle in position properly,causing it to develop unsightly“sag”. The restoring force inthe spring is sufficient to keepeven solid lever handles ofconsiderable weight – e.g. tho-se made of brass or bronze –lastingly in position.

The rose’s metal caps are sup-ported on a glass-fibre-reinfor-ced base that features twolugs in the fixing area. A positi-ve mechanism is built into thebase. The roses are used inpairs, with a righthand (greencover) and a lefthand (red co-ver) version being combinedby means of through fixing.

Restoration of the carrier plateis ensured by means of coilsprings and is infallible as aresult. The angle of rotation is25°. Fitted in conjunction witha set of lever handles, this fur-niture is indistinguishable fromits standard counterpart.

149

Roses withspring mechanism

4b

150

Indicating furniture55

38

7

55

38

7

1744 0084 6 mm Δ

Subroses with lugs:1735 0054, 8 mm Δ


1744 6084 6 mm Δ


Aluminium AluGrey

1709 7584 6 mm Δ



1709 ..84 6 mm Δ

Subroses with lugs:1708 ..54, 8 mm Δ

43 r.h. | 53 l.h.

Aluminium

55

38

30

55

38

29

55

38

7

55

38

7

55

38

41

55

38

36

Privacy sets also availablewithout indicator. Item Nos. 17.. ..85 (6 mm Δ)or 17.. ..55 (8 mm Δ).

55

38 38

55

8

Ø 14,5

55

55 55

38 38

6/8

55 55

38 38

6/8

1732 0054 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel

Spindle 8 mm Δ

Through fixing

3464 .... Aluminium

3464 0000: 8 mm Δ

3464 0007: For budget lockroses FSB 3461, 3462 and3470 with spindle 7 mm Δ

1735 7684 6 mm Δ



1708 7684 6 mm Δ



Enquiries are often receivedfrom old people's homes, nur-sing wards, and indeed child-care centres and schoolsconcerning heavy-duty bath-room furniture with an emer-gency release on the outside.An FSB set devised for suchspecial circumstances featuresa chunky, extra-large thumb-

turn on the inside that can besafely operated by all handssmall, tremulous, or frail. Thisfitting is con nected to a ruggedemergency release on the out-side that can be opened, byauthorised persons only, evenif resistance is put up on theinside.

WC furniture can also be com-bined with backplates. Pleasesend your requests.

151

WC furniture forspecial requirements

4b

152

Cut backplates + roses

When ordering custom de-signs, please first send us adimensioned drawing. We willthen furnish you with a coun-terdrawing for verification pur-poses together with a pricequote.

FSB supplies cut backplatesand roses either with

· visible fixing on both sides or else

· visible or concealed fixing onone side (concealed fixing bymeans of weld-on threaded bushings that double up as reinforcement lugs)

The means of support for thehandle can be “loose” or“non-detachable” and involvesan injection-moulded slidingbearing made of glass-fibrereinforced plastic. Backplatesand roses 3 mm thick are fur-nished with a spacer ring insolid stainless steel in the pro-cess. Where common doorthicknesses are concerned,corresponding use can be ma-de of the FSB Stabil-spindle(cf. p. 545) for these variants.

Custom Stabil-spindle variantsare available to order for non-standard door thicknesses.Our inhouse sales service willreadily answer any questionsyou may have on this subject.

Architectural trends such asthose advocating that technicalor design elements be kept asflush as possible have reallyenlivened demand for cut bak-kplates.

FSB disposes over leading-ed-ge laser production technologyallowing it to manufacture al-most any shape that can berepresented as a vectorised fi-le and is not larger than 1200 x 2500 mm in size as acut backplate. You will find aselection of minimalist bak-kplates and roses as a startingpoint here which – so we be-lieve – adhere very closely tothe trend alluded to above onaccount of their being just 3 or5 mm thick respectively and35 mm wide but which are ne-vertheless merely intended asinitial suggestions. FSB addi-tionally offers to supply cutbackplates in custom designs.Please note the technical in-formation on Page 155 whenordering.

153

4b

Cut roses

1795 ..Stainless steel

With lugs in Stainless steel

Fig.: 3 mm thick, visible fixing onboth sides, with stainless steelspacer ring

Furniture may incorporatenon-detachable lever handles;please indicate FSB model required when ordering.



Fig.: 3 mm thick, concealed fixingon one side, perforation forEuroprofile cylinder

01 = 3 mm | 11 = 5 mmvisible fixing on both sides

02 = 3 mm | 12 = 5 mmconcealed fixing on one side

Mounting holes 38 mm

Chamfered corners

50

50

38

3/5

50

50

38

3/5

3 mm: sliding bearing with stain-less steel spacer ring

5 mm: sliding bearing in plastic

Fixing methods:

concealed fixing on one sideby means of weld-on stainlesssteel threaded bushings on thereverse face that also act asreinforcements, stainless steelrecessed head screws.

visible fixing on both sides bymeans of stainless steel reces-sed head screws

Keyholes and Bathroom/WC version

BB CH PZ WC R

154

1454 ..Rectangular, 35 x 185 mm



1455 ..Round, 35 x 185 mm

1457 ..Round, 35 x 210 mm

1459 ..Round, 35 x 245 mm

Stainless steel


01.. = 3 mm | 11.. = 5 mmvisible fixing on both sides

02.. = 3 mm | 12.. = 5 mmconcealed fixing on one side

35

185210245

3/5

7292

35

185210245

3/5

7292

Cut backplates

Fig. above: 5 mm thick, visible fixing onboth sides, lever bearing inglass-fibre reinforced plastic

Fixing methods:

Concealed fixing on one sideby means of weld-on stainlesssteel threaded bushings on thereverse face that also act asreinforcements, stainless steelrecessed head screws.

Visible fixing on both sides bymeans of stainless steel reces-sed head screws.

Fig. left: 3 mm thick, concealed fixingon one side, with stainlesssteel spacer ring

5 mm: sliding bearing in plastic


BB CH PZ WC R

3 mm: sliding bearing with stain-less steel spacer ring

155

4b

Fax sheet for customised cut backplates to special order

14541456 1458

Stainless steel


1454 1456 1458 1455 1457 1459

Plate thickness 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm

Length X

Width Y

Dimension A

Dimension B

Dimension C

Dimension D

Centres Z

Keyway

Fixing face face face face face face(visibility) both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides

Bearings loose loose loose loose loose looseinseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable* inseparable*

* only for visible face fixing

XC

A

Z

Y

B

X

C

D

Z

Y

A

X

C

D

Z

Y

A

B

XC

A

Z

Y

B

X

C

D

Z

Y

A

X

C

D

Z

Y

A

B

1454 1456 1458

1455 1457 1459 1455 1457 1459

Stainless steel


156

1402Aluminium Stainless steel

Distance 70 + 72 mmvisible fixing

Fixing template: FSB 0453,cf. page 572

1450 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze

Distance 70 + 72 mmconcealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0477,cf. page 578

170

40

45 7

22

Ø 5,5

24

7072

185

50

45 7

112

21,5

Ø 10

7072

Backplates


*


Distance 92 mmvisible fixing

Fixing template: FSB 0469, cf. page 578

185

40

92

45 7

128,5

21,5

Ø 10

157

* except FSB 14.. 03

Backplates

1410 Aluminium Stainless steel

Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmvisible fixing


Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmconcealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579

1407 Aluminium


1445 Aluminium

Distance 92 mmvisible fixing

245

45 7

88

707292

245

45 7

707292

88

134,5

21,5

Ø 10

75,5

245

93

92

50 7

230

87

40 7

7072


*

4b




1451 03 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass

Distance 70 + 72 mmvisible fixingFixing template: FSB 0477, cf. page 578

1453 03Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze

Distance 92 mmconcealed fixing


170

40

45 7

22

Ø 5,5

24

7072

185

45 7

112

21,5

Ø 10

50

7072

185

40

92

45 7

128,5

21,5

Ø 10

158

Backplates


*

159

* except FSB 14.. 03

Backplates


Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmvisible fixing

1418 03Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass

Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmconcealed fixing


245

45 7

88

707292

245

45 7

88

134,5

21,5

Ø 10

75,5

707292


*

4b

160

Backplates

Bathroom/WC version

1431Aluminium

Distance 70 + 72 mm



1436Aluminium

Distance 70 + 72 mm


170

40

47

38

7

22

24

7072

230

87

47

38

7

7072

Keyholes


Distance 70 + 72 mm

With backplates series 1416and 1417 FSB wants to sug-gest, whether lever handlesshouldn’t be sometimes com-bined with narrow backplates.Less, often is more.

220

36 7

85

7072

161


Distance 70 + 72 mm220

36 7

85

7072

Backplates


4b

162

Backplates

1432 Stainless steel

Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm

It’s a few years back now thatHartmut Weise presented themarket with arching roses asan alternative to the angulardesign of flat roses. He hasnow followed up with a slightlyarching backplate in stainlesssteel that rests on a plastic base so as to seemingly hoveron the door.

265

40 9,5

93

134,5

75,5

21,5

10

707292


163

1433Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel

Distance 70, 72 + 92 mm

1433 is the larger equivalentof the familiar 1432 backplateby Hartmut Weise. Especially developed for renovation work, it measures 55 mm across and is henceideal for covering over tracesof the previous fitting.

Set off by a black base, thisslightly curving backplate forinvisible fixing to doors some -how appears to “hover” inspace.

265

55 9,5

93

134,5

75,5

21,5

10

707292

Renovation backplate


4b

Square backplatesRadius corners 12 mm

164


Radius corners 12 mmDistance 70 + 72 mm


1485 01 Aluminium (X = 3 mm)Stainless steel (X = 2 mm)

Radius corners 12 mmDistance 70 + 72 mm

Square backplates

The FSB backplate program-me embraces items for bothconcealed and visible fixing,radiused corners or squarecorners. In the lever handlesection of this Manual thesebackplates have been allottedto specific lever handle de-signs.

In addition FSB offers 'nibbled'or laser cut customized back -plates for visible fixing. Pleasesend dimensioned drawings.We will submit our own draw -ings and a quote by return.

185

32,5

185

50

7

112

21,5

Ø 10

7072

185

32,5 X

185

50

7072

Square backplatesRadius corners 4 mm

165


Radius corners 4 mm Distance 70 + 72 mm


1486 01 Aluminium (X = 3 mm)Stainless steel (X = 2 mm)

Radius corners 4 mm Distance 70 + 72 mm

185

32,5 7

185

50

112

21,5

Ø 10

7072

185

32,5 X

185

50

7072

* except FSB 14.. 03 Bathroom/WC versionKeyholes

*

4b

167

Door knobsKnob backplatesOverview

Technical information

Knob handles

Door knobs

Knob backplates

Pull handles on backplates

168

170

171

175

184

189

4c

Overview

168

0802 Pages 171, 54, 272

0804 Page 171

0806 Page 172

0816 Pages 172, 46

0826 Page 174

0828 Page 174

0829 Pages 173,55

0844 Page 171

2383 Page 183

2302 Pages 175, 54, 273

2304 Page 180

2306 Page 176

2303 Page 175

2322 Page 182

2326 Page 180

2329 Pages 176, 55

2333 Pages 181, 47

2339 Page 181

2368 Page 183

2374 Page 177

2377 Page 178

2380 Pages 177, 272

2346 Pages 179, 54

2354 Page 179

2378 Page 178

2309 Pages 179, 55

0877 Page 173

2316 Pages 182, 46

0880 Page 272

169

Bronze

Brass

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

2121 Page 189

2144 Page 189

4c

1904 Page 187

1920 Page 187

1925 Pages 188, 265

1923 1964 Pages 184, 57, 271

1931 Page 186

1943 Page 186

1927 192703Pages 184, 57, 271

1966196303Pages 185, 56

1970 197003 Pages 185, 56

Door knobs

170

Fixed knobs on roses

Door knobs can be riveted toroses to form dead knobs andcan be fixed in one of twoways:Concealed through fixing andconcealed face fixing

Concealed through fixing

Where concealed through fixing is required, we supplydoor knobs prepared for 5 mmbolts and reinforced with twolugs with standard 38 mmcentres.

On the reverse, a lever handlerose of comparable technicaldesign is used (FSB 1731 50..and 1707 50..).

The M5 screws are 45 mm inlength, making them suitablefor doors 37-46 mm thick. Forother door thicknesses, screwsof the appropriate size shouldbe used (FSB 0308 05..).

In this configuration, the doorknob can be fastened to anFSB lever handle on the rever-se by means of an FSB half-spindle screwed into the12 mm threaded neck of theknob.

Concealed face fixing

Concealed face fixing first in-volves screwing a steel baserose to the door. The deadknob is then positioned so asto precisely cover this and issecured with a grub screw.

Knob handles

We supply knob handle sets asfemale pairs complete with aseparate special-purpose FSBStabil-spindle.

To assemble, first construct amale handle from the spindleand one of the female parts,carefully inserting the grubscrew supplied through the ap-propriate borehole. The grubscrew passes through the neckof the knob and locates intothe spindle. For the male knobto be correctly as sem bled it isgenerally neces sary for thehead of the grub screw to lieflush with the outer surface ofthe neck of the knob.

Thereafter, fixing is as forthe FSB Stabil-spindle.

Female knob handles can ofcourse be fitted to rotate in aplate or rose on one side onlyusing the customised FSBhalf-spindle.

Backplate with dead knob

FSB also supplies door knobsrigidly mounted on backplates.These feature a 12 mm inter-nal thread to accommodate theFSB Stabil-half-spindle pro -vided. Before fitting the plate,the spindle is firmly screwedinto the shank of the knob.Backplate and spindle are thenfitted to the door and the pro -cedure is repeated on the re-verse.

171

50

X

60

76

65

70

48

0802Aluminium (X = 70 mm)AluGrey (X = 70 mm)Stainless steel (X = 66 mm)Bronze (X = 65 mm)Brass (X = 65 mm)

0803Stainless Steel

8 mm Δ-hole


8 mm Δ-hole

Knob handles


Adaptor sleeve 8 on 7 mm cf. page 550.

4c

52

75

0844 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel

8 mm Δ-hole

Design: Jasper Morrison

172

Knob handles



0806Aluminium

8 + 10 mm Δ-hole

0816AluminiumAluGreyBronze

8 mm Δ-hole


53

44

48

65

173

Knob handles



4c

0829Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)

8 +10 mm Δ-hole

0877 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel

8 mm Δ-hole

Design: Christoph Ingenhoven

Ø

44

55

52

174

Knob handles



0826 00..44 r.h. | 45 l.h.

Aluminium AluGrey

8 mm Δ-hole



8 mm Δ-hole

67

60

49

45

45

Door knobs

175

2302 06Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)

Concealed through fixingC:C screw holes 38 mm



2303 06Stainless steel




55 50

X

55 50

X

55 60

84

55 60

84

06 05

4c

2306 05Aluminium


2306 06Aluminium


51

55 53

51

55 53

Door knobs

176

2329 06Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)


2329 05Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)


52

55 Ø

52

55 Ø

06 05

06 05

2380 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass


2380 05Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass


Door knobs

177

55 46

48

55 46

48

2374 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel





82

5255

82

5255

4c

Door knobs

178









59

55 55

59

55 55

94

5555

64

38

06 05

06

Door knobs

179

4c

93

5055

91

38

110

55 55

61

38

93

55 50

55

38

2346 06Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze




2309 06Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze


06 05

2304 05Aluminium Stainless steel




Door knobs

180

81

55 48

77

38

81

55 48

77

2326 ..0604 r.h. | 05 l.h.

Aluminium AluGrey


2326 ..0504 r.h. | 05 l.h.

Aluminium AluGrey



82

55

68

38

82

55

68

Door knobs

181

2339 ..0604 r.h. | 05 l.h.

Aluminium


Design: Philippe Starck




82

55 66

58

38

55 50

38

67,5 62

06 05

4c





52

55 45

52

55 45

Door knobs

182

2316 06Aluminium AluGreyBronze


2316 05Aluminium AluGreyBronze



72

55 48

72

55 48

06 05

Door knobs

183



Suitable for backset biggerthan 40 mm


87

5573

47

38

06 05






55

82

57

36

55

82

38

57

36

4c

1927 03 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)

Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579

1927 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)

Distance 72 + 92 mmwith visible fixing

1923Aluminium (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)

Distance 72 mmwith visible fixing

Fixing template: 0453 cf. page 572

Knob backplates

184

45 X

170 72

40

22

45 X

245 7292

88

45 X

245

21,5

134,5

75,588

707292


Distance 70 + 72 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0477, cf. page 578

45 X

185

21,5

112

50

7072

* except FSB 19.. 03 Keyholes

Knob backplates

185

* except FSB 19.. 03 Keyholes


Distance 70, 72 + 92 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0476, cf. page 579


Distance 72 + 92 mmwith visible fixing


Distance 72 mmwith visible fixing



Distance 70 + 72 mmwith concealed fixingFixing template: FSB 0477, cf. page 578

45 51

185

21,5

112

50

7072

45 51

245

88

21,5

134,5

75,5

707292

45

170 72

40

51

22

45 51

245 7292

88

4c

Knob backplates

186

1943Aluminium

Distance 72 mm

1931Aluminium

Distance 72 mm


Keyholes

47

38

170 72

40

51

22

47

38

230 72

87

51

1920Aluminium

Distance 72 + 92 mm

1904Aluminium

Distance 72 mm


45

170 72

40

51

22

45 51

245 7292

88

Knob backplates

187

Keyholes

4c

Knob backplate50 47

130 80 72

2545

338

188

1925 AluminiumStainless Steel Brass

The knob backplate comeswith a fixed knob and an FSBhalf-spindle. It is designed fordoor thicknesses from 38 - 42 mm. The furniture is visiblyfixed to the door using M4sleeve nuts and threaded bolts.


Keyholes

Pull handles on backplates

189

* except FSB 2121 Keyholes

2121Aluminium

Distance 72 mm

2144 Aluminium

Distance 92 mm

47

38

230 72

90

87

42

45

245

113

88

57

92

52

4c

191

Window handlesOverview


Flat-rosed window handle

Window handles

Window handles forspecific requirements

Window handles withcylinder locks

Protection from leverage

Socket key-operation locks

Budget lock roses

Sliding patio door levers

Flush pulls for lifting/sliding doors

Even humdrum items such aswindow handles are subject tothe laws of commodity aes-thetics, i.e. they need to beselected to match the leverhandles in use.

192

194

195

196

215

216

223

223

224

225

226

4d

Overview

192

3409 Page 196

3410 Page 196

3421 Page 197

3423 Pages 58, 197, 274

3424 Pages 198, 58

3425 Page 198

3426 Page 199

3432 Pages 60, 199, 274

3433 Pages 59, 200

3435 Pages 200, 275

3439 Page 201

3440 Page 201

3444 Page 202

3446 Pages 202, 275

3447 Pages 203, 276

3459 Page 203

3468 Page 204

3469 Page 204

3471 Page 205

3473 Page 205

3476 Pages 206, 276

3477 Page 206

3732 Page 207

3735 Pages 207, 277

3736 Pages 59, 208, 277

3745 Page 208

3751 Page 26

3752 Page 26

3753 Page 18

3754 Page 34

3755 Page 30

3756 Page 22

3763 Page 209

3778 Page 209

3783 Page 210

193

Bronze

Brass

Alu + Colour

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

3789 Page 210

3797 Page 211

3401 Page 212

3402 Page 212

3403 Page 213

3404 Pages 212, 278

3453 Pages 213, 60

3455 Page 214

3784 Page 214

34.. 70 Page 221

3481 Page 218

3488 Page 218

3491 Page 219

3495 Page 220

3496 Page 216

3497 Page 217

3499 Page 215

3407 Pages 222, 278

3416 Page 223

Budget lock rosesPages 223+224

3750 11 Page 225

3750 12 Page 225

4215 00 Page 226

4215 02 Page 226

4215 10 Page 226

3798 Page 211

Window handlesFSB supplies window handleswith and without a click-stopmechanism. The following applies in respect of models incorporating a click-stop me-chanism: FSB supplies thesehandles as standard with roses14 mm thick, lugs 10 mm indiameter, a 7 mm squarespindle with a 30 mm projectionand 43 mm fixing centres. The same handles can also besupplied with 12 mm-diameterlugs or without lugs altogether.The roses on models with noclick-stop mechanism are amere 7 mm thick. The distancebetween fixing centres remainsunchanged, however, at 43 mm.The method of fixing is visible.

Special spindle projections areoften required as a means ofaccommodating differing profilesystems and materials. FSBsupplies just what is needed on a job-by-job basis. Pleasesimple indicate any non-stan-dard spindle projections whenordering.

FSB supplies its window hand-les without screws. Fixing is bymeans of M5 oval-head screws.

Lockable window handles

For burglar-resistant windows toconform to DIN V ENV 1627,the handles used have to meeta number of conditions in addi-tion to the various other securitycriteria involved. The windowhandles concerned are requiredto be lockable and particularlyresistant to twisting and pulling.

Where lockable window handlesare concerned, these conditionshave been laid down in the RALquality standards, together withmore exacting design-engi -neering requirements, for manyyears now. The values pre -scribed for twisting and pullingforces under RAL are twice asstringent as those set forth inDIN V ENV 1627. Certificationand quality assurance testsconducted by the RAL QualityAssociation ensure the qualityand fitness for function of lock -able window handles.

Complementing the standardlockable formats, a rose with apush-button/deadlocking func-tion allows any of FSB’s greatvariety of attractive windowhandle designs to be used onwindows specifically required to afford protection against intruders. The rose can be fittedwith the cylinder either at thetop or bottom. It goes withoutsaying that conformity to theRAL quality standards has like-wise been established and isongoingly monitored in respectof this device – known as a lockable adaptor rose.Models 3423 and 3476 shownon the following pages are stocked as standard. Any otherhandle design may also be selected for attachment to theadaptor rose. Please note thatdelivery may take longer insuch instances.

Window handle lock adaptors

Rounding off our range of se-curity fittings for windows areanti-leverage devices for win-dow sashes and a series of lock adaptors to which any design of window handle canbe attached.

Special solutions

Innovations in facade techni-ques such as curtain walling,new profile systems or, indeed,new window designs necessita-te special types of windowhandle:

– of reduced depth or incorpo-rating reduced-depth roses for box-type “winter” windows

– featuring cranking for top-hinged windows

– incorporating casement fasteners for centre-hungwindows

FSB supplies a wide variety ofspecial-concept solutions forsuch scenarios that can becombined with virtually all ourwindow handle models.

Tilt to turn

Special-action lockable handlesare required in conjunction withthe “tilt to turn” window drivemechanisms often fitted inschools, offices and hospitals toprevent unauthorised operationwithout impairing air-handlingproperties. FSB produces suchspecial-purpose window hand-les in familiar designs to order.

194

The FSB click-stop mechanism

All FSB window handles withclick-stop mechanisms conformto the RAL quality standard.The RAL Quality Associationhas drafted specifications forwindow handles that are de -signed to ensure lasting qualityand performance.The FSB click-stop deviceenables windows to be closed,tilted or opened correctly. Itconsists of ball bearings in arugged GFR plastics housing.Whenever the window is operated, the handle audiblyclicks into place.Handles can be optionallysupplied with a 45-degree“night-tilt” setting.

195

Further flush products:

– roses for door thicknessesfrom 38-44 mm, page 146f.

– S2 armoured roses for timbermain entrance doors, page448f.

Flat-rosed window handle

4d

34.. 07 37.. 07

Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel

Window handle with shallowrose and click-stop mechanismrecessed into the profile lugswith 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mm

Can be fitted to timber andplastic profiles. Assembly isin the usual manner exceptthat a central drilling 26 mmin diameter is required in ad-dition to the two fixing holes(c:c 43 mm). All FSB windowhandles having a click-stopmechanism can be suppliedwith shallow roses. Pleaseenquire.

5

10

43

Ø 10

Ø 26

Ø 10

32,5

123

70 43

70

14

32,5

138

70 43

80

14

196







Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles


Other spindle projections available on request.

197

32,5

120

70 43

68

14

32,5

123

70 43

72

14



To match lever designs 1070,1080 and 7690

3423Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass


To match lever designs 1023and 7617

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

110

70 43

70

14

32,5

116

70 43

73

14

198

3424Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Bronze






Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



*

199

32,5

110

70 43

66

14

32,5

114

70 43

74

14




3432Aluminium*AluGreyStainless steel Bronze Brass



Black grip only available withaluminium angled section.

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

111

70 43

69

14

32,5

118

70 43

68

14

200

3433AluminiumAluGrey Stainless steel Bronze



3435Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass


Design: Hartmut WeiseTo match lever designs 1025,1026, 1028 and 1029

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



201

33,5

132

8943

67

14

3439Aluminium


Design: Philippe StarckTo match lever designs 1111and 1191

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

124

70 43

72

14



To match lever designs 1107,1119 and 7652

32,5

104

70 43

82

14

202



Design: Jasper MorrisonTo match lever design 1144

32,5

120

70 43

71

14




Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



203

32,5

120

70 43

71

14

32,5

120

70 43

71

14




Window handle with click-stop mechanismlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindleprojecting 30 mmTo match lever design 1075

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

125

70 43

71

14



Design: Heike FalkenbergTo match lever design 1035

32,5

125

70 43

71

14

204

3468Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel


Design: Jahn/LykouriaTo match lever design 1093

32,5

120

70 43

76

14

3469Aluminium


Design: Nicholas GrimshawTo match lever designs 1064and 1069

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



205

32,5

120

70 43

74

14




Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

25

116

70 43

73

14




32,5

115

43

70

14

70

206




32,5

125

43

67

14

70

3477Aluminium


Available in:

– angled section and rose Alu -minium, grip Stainless steel

– angled section Aluminium,rose and grip Stainless steel

– angled section and rose silver anodised Aluminium,grip black plastic


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



207

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

123

70 43

74

14

3732Aluminium


Design: Peter BastianTo match lever design 1001

95

43 24

65

3

63

30

2443

6

30

3735Aluminium Stainless steel Brass

lugs with 10 mm Ø c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm

These window handles comewith reduced-depth roses 3 mm thick that are fastenedto the window drive mecha-nism at 43mm centres usingM5 screws.


208

32,5

106

70 43

74

14

32,5

120

70 43

81

14

3736Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronzeBrass



3745Aluminium


Design: Paul Kahlfeldt

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



209

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

32,5

123

70 43

74

14

3763AluGrey


Grips supplied:– Corian® red (shown here)– Corian® black– Corian® white– wenge wood– oak wood (shown here)– dark grey plastic

Design: Christoph IngenhovenTo match lever design 1063

32,5

123

70 43

74

14



Design: Christoph IngenhovenTo match lever design 1078

210

32,5

142

70 43

62

14



Design: Hadi TeheraniTo match lever design 1183

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



32,5

133

70 43

77

14

3789Stainless steel


Design: Gaëlle Lauriot-PrévostDominique Perrault


3789

211

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles



4d

3797Aluminium


Design: Behles&JochimsenTo match lever design 1097

3798Aluminium


Design: Behles&JochimsenTo match lever design 1097

32,5

70

71

43

106

14

32,5

107

70 43

71

14

212

28

70 43

82

7

56

28

70 43

7

80

56

28

70

64

43

95

7

3401 Aluminium

c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm

3402 Aluminium


3404 Aluminium Brass



Window handles

213

32,5

70

65

43

85

14

32,5

70 43

85

48

48

14

32,5

70

69

43

106

14





Reduced-depth tee handlelug Ø 10 mm centres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projection

Suitable for box-type “winter”windows and windows whichopen against walls and are required to be opened as wideas possible

3453Aluminium AluGrey Bronze



Window handles

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


4d

214

32,5

70

57

43

99

14

32,5

72

70 43

14

100

3455 Aluminium




Design: Heike FalkenbergTo match lever design 1035

Window handles

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


215

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles forspecific requirements

4d

3499 00..Window handle with casementfastener, suitable for centre-hung sash windows.

Stainless steel


1 | 3499 0039 r.h.3499 0040 l.h.

2 | 3499 0036 r.h.3499 0037 l.h.

38 45

70

Ø 10

14

38 45

70

Ø 10

14

1 | Ill. l.h. 2 | Ill. l.h.

32,5

115

70 43

70

14

40

3499 001 . 3499 0033Cranked window handles

Stainless steel


Suitable for window sashesopening outwards and for centre-hung sash windows.

1 | 3499 0018 r.h.3499 0019 l.h.

32,5

147

70 43

89

14

1 | Ill. r.h.

32

135

72 43

13

50

32

135

72 43

13

50

216

3496Aluminium

Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mmtip-to-turn option

3496 00Aluminium


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles

Locking + Security

.

217

32

135

72 43

13

50

32

135

72 43

13

50

3497Aluminium

Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mmtip-to-turn option

3497 00Aluminium


Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles

Locking + Security

4d

32,5

132

70 43

15

46,5

32,5

132

70 43

15

46,5

32,5

146

78 43

15

60

218

3488 00Aluminium Alu + Colour


3488Aluminium Alu + Colour

Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passtip-to-turn option

3481Aluminium

Window handle with click-stop mechanismfor security windows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øc:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven


Window handles

Locking + Security

219

35

194

90 43

15


Window handle with dead-locking function prepared forsingle profile cylinder for use on burglar-resistantwindows conforming to DIN V ENV 1627 lugs with 10 mm Ø centres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projection

Deadlocked (window cannotbe opened without the key):rotate key through approx. 30°in an anticlockwise direction,depress the deadlocking bolt,return key to original positionand remove.

Released (window can be opened at any time without akey): rotate key through approx.30° in an anticlockwise direc-tion, whereupon the sprungbolt is automatically released,return key to original positionand remove.

Window handle preparedfor a single profile cylinder

Function The single length cylinder go-verns the status of the dead-locking bolt, i.e. the windowcan either be opened or itcannot. The key is always re-quired to lock and unlock thebolt.

Fitting instructions

The FSB 3491 window handleis supplied without a single-sided cylinder. To fit a single-length cylinder (adjustablethrower required), please pro-ceed as follows: turn the handleso it is at right angles to therose and remove the two M4recessed head screws (1),then detach the grip section(2) from its mount. Disengagethe thrower on the single profilecylinder used (as explained incylinder instructions) and rotatethrough 180° so that the thro-wer is positioned vertically out-side the cylinder. Now insertthe key and rotate the throwerback through 180° into the cylinder.

Then insert the cylinder (3) inthe handle mount (4) and fasten using the M5 recessedhead screw supplied (5). Nowagain rotate the key through180° so as to be able to removeit. Replace the grip (2) and fasten using the two M4 re -cessed head screws (1).

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

Locking + Security

34

2

5

1

1

4d


32,5

146

70 43

15

5

74,5

40

Key position

1 4 3 2

3495Aluminium

Window handle with dead-locking function prepared for single profile cylinder for use on burglar-resistantwindows conforming to DIN V ENV 1627 lugs with 10 mm Ø centres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projectiontip-to-turn option

Locking + Security

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

Window handle preparedfor a single profile cylinder

220

Fixing aid

Inserting the cylinder: Loosengrub screw (2), set the Cylinderthrower to the vertical Positionbefore assembly (1), insert thecylinder (3) and pressing untilthere is an audible click.Tighten grub screw (2). Furtherpressure on the cylinder (3)causes the handle to becomelocked. To unlock, turn the key(4) clockwise.

Removing the cylinder: Set thecylinder (3) in the unlockedposition. Loosen grub screw(2). The cylinder (3) can nowbe removed by turning the key(4) anticlockwise.

Window handlelock adaptor

221



Window lock matching FSB-window handles on securitywindows acc. to DIN V ENV 1627lugs with 10 mm Ø lug length 6.5 mmcentres 43 mm 7 mm Δ spindle30 mm projectiontip-to-turn option

Locking + Security

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

FSB has for many years supplied RAL-tested lockablehandles for burglar-resistantwindows. Complementing andaugmenting the standard styles,a rose with a catch and lockingmechanism allows FSB’s widevariety of window-handle de -signs to be adopted for thespecial requirements of burglar-resistant windows. The rosecan be fitted in one of two po-sitions, with the cylinder eitherat the top or bottom. (Whenordering the “tilt to turn” va-riant it is necessary to statethe position of the cylinder.)

21

32,5

123

84,543

79

21

32,5

125

84,5

78

43

The lockable adaptor rose is,of course, likewise tested andmonitored to RAL quality stan-dards. Models 3423 and 3476shown here are stocked asstandard. Any other handledesign may also be selectedfor fitting to the adaptor rose.In such instances, FSB asksthat the necessary delivery time be borne in mind.

Accessories:2 screws M5

4d

Window lock

73

37

25,5

12,5

43

55

FSB 3407 matches all FSBwindow handles with click-stopmechanism. To compensate forthe insert length of the spindledue to the additional depth ofthe lock adapter, the standardspindle projection of 30 mmwill be extended to 42 mm.This is accomplished with theuse of a spindle extension partwhich is delivered together with

222

3407Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Brass Black plasticssimilar to RAL 9004White plasticssimilar to RAL 9010

Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Ømatching FSB-window handleswith lugs 10 mm Ø only

the window lock. Installed asillustrated on this page. Weemphasize that, whilst pro -tection from leverage devicesmake break-ins more difficultand time-consuming, theycannot provide complete protection.

Accessories:2 screws M5 x 50 mm1 spindle extension part

Protection from leverageSocket key-operated locks

223

25

29

43

20

55

40

70

28 7

12Ø 22

33

43

70

28 7

12Ø 22

33

43

70 43

32,5 14

Ø 22

27

6

3416Aluminium

FSB anti-leverage devices aresecurity items which, whilstnot rendering burglaries im-possible, make them a gooddeal harder to perpetrate.

3461Aluminium

3462Aluminium


Lugs with 10 mm Ø

The socket key for FSB 3461,3462 and 3470 can be orderedby item No. 3463.

4d

Budget lock roses

70

32,5 14

15 43

70 43

32,5 14

70

32,5

43

14

15

36

224

1759 ..Aluminium Stainless steel

25 without cover plate26 with oval cover plate for

vertical fixing27 with round cover plate for

horizontal fixing

1793 Aluminium

70 43

28 7 1784Aluminium

Lever with 7 mm Δ-spindlesuitable für budget lock rosesshown can be ordered by itemNo. 3402 9000.

225

4d

Sliding patio door levers

3750 11..Stainless steel

3750 12..Stainless steel

Sliding patio door leversincl. lockingturnably fixedconcealed fixing10 mm Δ-spindleFixing M6

155

80

53

69

14

52

252

35 77

155

80

53

69

14

50

253

35 72

The sliding patio door leversare available in following versions:

00 Without keyhole, withthreaded M6 lugs, forthrough fixing in combi -nation with version 02.

01 With PZ-keyhole, withthreaded M6 lugs, forthrough fixing in combi -nation with version 03.

02 Without keyhole, with boltsM6 x 80 mm, for throughfixing in combination withFSB 4215 series or version00.

03 With PZ-keyhole, with boltsM6 x 80 mm, for throughfixing in combination withFSB 4215 series or version01.

Flush pulls 4215 series cf. page 226.

Flush pulls forsliding patio door levers

35 17

80

15569

52,5

95

325

35 17

80

15569

52,5

95

325

35 17

80 10595

325


Flush pull without keyholeWith threaded M6 lugs

4215 02 Stainless steel

Flush pull with PZ-keyholeWith threaded M6 lugs


Flush pull without keyholeWith threaded M6 lugs

226

229

AccessoriesOverview

Indicators

Flush pulls

Flush ring handles

Door stops

Door stops for wall mounting

Pull handles

Coat-hook

Cabinet knobs

Card frame

Cable box

Engraving

230

232

234

240

241

245

246

249

249

252

252

253

4e

Overview

230

4211 Pages 239, 61, 279

4212 Pages 239, 279

4213 Page 239

4250 Page 234

4250 Page 234

4251 Page 235

4251 Page 235

4252 Page 236

4252 Page 236

4253 Page 237

4253 Page 237

4254 Page 236

4254 Page 236

4205 Page 240

4203 Page 240

4204 Page 240

2160 Page 246

3602 Page 246

3603 Page 247

3617 Page 247

6628 Page 248

6629 Page 248

5325 Page 248

3816 Page 241

3817 Page 241

3819 Page 241

3878 Page 242

3879 Page 242

3880 Page 242

3881 Pages 243, 279

4210 Page 237

4299 Page 238

231

Bronze

Brass

Rubber

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

3882 Page 243

3884 Seiten 243, 61, 279

3888 Page 244

3896 Page 244

3880 Page 245, 61

3896 Page 245

9888 Page 244

3646 Page 245

3650 Page 249

2328 Page 249

3632 Page 249

3641 Page 250

3643 Page 250

3654 Page 250

3689 Page 251

3691 Page 251

3641 Page 251

4001 Page 252

9865 Page 252

4059 Page 232 f.

232

Indicators0002 Arrow pointing upwards0005 Arrow pointing diagonally

down to the left0003 Arrow pointing left0004 Arrow pointing right

0012 Lift0014 Stairs up 0017 Escape route 0030 No smoking

0041 Quiet please 0042 No shoes

0100 Ladies’ toilet 0101 Gents’ toilet 0103 For the disabled 0106 Shower0111 Soap (opto)

0120 Rest room 0121 Waiting room0122 Visitors’ terrace

0131 Men’s changing room 0142 Drying room 0143 Storeroom0144 Utility room 0150 Kitchen

0151 Sauna 0152 Solarium 0153 Conference room 0154 Prayer room

0211 Parcels0212 Stamps 0213 Letterbox

0300 Hotel 0301 Reception 0310 Restaurant 0313 Bar

0200 Telephone 0201 Fax 0220 Laptop

233

4059 ....Aluminium Stainless steel

100

100

The quality of any system ofpictograms is primarily definedby its simplicity and exhausti-veness. Our pictograms haveno truck with fads and trends,having recourse to a clear andunequivocal visual languageinstead. Originally devised assignage for the MunichOlympic Games and FrankfurtAirport by graphic artist OtlAicher, they have lost none oftheir exemplary impact andare still utterly contemporarymore than 35 years on. Theongoing addition of new picto-grams reflects technical inno-vations as well as theconvergence of internationalmarkets.

The spectrum of over 400 si-gns covers virtually every ap-plication in the public andcommercial spheres. All picto-grams draw on a uniform, co-pyrighted formal vocabulary,thus allowing for random per-mutations within the system.FSB engraves, lasers or tam-pon-prints these pictogramsonto aluminium or stainlesssteel signplates. The produc-tion technique is set out onPage 253.

0330 Information 0332 Bank0334 Ticket office 0403 Fire extinguisher

0511 Registration0520 Internal medicine0528 Massage

0605 Lecture hall0633 Reading room0634 Lounge0911 Swimming pool

These two pages show but asmall selection from our wide-ranging system. You will find acomplete rundown atwww.fsb.de/pictograms. Thesystem covers the followingareas of application:

– information signs– function rooms– communication – service – security– health– culture and leisure time– shops– transport– sport

4e

45

25

39

19

155 108

2

234


Flush pull open

Mill out size in the door 150 × R 20 × 17.5 mm


Flush pull closed


Flush pulls

FSB delivers a formally andfunctionally innovative hardwa-re solution for sliding doors inthe form of closed and openflush pulls. Made in stainlesssteel and aluminium, its newrecessed handles echo the ar-chitectural trend towards theflush-mounting of functionalappliances. Our new closedflush pulls ensure a uniform

appearance for the door leaf.The operating aperture is al-ways blanked out by a flapthat springs neatly into the clo-sed position when the hardwa-re is not being used.

235

Flush pulls

4e

45

25

39

19

155 105

2


Flush pull open



Flush pull closed


45

25

39

19

15575

2


Flush pull open


236

Flush pulls19

75

2


Flush pull open

Mill out size in the door Ø 70 × 17.5 mm


Flush pull closed


19

75

2

54

25


Flush pull open


50

1,5

30 18,5 4254Aluminium Stainless steel

Flush pull open



Flush pull closed

Mill out size in the doorØ 45 × 17.5 mm

237

Flush pulls

4e

19

70

2


Flush pull open

Mill out size in the door65 × 65 × 17.5 mmRadius corners 15 mm


Flush pull closed

Mill out size in the door65 × 65 × 17.5 mmRadius corners 15 mm

19

70

2

50

25


Flush pull open

Mill out size in the door 65 × 65 × 17.5 mmRadius corners R 15


Flush pull open

Mill out size in the door144 × 56 × 9 mmRadius corners 3 mm

42,5

55,5

45

177,5163,5

130,5143

2

10,5

8,5

59

101 55

50

X 10

3

238

4299 ....Stainless steel

Flush pull with square corners,installed on the face of thedoor.

Door thickness

.... 0003 40 mm

.... 0004 38 mm

.... 0005 50 mm

.... 0009 43 mm

.... 0015 52 mm

.... 0018 55 mm

.... 0016 60 mm

Flush pulls

101 55

50

X 10

3 R 5,5


Flush pull with radiused cor-ners, installed on the face ofthe door.

Door thickness

.... 0002 40 mm

.... 0006 38 mm

.... 0007 43 mm

.... 0008 50 mm

.... 0013 52 mm

.... 0017 55 mm

.... 0014 60 mm

239

40

120

11,5

1,5

40

120

11,5

1,5

4211Aluminium Stainless steel BronzeBrass

Mill out size in the door 87 x 28 x 10 mm

Boreholes for 3.0 mm countersunk screws



Boreholes for 3.0 mm countersunk screws

Flush pulls

Flush pulls FSB 4211 and4212 are available:

without keyhole,with lever lock/BB keyhole,with profile cylinder/PZ keyhole.

4e

36

105



90

72

90 72

12

70

70 54

11

54

70

57

148

13

50

47

240

4203 Aluminium

Available with:

8 mm Δ-hole Solid spindle 8 mm ΔFSB Stabil-spindle 8 mm Δ

4204 Aluminium

Available with:


4205Aluminium

Available with:


Lever lock/BB keyhole Profile cylinder/PZ keyhole

Boreholes for 3.5 mm countersunk screws

Flush ringhandles

Please state door thicknessand, if applicable, spindle projection when ordering.

241

40 20

9

25

60 16,5

40

31,5 15,5

16,547

28

28

76,5


3817Aluminium

3819Aluminium

Door stops

4e

Depending on requirements, itis then possible to choose bet-ween simple stops, stops withanti-skew capability, stops withbaseplates, directional andnon-directional stops and, fi-nally, stops fitted straight intothe floor or those where rawl-plugs are used.


242

24

48

Ø 48

24

24

52

Ø 40

32

3878Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel


3879Aluminium

3880 01Rubber

Door stops


243

Ø 45

34

Ø 40

37

70

75

20

10


3882Aluminium

3884Aluminium Stainless steel BronzeBrass


Door stops

Depending on requirements, itis then possible to choose bet-ween simple stops, stops withanti-skew capability, stops withbaseplates, directional andnon-directional stops and, fi-nally, stops fitted straight intothe floor or those where rawl-plugs are used.

4e

244

42

49

48

30

Ø 46

200

80

45

3888Aluminium

3889Aluminium

3896 00Rubber


9888Stainless steel

Portable door stop and doorholder in one. Weight approx. 1.6 kgThe rubber edging gently absorbs impact. Bottom surface non-slip.

Door stops

49

4842

245

Ø 45

6090

120

Ø 40

Ø 45

6090

120

Ø 46

80

40

35 20

100

3880 ..Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze






00 without rubber01 with rubber

Door stopsfor wall mounting

Door stops mounted to the wallneed to be fitted in such a waythat the door leaf strikes themas head-on as possible. Any un due lateral force is likely tocause the stop to be workedloose.

FSB advises against fittingstops at door-handle height.The resultant shock waves aretransmitted via the lock follo-wer to the lock mechanism,eventually causing it to sufferdamage.

4e

165140 113

52

25

Ø 16

200

45 64

160

45 59

246

2160 Aluminium

3601Aluminium

3602 Aluminium

Pull handles

247

230200

25

55

50

175150

20

45

40

4023

175

3523

150

3603 Aluminium

3604 Aluminium

3617 Aluminium

3618 Aluminium

Pull handles

4e

210

6455

Ø 20

300210

59

Ø 20

80

300

80

248


Fittings feature two fixing points concealed by a clip-oncover.


Boreholes for 4.0 mm counter-sunk screws


counterplate to 6629

Boreholes for 4.0 mm counter-sunk screws

Pull handles

Double-action swing doors inrestaurants, canteens, hospi-tals and so forth are generallyfitted with both finger and kik-king plates for added protec-tion.

An alternating arrangement is conceivable in the grippingarea, however. Furnishing thetwo faces of the door with thecombination shown above al-lows the desired direction ofswing to be notionally indica-ted.

249

34 34

90

28 37

70 Ø 3343

40

33

27

3650Aluminium


2328Aluminium

3632 ..04 r.h. | 05 l.h.


Screw M4 x 30 mm


Coat-hook,Cabinet knobs

4e

250

32

Ø 16

Ø 14

32

34

Ø 26







Cabinet knobs

All cabinet knobs/coat-hook are supplied withscrew M4 x 30 mm.

251

90

80

27

24

30

Ø 33

Ø 29

29

3657Aluminium

3656Aluminium

3689Aluminium

Screw M4 x 30 mm


Screw M4 x 30 mm

Cabinet knobs,Drawer pull,

4e

70

60

27

24

82

96

89 66

120

82

48

120

100

29

55

68

86

64 46

55

70

86

2036

400. Aluminium

4001 suitable for paper dimension 74 x 105 mm




252

The FSB cable box is availablein

Alu 01 natural colour anodisedAlu 03 brass-colour anodisedAlu + colour blackAlu + colour whiteAlu + colour greySatin stainless steel

Card frameCable box

Its heavy-duty design is suchthat the cap remains resolutelyclipped in place no matter howobdurate the cabling beneath.The slit is sealed by a brushgasket that adapts itself to thecables inserted.

The FSB cable box ensures ti-dy cable management at workdesks. Connections for tele-phones and fax machines,task lights, desktop computersand all that goes with them areideally accommodated in thiselegant cable box.


External diameter 90.0 mmInternal diameter 80.0 mmInlet diameter 85.0 mmHeight less rim9865 0000 38.0 mm9865 0002 33.0 mm9865 0004 29.0 mm9865 0006 23.0 mmRim thickness 1.2 mmRim projection 2.5 mmSlit length 58.0 mm

90

85

Bonding groove

Clip

Cap

Ø 85

23–38

2,5

23–38

1,2

253

FSB can engrave graphics,illustrations, patterns, decorati-ve material, lettering numeralsand also colours onto informa-tion signs, key tags, letterplates, bell-push plates, hand-le pads and any other flat fit-tings in aluminium, stainlesssteel, AluGrey®, bronze andbrass or, indeed, wood andglass.

The various options togetherwith the relevant technicalspecifications are set outalongside. Before we can quo-te we require details of thematerial as well as specimensof the graphics, illustrations,logos or other pictorial materialas a means of gauging the in-put involved more accurately.We work with all the standardpicture and graphics formats,i.e. pixel data such as .tiff,.jpeg or .bmp, and vector datasuch as .dxf, .cdr or .eps.

In the case of typographic en-gravings, we require precisedetails of fonts and sizes.Besides a broad range of type-faces, we can also arrange foryour script, logos or names tobe input in vectored form orconverted into characterpaths.

With laser engravings it is ne-cessary both to check the dataand simulate use of pixel datain combination with the desi-red materials before we canmake a quote or commit our-selves to producing the item.

EngravingsLaser engravingsTampon prints

4e

Engravings

Size of inscription area: 610 x 2,000 mm (flat)

Site of workpiece: H 50 x 650 x 2,000 mm, cy-lindrical objects to Ø 110 mm,max. length 200 mm

Inscriptions:min. cap height 4.0 mm

Engravings in metal can be“natural” or with inlay lacque-ring. Custom designs may in-corporate any common coloursystems (RAL, HKS, Pantoneetc.) including lacquers fromthe automotive industry.Unless specified otherwise bythe customer, we produce in-lay lacquering for engravingsin black.

Laser engravings

Size of laserable area: 610 x 610 mm (flat or slightly curved)

Size of workpiece: H 200 x 610 x 610 mm, cylin-drical object to Ø 110 mm,max. length 360 mm

Inscriptions: min. cap height 2.0 mm

The means now exist to pro-cess motifs not only as vecto-red data but also in the form ofpixel data such as .tiff, .jpeg or.bmp and to laser any motif on-to glass and wood surfaces aswell as onto aluminium andstainless steel as hitherto.Filigree linear design elementslook particularly good in thisway, as the laser technique al-lows very fine lines or dots tobe rendered.

Laser engravings are generallymetallic white in appearance(including on colour anodisedsurfaces) due to the presenceof an aluminium oxide layer.Lasered stainless steel finishes,by contrast, turn black, whilstwood becomes beige-to-blackdepending on the species.Glass turns dull silver, very mu-ch as with sand-blasted sur-faces.

It is also possible, furthermore,to engrave curved surfaces.

Tampon prints

Size of inscription area or max.size of graphic elements: Ø 85 mm (flat)

Size of workpiece: H 150 x 300 x 200 mm, cylin-drical objects not possible

Inscriptions: min. cap height 2.5 mm

Standard colour black, specialcolours possible to order

Tampon prints are recommen-ded for less complex mono-chrome or two-tone print itemsto be produced in large num-bers. They are additionally auseful means of adding diffe-rently coloured detail to inlaylacquered areas of engravingsor else to chromatically accen-tuate laser-engraved areas ordesigns.

There is thus some scope forcombining the techniques setout above.

If you have any queries, pleasecontact our inhouse servicestaff:

International Sales: Mr Ralf FrischemeierTelephone +49 5272 [email protected]

How Le Corbusier

made it to colour

Le Corbusier achieved fame forhis work as an architect in thefirst instance. He is generallyclassified as being an exponentof “white architecture”; com-mon to this movement was anabhorrence of all things deco-rative, which were deemed toinclude colour finishes in builtspaces and on facades. Thus,for decades, whitewash wasconsidered the only coating ac-ceptable for walls and ceilings.Le Corbusier nonetheless ad-dressed himself to the designpotential of “colourful” coloursfrom early on. His second pas-sion – painting in a style thatwas distinctly experimentalcompared to his buildings – isto be viewed as the point ofdeparture for his reflections onthe matter. However, he was

interested not merely in theformal quality of such coloursbut in particular also in theway they interact with the human observer and in thepowers of association they ac tivate in the process. It wasonly a question of time beforeLe Corbusier began applyinghis thoughts to the applicabili-ty of colour to architecture.Early forays of note in this respect such as in the interiorof the “La Roche” residentialbuilding he designed in Paris(built between 1923 and1925) reveal how he was atpains to concede a certainamount of autonomy to wallsas carriers of colour without jeopardising the wholeness ofthe space.

255

Brass – the material

Overview

Lever handle

Roses

Backplates

Knob handles

Door knobs

Knob backplates

Window handles

Window lock

Letter plates

Door stops

Flush pulls

256

257

258

268

270

282

273

271

274

278

458

279

279

5Brass

Brass

FSB and brass

FSB has been supplying selectdoor and window furniture inbrass, together with accesso-ries, for forty years. From thevery beginning we strove fororiginality, spurning hackneyedforms such as post horns orduck bills.

DIN 17 660

Brass furniture is available in awide range of alloys and at wi-dely differing prices. But not allthat glitters is pure brass. It isin our case though. We makeexclusive use of the CuZn37copper-zinc alloy specified un-der DIN 17 660 as material no.2.0321 and 2.0335.

Corrosion protection

Brass is prone to corrosion ineveryday use - a fact that issometimes glossed over.

Polishing is the only wayround this. Anyone acquaintedwith more northerly countrieswill have observed the weeklybuffing given to brass furnitureon front doors there.

This chore becomes redun-dant if the surface is either lac-quered or waxed.

Waxed brass componentsare self-polishing through use.Areas that are not handled willrapidly develop a brown orgrey-green patina. Many buyersdeem this surface discoloura-tion positively alluring. Lacque -red brass furniture loses itsgloss once the lacquer is da-maged. Intercrystalline corro-sion then quickly sets in.Corroded handles can be re-conditioned, however - for acharge covering costs.

Recommendation

FSB fundamentally recom-mends only using waxed brassfinishes. Polished waxed finis-hes can be looked after usingproprietary cleansers.

Do not use lacquered brass finishes in outdoor applicationswhere the sun and the environ-ment will hasten the onset ofcorrosion.

Brass furniture should not beconsidered for heavy duty ap-plications in public buildings,since there is too much clean-ing involved.

Surface Hygiene

A brief word of clarificationconcerning the hygienic pro-perties of door handles:

There are those amongst ourcompetitors who, citing the findings of research institutes,make much in their brochuresof the enhanced sterilizing pro-perties of certain finishes. FSBlikewise has access to reportsproving that, for instance, cup-riferous metals kill germs moreeffectively than, in particular,synthetic materials.

But FSB sets no great storeby such findings. Whether a gi-ven finish destroys bacteria in24 hours or in 72 is academicreally, since in practice, doorstend to be in fairly regular useanyway. You’d have to take re-medial action every time a doorwas opened or closed if youwished to eliminate germs al-together.

256

FSB 4205 Brass polished lacquered

FSB 4305 Brass polished waxed

257

OverviewBronze

Brass

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

1020 Pages 258, 84

1023 Pages 259, 86, 43

1028 Pages 260, 91

1057 Pages 261, 99

1076 Pages 262, 108

1102 Pages 263, 116, 45

1147 Pages 267, 132

1705| 1709 Pages 269, 148, 150

1743| 1744 Pages 268, 148, 150, 48

1106 Pages 264, 118, 46

1135 Pages 265, 129

1146 Pages 266, 131

3423 Pages 274, 197, 58

3432 Pages 274, 199, 60

3446 Pages 275, 202

3447 Pages 276, 203

3476 Pages 276, 206

3735 Pages 277, 207

1418 Pages 270, 159, 50

1927Pages 271, 57, 184

1964 Pages 271, 57, 184

2302 Pages 272, 54, 171, 175

2380 Pages 272, 177

5

3435 Pages 275, 200

3404 Pages 278, 212

0802 0880

3736 Pages 277, 208, 59

3407 Pages 222, 278

3881 Pages 279, 243

3884 Pages 279, 243, 61

4212 Pages 279, 239, 61

3826 Page 458

4211

* Additional sets cf. page 84


1020 | 1743 | 1744 1

1020 | 1731 | 1735 2

1020 | 1743 | 1744 | 2306 05 1

1020 | 1731 | 1735 | 2306 06 2

1020 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1020 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3404

Details page 278



Bathroom furniture

Window handle BrassAluminium*AluGrey*


258

78

122

The FSB 1020 model is the clearest embodimentof the “good form” of the 1950s. This is a leverhandle that flourishes by dint of the organic flowof its moulded-to-the-hand design and becauseit somehow looks symmetrical without actuallybeing so. Johannes Potente’s intention with thisdesign was to provide a dynamic counterpointto the linearity of doors.

FSB 1020 is one of four models designed byJohannes Potente that, in the summer of 1998,were added to the permanent collection at theMoMA in New York.






Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

5

1023 | 1743 | 1744 1

1023 | 1731 | 1735 2

1023 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1023 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1023 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1023 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1023 | 1451 03

1023 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1023 | 1451 0384 5

1023 | 1451 0354 6

1023 | 1418 03

1023 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1023 | 1418 0384 5

1023 | 1418 0354 6

BrassAluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze

In the 1950s, the Swiss architect Max Bill gottogether with Ernst Moeckel to fashion a doorhandle for the new Ulm Design College buildingthat drew on the handles common on railwaycarriage doors in Switzerland and has made design history as the “Ulm handle”.

It was a handle that in turn inspired JohannesPotente to produce FSB 1023, which for is analternative to the usual U-shaped models.

58

135


259




Window handle 3423 cf. page 274

60

135

260

The FSB 1028 design is the most ornate of thehandles in the “FSB Featherlight” range. It is avariation on the terminology used in the FSB1025 model, yet one that does not neglect theergonomic factor.This is a design that catches the eye and is justas good to hold. The undular styling of the gripsection is both visually striking and a stimulatingexperience for the hand. It’s as elegant a silverembellishment as you could ever hope to seeon a door and, almost as an afterthought, it alsoserves to operate the door.


BrassAluminium AluGrey Stainless steel



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1028 | 1705 | 1709 1

1028 | 1707 | 1708 2

1028 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1

1028 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1028 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1028 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

3435

Details page 275




127

63

261


Lever handle model FSB 1057 is the work ofMunich-based designer Jan Roth. Singularlyunimpressed by the models then on sale, hedecided to design a handle of his own for hisdoors. After the first casting, he took the polishedunfinished parts home with him and duly fittedthem to the doors there (which is where theycan still be found).

The FSB 1057 model by Jan Roth nestlessnugly in the hand and is a handle that womenin particular often tend to fall for on the spot.

BrassAluminiumStainless steel



Bathroom furniture

1057 | 1705 | 1709 1

1057 | 1707 | 1708 2

1057 | 1705 | 1709 | 2380 05 1

1057 | 1707 | 1708 | 2380 06 2

1057 | 1705 | 1709 7584 1, 3

1057 | 1707 | 1708 7554 2, 4

Design: Jan Roth

5




137

57

21

262

The architect Robert Mallet-Stevens (1886 –1945) designed several residential buildings inParis in the 1920s. It is likely to have been hewho hit upon the idea of splitting a round tubein two and mitring the ends back together againat right angles.

The design is now known as the “Frankfurtmodel”. There’s a simple reason for this beingso. The handle was rediscovered when the Ar-chitecture Museum was built and proceeded totake the market by storm.


Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1076 | 1743 | 1744 1

1076 | 1731 | 1735 2

1076 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1076 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1076 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1076 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3476

Details page 276




263

Product family Model 1 102

127

60

22


Owing to the popularity of this design, we nowsupply FSB 1102 in the four materials listed aboveand the corresponding finishes. We would re-commend using the rugged stainless steel varianton heavily used doors, indeed that is the versionshown here.

BrassAluminium* AluGrey* Stainless steel* Bronze*



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1102 | 1743 | 1744 1

1102 | 1731 | 1735 2

1102 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1102 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1102 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1102 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3432

Details page 274

5

* Additional sets cf. page 116




1106 | 1743 | 1744 1

1106 | 1731 | 1735 2

1106 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1106 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1106 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1106 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

3736

Details page 277

264

119

60

Materials always figure centrally for Frankfurt-based architect Prof. Christoph Mäckler. It cameas no surprise, therefore, that he earmarkedBrass for his lever handle collection.Lever handle 1106 is the slightly reworked versionof FSB 1135.


BrassAluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze



Bathroom furniture

Window handle

Design: Christoph Mäckler Spindles for privacy sets:3 6 mm Δ4 8 mm Δ



58

107

265

When we got together with Frankfurt-based ar chitect Prof. Christoph Mäckler to contem -plate a new handle collection, attention initiallyfocused not on the design but on the choice ofmaterial.

Professor Mäckler loves natural materials.Thus the first thing he did was to reach a de -cision in that respect by opting for brass. Oncethe issue of materials had been resolved, he leafed through no end of old catalogues and ultimately hit upon a form that had originallyfound favour with door users in the 19th century.





Bathroom furniture

Window handle

1135 | 1425

1135 | 1425 | 1925

1135 | 1425 7584 1

1135 | 1425 7554 2

3735

Details page 277


5


1146 | 1743 | 1744 1

1146 | 1731 | 1735 2

1146 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1146 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1146 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1146 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1146 | 1451 03

1146 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1146 | 1451 0384 5

1146 | 1451 0354 6

1146 | 1418 03

1146 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1146 | 1418 0384 5

1146 | 1418 0354 6


62

142

52

20

In the early 1990s, FSB felt the time had cometo give the plain round styling of the stable-doorhandle a going over. The shank was conicallyextended and a semicircular tip was added tothe bent end; two subtle little changes that havegiven the revamped FSB 1146 model a charac-ter all of its own. Inevitably, the inevitable hap-pened and this model, too, has suffered no endof imitations.




Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

266





132

62

20

The FSB logo echoes a lever handle designedby the Austrian philosopher Ludwig Wittgensteinin the mid-1920s in Vienna. This is the originalupon which all similar lever handle forms arebased. By adding a conical shank and sphericaltip we aimed to set ourselves apart from themany other variants of this lever handle on themarket – and, of course, to render our corpora-te logo “grippable”.





Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture



Bathroom furniture

1147 | 1743 | 1744 1

1147 | 1731 | 1735 2

1147 | 1743 | 1744 | 2302 05 1

1147 | 1731 | 1735 | 2302 06 2

1147 | 1743 | 1744 0084 1, 3

1147 | 1731 | 1735 0054 2, 4

1147 | 1451 03

1147 | 1451 03 | 1964 03

1147 | 1451 0384 5

1147 | 1451 0354 6

1147 | 1418 03

1147 | 1418 03 | 1927 03

1147 | 1418 0384 5

1147 | 1418 0354 6

5

267





268

Roses55

38

7

55

38

7

55

38

30

55

38

7

1743Subroses with lugs: 1731

Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze



1744 0084 6 mm Δ

Subroses with lugs: 1735 0054, 8 mm Δ


Keyholes

269

5

Roses55

38

7

55

38

7

55

38

29

55

38

7





1709 7554 6 mm Δ

Subroses with lugs: 1735 0054, 8 mm Δ


Keyholes

RosesBackplates

270

70

32,5 7

70

32,5 7

1758 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze

1757Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze

1418 03 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze


1451 03 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze


Keyholes

185

45 7

112

21,5

Ø 10

50

7072

245

45 7

88

134,5

21,5

Ø 10

75,5

707292

271

5

Keyholes

Knob backplates

1964 03 Brass (X = 72 mm) Aluminium (X = 77 mm) AluGrey (X = 77 mm) Stainless steel (X = 73 mm) Bronze (X = 72 mm)


1927 03 Brass (X = 72 mm) Aluminium (X = 77 mm) AluGrey (X = 77 mm) Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)


45 X

185

21,5

112

50

7072

45 X

245

21,5

134,5

75,588

707292

Knob handles

272

Turnable knob handles aremade and supplied by FSB asfemale sections. Knobsets arecreated by joining two femaleparts together using theFSB Stabil-spindle 0102.

50

X

0802 Brass (X = 65 mm) Aluminium (X = 70 mm) AluGrey (X = 70 mm) Stainless steel (X = 66 mm) Bronze (X = 65 mm)

8 mm Δ-hole

45

40

0880 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel

8 mm Δ-hole

273


Concealed through fixing,c:c screw holes 38 mm



5

55 50

X

55 50

X

06 05

Door knobs

2380 06 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel

Concealed through fixing,c:c screw holes 38 mm

2380 05 Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel


55 46

48

55 46

48

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven








274

32,5

114

70 43

74

14

32,5

123

70 43

72

14

Window handles

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

5


3446Brass Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel





Design: Hartmut WeiseTo match lever design 1028

32,5

120

70 43

71

14

32,5

118

70 43

68

14

275

Window handles

Window handles32,5

120

70 43

71

14

276





32,5

115

43

70

14

70




Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

Window handles

277

95

43 24

65

3

63

30

2443

6

30

3735Brass Aluminium Stainless steel

Lugs with 10 mm Ø c:c mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm

These window handles comewith reduced-depth roses 3 mm thick that are fastenedto the window drive mecha-nism at 43mm centres usingM5 screws.


32,5

106

70 43

74

14

Gütezeichen

Rastoliven

3736Brass Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze




5

278

28

70

64

43

95

7

3404Brass Aluminium

C:C mounting holes 43 mm7 mm Δ spindle projecting 30 mm

Design: Johannes PotenteTo match lever design 1020

Window handleWindow lock

73

37

25,5

12,5

43

55 3407Brass Aluminium AluGreyStainless steel Plastic blacklike RAL 9004Plastic whitelike RAL 9010

Keys to differ – keys to passlugs with 10 mm Øonly for use with FSB windowhandles having lugs 10 mm in diameter

Details page 222

279

Ø 45

34

70

75

20

10

3881BrassAluminium Stainless steel

3884Brass Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze


42114212

Brass Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze (only 4211)

Mill out size in the door87 x 28 x 10 mm

Boreholes for 3.0 mmcountersunk screws

Door stopsFlush pull

40

120

11,5

1,5

40

120

11,5

1,5

Flush pulls FSB 4211 and 4212are available:

– without keyhole– with lever lock/BB keyhole– with profile cylinder/PZ

key hole

5

Interplay between

colour and space.

Le Corbusier eschewed the useof colour as a purely decorativestylistic medium. His intention,rather, was that it should bedeployed in accordance withfunctional dictates and contri-bute to the structuring of thearchitecture. Different colourschemes within a buildingmark out differing functionalareas and spheres of life andheighten the identity of the in-dividual spaces. This function-driven approach was, however,required to take adequate ac-count of the psychological andsocial effect of colour in archi-tecture. The aesthetic dimen-sion was to enjoy priority inequal measure. It is by combi-ning the two criteria that thecorrect formal solution is arri-ved at. Le Corbusier’s premiss

was that there are immutableconstants in people’s reactionsto different colours. He was intent on identifying inherentlaws, invariables and mecha-nisms that could explain theuse of colour. Where was itpermissible to apply colour atall? Was it alright for one wall,all walls or even the ceiling tobe coloured? A ceiling of thesame hue as the walls canheighten a space’s sense ofenclosure (like a dome), faca-des in burnt sienna undersco-re the structure’s volume, lightgreen facades fade in with thevegetation.

Lever handlesand door knobsfor framed doors

281

6aExplanations

Overview


Door knobs for framed doors


Backplate for framed doors

Lever handle for unlatchinghandle for pulling and pushing

Grip handle furniture for framed doors

282

284

286

292

296

299

298

300

Furniture forframed doors

As well as a complete range ofdifferent types of handle (le-vers, knobs and pulls) for framedoors in metal, plastic or wood,FSB also supplies fixing systemsspecifically adapted to the re-quirements of frame doors andhardware that have undergoneconstant refinement over theyears.

“Classic” problems:Fixing on frame doors

A consequence of said spatialconstraints is that there maybe some difficulty fixing thehardware: short backsets andthe absence of through fixingoptions within frame doorlocks has led - against betterjudgment - to the face fixing offrame door hardware beco-ming common practice, onethat has repeatedly given riseto hardware that wobbles andworks loose.

FSB fixing system for framedoor fittings - Generation 2008

Spurred on variously by Wittgenstein’s breakthrough,our knowledge of the notoriousfixing problems involved andinnovations developed in co-operation with SächsischeSchlossfabrik (SSF), FSB hasre-aligned its fixing system forframe door fittings and placedit on new system-led technicalfoundations.

Fastenings supplied with product

In the past we have frequentlyhad to follow up notificationsof faulty goods arising from theirhaving been fitted improperlyor contrary to our recommendedcourse of action. With the appearance of the present Manual, therefore, FSB isadopting a new policy of sup-plying matching fastenings withproducts. Fastenings comprisenon-loosening M5 screws andrivet nuts to suit the bases forframe door fittings. The headsof these rivet nuts (Ø 11 mm)fit exactly into the underside ofFSB fittings for frame doors.The combination of rivet nuts,bases (with integrated anti-slip/screw-retention devices)and non-loosening screws ensures that hardware can befitted so as not to work loose.

Accordingly, FSB will not in future entertain any faulty- product complaints where usehas not been made of FSBfastenings.

282

1

Rugged connection

Use should be made of solidspindles 0172/0173 to ensurethat the two female handlesare firmly secured and hencethat the forces exerted whenoperating the handles arechannelled into the framedoor’s stile. The cup points required to fasten the femalehandles to the spindle aresupplied as standard. Theycan also be ordered as sparesunder product code 0450 (cf.page 551).

Antislip/screw-retention device

Regardless of whether they incorporate rivet nuts and/ornon-loosening screws, all FSBroses forming part of hardwarefor frame doors have screwbushings fitted with rubberyplastic retarder plugs. Theseprotrude slightly beyond thereverse of the rose and arecompressed when the screwsare tightened. Hence, they actas an antislip device againsttheir host surface whilst alsoproviding the necessary axialand radial tension to hold thescrews tight.

Locks by FSB: fastening sys-tem with through fixing option

Competent product solutionsought to be a matter of coursefor a highly evolved society, asshould equally dependablefunctioning over a product’sfull life cycle. FSB puts thisconviction to effect with theappearance of its German2008|09 Manual: FSB has thusoptionally adapted the fixingsystem for its frame door hard-ware to FSB 02 Series framedoor locks with through fixingpoints (Fig. 3). This essentiallyinvolves a special fastening set(Order Code 0526 10, Fig. 2)– cf. page 551, with whichFSB frame door hardware canbe fitted to order at the works.The set contains screws forthe applicable door thicknessplus metal lugs that are preci-sion-fitted into the bases at theworks instead of the usual rubber retarder plugs and areadditionally secured with anM5 screw on one side. Thisform of fastening does awaywith rivet nuts, moreover, sincethe metal lugs are inserted intothe frame door stile from bothsides, thus assuming the func-tion of said rivet nuts. Pre -paration of the half-sets at theFSB works beforehand in bothcases leads to a real and tan-gible reduction in assemblytimes, as just two screws areneeded to through-fix framedoor furniture (as opposed tofour for two face-fixed half sets). A first impression of the FSB 02lock series with through fixingfunction is given on page 531ff.

FSB Positive Mechanism

Virtually the entire FSB rangefor narrow-frame doors fea-tures a positive mechanism asa means of supporting the locksprings that permits a max.angle of operation of 45° (Fig 4).Please note: The positive me-chanism remains inactive untilthe lever handles are assembledby inserting and securing thespindle. It is integrated intothe baserose and does not engage in the state supplied.

283

6a

2 3 4

Overview

284

7206 Pages 287

0605 Page 286

7244 Pages 289

7216 Pages 288

7223 Pages 288, 62

7247 Pages 290

7245 Pages 289, 62

7204 Pages 287

7202 Pages 286, 63

7246 Pages 289

7270 Pages 290

7276 Pages 290

7278 Pages 291

7219 Page 288

0634 Page 286

7210 Pages 287

7263 Pages 290, 62

7215 Pages 287,62

7240 Pages 288

7242 Pages 289

7293 Pages 291

0683 Page 286

285

0602, 2302 Pages 292, 64

0638, 2346 Pages 292, 64

0629, 2329 Pages 293, 65

0609, 2309 Pages 293, 65

0604, 2304 Page 294

0638, 2346 02 Page 295

0638, 2346 08 Page 295

0654, 2354 Page 294

0643 02, 2343 02 Page 295

1718| 1719 Page 296

1769 | 1730 Page 297

1752 | 1755 Page 298

1550 Page 299

Alu + Color

Plastics, black

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

Bronze

6a

7816 Page 300

7816 Page 301

1758| 1757 Pages 296, 51

1777 | 1727 Page 297

0418 Page 294

1717 Page 298

286

Lever handlesfor framed doors

60

14

32,5

137

70

32,5

136

70

25

0605 13 8 mm Δ

Aluminium Alu + Color

0634 02 8 mm Δ

Aluminium Alu + Color

63

14

32,5

164

70

0683 11 8 mm Δ

0683 12 9 mm Δ


Suitable for backset bigger than40 mm


75

14

32,5

131

70

7202 25 8 mm Δ

7602 25 9 mm Δ

Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze

Design: Alessandro Mendini






287

6a80

14

32,5

154

70

60

7210 25 8 mm Δ

7610 25 9 mm Δ


69

14

32,5

126

70

7215 25 8 mm Δ

7615 25 9 mm Δ



74,5

14

32,5

139

70

7204 25 8 mm Δ

7604 25 9 mm Δ

Aluminium

Design: Peter Bastian

75

14

32,5

123

70

7206 25 8 mm Δ

7606 25 9 mm Δ









288

72

14

32,5

147

50

70

21

7216 25 8 mm Δ

7616 25 9 mm Δ


76

14

32,5

153

70

7219 25.. 8 mm Δ

..54 r.h. | ..55 l.h.

7619 25.. 9 mm Δ

..64 r.h. | ..65 l.h.


72

14

32,5

139

70

7223 25 8 mm Δ

7623 25 9 mm Δ

Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze

73

14

32,5

140

70

7240 25 8 mm Δ

7640 25 9 mm Δ








289

6a


69

14

32,5

136

40

70

7245 25 8 mm Δ

7645 25 9 mm Δ


71

14

32,5

139

70

7242 25 8 mm Δ

7642 25 9 mm Δ



77

14

32,5

135

70

7244 25 8 mm Δ

7644 25 9 mm Δ



77

14

32,5

146

70

52

7246 25 8 mm Δ

7646 25 9 mm Δ

Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelAlu + Color







290

77

14

32,5

136

70

20

7247 25 8 mm Δ

7647 25 9 mm Δ


69

14

32,5

127

70

7263 25 8 mm Δ

7663 25 9 mm Δ



77

14

32,5

150

55

70

20

7270 25 8 mm Δ

7670 25 9 mm Δ


71

14

32,5

141

70

7276 25 8 mm Δ

7676 25 9 mm Δ







291

6a


74

14

32,5

139

70

20

24

7278 25 8 mm Δ

7678 25 9 mm Δ



72

14

32,5

141

70

7293 25 8 mm Δ

7693 25 9 mm Δ









14

32,5

70

X

50

292

0602 2853 turnable

2302 2801 fixed

Aluminium (X = 85 mm)AluGrey (X = 85 mm)Stainless steel (X = 81 mm)Bronze (X = 80 mm)

Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole

Fixed version with Fixing M 12

14

32,5

70

98

81

0638 2853 turnable

2346 2801 fixed










293

14

32,5

70

59

Ø

0629 2853 turnable

2329 2801 fixed

Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm) AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm) Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm) Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)



14

32,5

70

61

81

0609 2853 turnable

2309 2801 fixed




6a







294

14

32,5

70

68

99

0654 28 turnable

2354 28 fixed

Stainless steel



14

32,5

70

84

70

0604 28 turnable

2304 28 fixed


Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole Fixed version with Fixing M 12


8 mm Δ

Spindle projecting standard 40 mm

32,5 35

70 50

14

For the deployment on multi-point locks, FSB supplies aneasy-action turnable knob on a circular or oval rose for con -cealed face fixing.





11

32,5

70

96

81

14

32,5

70

98

81

295

0638 02 turnable

2346 02 fixed

Aluminium


0638 08 turnable

2346 08 fixed

Aluminium

Turnable 8 mm Δ-hole 6a

32,5

70

55

11

50

0643 02 turnable

2343 02 fixed

Aluminium






70

32,5 7

70

32,5 7

70

32,5 7

70

32,5 7

296

1758 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze

1757 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steelBronze



C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5 Fixing accessories cf. sections9b, spindles and screws

Sliding escutcheonsSelf adhesive escutcheons

297

Fixing accessories cf. sections9b, spindles and screws

6a

630

9 14

65

630

9 14

70

328

7

65

28

70

3 7

1776 6 mm

1777 9 mm

1779 14 mm

Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color

1726 6 mm

1727 9 mm

1728 14 mm


1768 3 mm

1769 7 mm


1729 3 mm

1730 7 mm


C:C screwholes 50 mm, for countersunk screws M5



28

70

7

70

32,5 7

298

1752 Aluminium Stainless steelAlu + Color






28

70

7

public transit. Such furniture isonly intended for emergencyapplication, however and sub-jecting it to regular heavy usecan cause spindles to break,back plates and roses to workloose and locks to suffer dam -age. The following procedurehas proved effective in suchscenarios:

Lever handle for unlatchinghandle for pulling and pushing

We know from sorry experiencethat architects, interior designersand clients often disregard therecommendations of the hard-ware industry in respect ofemergency-exit doors, allowingthem to be used for general

Backplate for framed doors

299

28 8

225

67

7292



The door lever handle furnitureis fitted together with a pull. Inthis disparate match, the leverhandle has the task of re -leasing the panic lock, whilst therobust pull suggests itself as ameans of pulling or pushing thedoor. It has been our observa-tion that people very soon grasphow difficult it is to move a heavy emergency-exit door,

the outset, instead of waitinguntil damage has occurred.

with door-closer attached usinga lightweight lever handle. It isonly a matter of time, there -fore, before attention switchesto the sturdier fixed pull handle.

Where there is a likelihood –against the advice of the indu-stry – of emergency-exit doorsbeing used as standard tran sitpoints, FSB recommends fittinga lever/pull combination from

6a

245

134,5

156

75,5

21,5

Ø 10

6650

93

35 10

707292

300

Lever handle furniture 7816 01

Entrance door furniture 7816 13

Balcony door furniture 7816 02

Lever handle furniturefor framed doors

7816 Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel

Item nos.:

Lever handle furniture for framed doors fixed on an oval backplate, with concealed fixing8 mm -hole and support mechanism Size A spacing 70, 72 mm and 92 mm PZ

Necessary order details: – door thickness in mm– PZ spacing

301

6a

Grip handle furniture 7816 09

Grip handle furniturefor framed doors

7816 09 Aluminium Alu + Color

Item nos.:

245

93

35

104

10

58

134,5

75,5

21,5

Ø 10

707292

Grip handle furniture for framed doors fixed on an oval backplate, with concealed fixing8 mm -hole and support mechanism Size A spacing 70, 72 mm and 92 mm PZ

Necessary order details: – door thickness in mm– PZ spacing

EZK - the smartdoor handle

303

6b

304

EZK – the smart door handle

“Simple is better than com-plicated.”

That’s the dictum of DieterRams, former designer-in-chiefat Braun AG.

Or – in other words: technologyshould serve people in the firstinstance - and not the otherway round.

We at FSB felt that there was acase for looking into the meritsof electronic access controlsystems not only on aestheticgrounds but also and in parti-cular taking account of user-driven and hence ergonomicfactors.

More ergonomic, rapid andstraightforward

We set ourselves the goal ofeasing and accelerating thisroutine, of heeding the inhe-rently human need for simplifi-cation: we directly connectedthe process of electronic iden-tification with a mechatronicmodule squeezed into thehandle rose.

Forming the heart of this mas-terpiece of precision mecha-nics is an electronically-controlled engaging devicethat ensures immediate opera-tion of the lock via the doorhandle upon positive identifi-cation being forthcoming.

Unitary closing concept forinternal and external doors

EZK is just the thing for majorbuildings, notably of a corpo-rate, administrative or officialnature, where levels of publictraffic or dealings with sensiti-ve or personal data are increa-singly lending prominence toaspects of organisational secu-rity as opposed to “high-profi-le” anti-burglary measures.The EZK hardware system canbe supplemented by corres-ponding modules and softwaresolutions relating to the captu-re of time or personal data asa means of fulfilling such re-quirements.

The same applies to hotels: al-though “organisational securi-ty” assumes different formshere, the structural require-ments are virtually the sameas for office blocks. Of particu-lar significance for hoteliers isthe great convenience of ope-ration of EZK, since accessidentification takes place wi-thout contact and hence quiteeffortlessly.

Also available are a plethora ofinterfaces for hotel bookingsystems. Combining the sys-tem with BlueChip cylinders,moreover, allows time/cost-cut-ting organisational solutions tobe devised for staff areas orexternal points of access (alsocf. page 306).

EZK embodies a modular orga-nisation concept that is preci-sion-tailored to the aspirationsand needs of users as well asbeing readily adaptable or ex-pandable. Planning and instal-lation are single-source – per-formed by FSB, one of themost celebrated brands knownto the project building sector.

The baserose houses a mechatronicallycontrolled engaging device that allowsthe door to be operated upon positiveidentification being forthcoming (1).

A connection with the handle rose, theheart of the EZK system solution, is es-tablished by means of a cable run wi-thin the lock mortise (2).

The electronics have been designed tofit into a europrofile cylinder. The mo-dule is inserted into the lock and secu-red from the other side (3) .

3

2

1

2505 Design 1005

2516 Design 1016

2535 Design 1035

2577 Design 1077

2606 Design 1106

2608 Design 1108

2644 Design 1144

2647 Design 1147

2515 Design 1015

2523* Design 1023

2576 Design 1076

2578 Design 1078

2607 Design 1107

2619 Design 1119

2646 Design 1146

2660 Design 1160

305

25.. 26..

Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze*

Planning merits of EZK

– self-supporting closing sys-tem with no on-site prepara-tions for power supply andno connections to externalinterfaces

– simple and flexible applica-tions, suits all EPC locks aslaid down in DIN

– effortlessly retrofitted to exis-ting doors

– matching member of theFSB range of door and win-dow hardware and productsfor the interior design ofbuildings, with unitary fi-nishes in Aluminium, Alu-Grey, Stainless steel andBronze

– single-source product invol-ving one interlocutor

6b

(Selection of available lever designs)

306

EZK - convenient solutionsUser-friendly and cost-effective solution for hotels

There are comparable require-ments for hotels: here, too, itis necessary in particular tohandle frequently changingroom occupancies of limitedduration. There is also a needto be able to respond with nodelay, fuss, risk or expense tokeys or identifying mediabeing mislaid or pocketed bymistake.

What makes EZK so compel-ling for hotel guests is its greatconvenience: passive trans-ponder technology (the“smartness” being in the hard-ware and not the card) ren-ders the insertion of keys orthe manual releasing of boltsto open doors obsolete. Thevirtually silent mechatronicsunder the handle rose allowthe door to be opened instan-taneously. At the same time,designer handles assure a tas-teful ambience with a living-room feel.

The “Hotel Function” softwareinterface makes for troublefreelink-ups with the “Fidelio”,“Protel” and “Hotline” hotelbooking systems. Additionallyavailable is a “time function”that automatically deletes ac-cess authorisation after a defi-ned time.

EZK ideally maps the “suite function”:it is possible, for instance, to provideaccess to two separate rooms from asingle point - an ideal solution for fami-lies. Or else one room can have ano-ther one added, where so requested bya guest, by entering extended accessauthorisations on the guest’s card.

6b

307

EZK - security solutions

BlueChip cylinders guaranteesecurity-level protection – no-tably at external points of access – in compliance withDIN 18 257 and VDS SecurityClass B assuming all the hard-ware elements involved havebeen tested and certificated toDIN EN 1906 - which is cer-tainly the case with the wholerange of FSB security fittings.Convenient, security-driven so-lutions can be put to effect incombination with wall scan-ners and e-openers or motor-operated closing elements.

EZK guarantees fine visualsand a living-room feel and canalso be retrofitted to existingdoors.

System benefit: secures external points of access

Besides its multifarious meritsin respect of lost keys, EZK isa system solution that, amongstother things, enables processesand work routines in hotels tobe organised more efficientlyand hence economically. De-pending on the booking cate-gory involved, separate accessauthorisations can be awardedto guests for exclusive hotelareas (wellness, spa) just asthey can to external serviceproviders (laundries) that may,for instance, regularly requirea means of access from out-side to the washing store.

Proven BlueChip technologyfacilitates easy integration ofBlueChip profile cylinders intothe EZK hardware system, fur-thermore. These cylinders allowlocks to be operated – as inmechanical closing systems –by inserting and rotating a key.Thus it is likewise possible tointegrate all FSB fittings – in-cluding, for instance, FSB se-curity hardware or armouredroses in combination with no-frills FSB door pulls – into afully-fledged electronic accesscontrol system serving to safe-guard external points of access.

Convenient, security-driven solutionscan be put to effect in combination wi-th wall scanners and e-openers or mo-tor-operated closing elements

Emergency-exithardwareTechnical information

Crossbar fitting 7980


310

311

316

309

6c

Crossbar fittingsThrough its crossbar fittings,FSB offers a means of openingdoors whereby the turning of alever is replaced by a pushingmotion acting on the lock orlatch. Via a horizontal bar ex-tending the entire width of thedoor, force exerted is transmit-ted to the lock follower by abevel gear pair acting directlythrough the spindle. The doorcan be opened by pressingagainst any part of the cross-bar.

In the Federal Republic ofGermany and some othercountries, crossbar fittings ofthis type have hitherto predo-minantly been used on panicdoors in combination with theappropriate mortise locks. Ot-her hardware systems for pa-nic doors are also available onthe European market, however.The differing views on the fit-ting out of fire-escape, emer-gency-exit and panic doors ha-ve now been harmonisedthrough the drafting of Europe-an standards binding upon allEU Member States. The requi-rements for emergency exitdevices are laid down and setout in DIN EN 179 and thosefor panic doors in DIN EN1125. The hardware packagefor panic doors is made up ofa bolting element (lock), a boltreceiver (striking plate) and ahorizontal bar.

Crossbar fittingDIN EN 1125

The standard prescribes theuse of panic exit devices whe-rever high levels of public traf-fic are to be expected andwhere panic may arise due tounfamiliarity with the surroun-dings. Besides design-engi-neering requirements, thereare also exacting stipulationsas regards fitness for function.The hardware must, for exam-ple, be capable of opening thepanic door through exertion onthe bar of a force of just 220N even whilst the closing devi-ce is being subjected to a loadof 1,000 N. The fulfilment ofthis and further stipulationssuch as service longevity andability to withstand misuse hasto be demonstrated by meansof tests and certification proce-dures in respect of the systemas a whole conducted by anindependent test institute. TheCE kitemark on the hardwareensures that only tested fit-tings conforming to the appli-cable standards can be fitted.

FSB's crossbar hardware onlyforms part of any panic-exit sy-stem. It has been adapted tolock systems by a variety of le-ading makers, and tested andcertified for use with same.


FSB continues to supply itsproven 7970 crossbar fittingfor doors not requiring to bedesigned to conform to DINEN 1125.

310

min. 30

To prevent the crossbar fittingstriking the frame when thedoor is opened, it is necessaryto maintain a distance bet-ween the frame and the centreof the bar of at least 30 mm.Please bear this in mind whenselecting the profile and doorconfiguration.

311

6c

Crossbar fittingDIN EN 1125

Ajustable stop

a

a = As a function of the lock

7980 9 mm Δ


Description of function:

Bevel gearing and spindlecombine to convert pressureexerted on the crossbar intorotary motion acting on thelock follower. A fixed stop is fit-ted as a means of absorbingthe requisite test forces. Aspring ensures that the cross-bar fitting returns to its originalposition once it has been ope-rated.

36

185

5819

112

46

72

21,5

118

50 3

111

45

185

5819

112

46

21,5

6

7

Ø10Ø10

72

36

185

5819

112

46

92

21,5

118

50 3

11122 22

45

185

5819

112

46

92

21,5

6

7

Ø10Ø10

Size and connecting dimen-sions for crossbar fittings with72 mm spacing


312

Crossbar fitting for leading doorswith 92 mm spacing

36

18 5

58

92 11 8

50

111 Illustration r.h.

7980 ..12 9 mm Δ


Crossbar fitting for leadingdoors, fire safety variant

Spacing 92 mm

Wilka locks* a = 30°7980 1112 r.h. fitting7980 2112 l.h. fitting

Winkhaus locks* a = 40°7980 1312 r.h. fitting7980 2312 l.h. fitting

Determining length of crossbar:

Width of doorminus (2 x backset) minus 68 mm

= Crossbar length

Order details:

Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XIDimension XA

Spindle length34

Back-set

Door width

34

Back-set

Spindle length34

Back-set

Door width

34

Back-set

XI

XA

Order details:

Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBackset

min. 30


* Locks not included in thegoods supplied.

313

6c

Crossbar fittingfor trailing doorsReverse fitting

36

18 5

58

11 8

50


7980 .301 9 mm Δ


Crossbar fitting for trailingdoors, fire safety variantSpacing 92 mmWilka locks* a = 40°7980 3301 r.h. fitting, 7980 4301 l.h. fitting

Order details:

Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XI

7971 0012 9 mm Δ


Reverse lever handle back -plate with concealed fixing, fire safety variant, designed for 92 mm spacing.

7972 0112 9 mm Δ


Reverse knob backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safety variant, designed for 92 mmspacing.

7973 0001 9 mm Δ


FSB blind backplateconcealed fixing for fire doorsto German DIN standard.

Trailing door DIN r.h. Leading door DIN l.h. Leading door DIN l.h.

l.h. fitting r.h. fitting r.h. fitting

Outside fitting optionsFSB supplies lever handle model 1146 as standard.

Determining length ofcrossbar:


= Crossbar length

XI

34 34

Spindle length

Door width

Back-set

Back-set

185

58

45

92185

58

45 54

92185

58

45 7

70

45

153

314

Crossbar fitting for leading doorswith 72 mm spacing

36

18 5

58

72

11 8

50


7980 .110 9 mm Δ


Crossbar fitting for leadingdoors, fire safety variant

Spacing 72 mm

BMH locks* a = 30°7980 1110 r.h. fitting7980 2110 l.h. fitting

Determining length ofcrossbar:


= Crossbar length

Order details:


Spindle length34

Back-set

Door width

34

Back-set

Spindle length34

Back-set

Door width

34

Back-set

XI

XA

Order details:

Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBackset

min. 30


* Locks not included in thegoods supplied.

315

6c

Crossbar fittingfor trailing doorsReverse fitting

36

18 5

58

11 8

50


7980 .400 9 mm Δ


Crossbar fitting for trailingdoors, fire safety variantSpacing 92 mmBMH locks* a = 45°, 7980 3400 r.h. fitting, 7980 4400 l.h. fitting

Order details:

Material/finishThickness of doorWidth of doorBacksetDimension XI

7971 0010 9 mm Δ


Reverse lever handle back -plate with concealed fixing, fire safety variant, designed for 92 mm spacing.

7972 0110 9 mm Δ


Reverse knob backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safety va-riant, designed for 92 mmspacing.

7973 0000 9 mm Δ


Blank reverse backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safetyvariant.

Trailing door DIN r.h. Leading door DIN l.h. Leading door DIN l.h.

l.h. fitting r.h. fitting r.h. fitting

Determining length of crossbar:


= Crossbar length

XI

34 34

Spindle length

Door width

Back-set

Back-set

185

58

45

72

153

185

58

45 54

72 185

58

45 7 Reverse fitting options FSB supplies lever handle model 1146 as standard.

70

45

153

316

Crossbar fitting

7970 9 mm Δ


Description of function:

Bevel gearing and spindle combine to convert pressure on the cross bar into rotarymotion acting on the lock follower. An adjustable stop protects the lock follower andis set at the fixing stage to suitthe operating arc.

36

185

5819

112

46

72

21,5

63

50 3

123

45

185

5819

112

46

21,5

6

7

Ø10Ø10

72

Adjustable stop

Recuperator spring

Angle of lock operation up to 90°

36

185

5819

112

46

92

21,5

22 22

45

185

5819

112

46

92

21,5

6

7

Ø10

63

50 3

123

Ø10



Crossbar fitting

317

63

12350

63

12350

185

58

7292

36

185

58

36

7970 0110 PZ 72

7970 0112 PZ 92


Crossbar fitting for leadingdoors, fire safety variant9 mm Δ

7970 0200PZ 72

7970 0201 PZ 92


Crossbar fitting for trailingdoors, fire safety variant9 mm Δ

7971 0010 PZ 72

7971 0012 PZ 92


Reverse lever handle back -plate with concealed fixing, fire safety variant.9 mm Δ

7972 0110 PZ 72

7972 0112 PZ 92


Reverse knob backplate withconcealed fixing, fire safety variant.9 mm Δ

7973 0000 PZ 72

7973 0001 PZ 92


Blank reverse backplate with con-cealed fixing, fire safety variant.9 mm Δ

Determining length crossbar:


= Crossbar length

Order details:


Spindle length34

Back-set

Door width

34

Back-set

XI

XA

185

58

45

153

9272 185

58

45 54

9272 185

58

45 7,2 Reverse fitting options FSB supplies lever handle model 1146 as standard.

70

45

153

6c

319

Gymnasiumfittings andXXL lever handlesGymnasium fittings

FSB Lever handleset Ergo

FSB XXL lever handles

6d320

322

322

Backplate version*

320

Roses version*

Gymnasium fittings


Applications exist in which it isnot permissible for the handleto protrude above the surfaceof the door, in the case ofsliding-door designs, for in-stance, or gymnasium doors.

FSB has devised two mo-dels of gymnasium fittings forsuch applications. The FSB7949 model is angular withmitred corners. FSB 7950, bycontrast, features roundededges.

Flush handles FSB 7949and 7950 are combined onthe reverse side with hardware from the FSB heavy-duty programme, with the option of either a backplate or rose.

Doors to which flush handlesare to be fitted must be at least55 mm thick. To rule out anychance of injury, it should beensured when be fitting thehandle that there is sufficientbackset and the rim rests fullyflush against the door.

8 + 9 mm Δ-spindle

197

53,5

162

36

200235

23

81,5

72

117

71,5

92112 128,5

45

127

35

21,5

81,5

72

117

71,5

9280 100

45

127

35

38

Backplate version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm

Inner backplate PZ 72 mm:1450 03 | 1451 03


Roses version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm

Roses:1731 | 1735 resp.1707 | 1708

* Rose/backplate variant withlever handle on reverse ple-ase order separately.

Backplate version*

321

* Rose/backplate variant withlever handle on reverse ple-ase order separately.

Roses version*

Gymnasium fittings

Backplate version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm


Inner backplate PZ 92 mm:1452 03 | 1453 03 bzw. 1410 03 | 1418 03

Roses version to suit PZ 72 and 92 mm

Roses:1731 | 1735 resp. 1707 | 1708

7950 Backplate version

7952 Roses version


Radius corners 8 mm

8 + 9 mm Δ-spindle

200

51,5

177

40

207

75,5

230

23

75,5

72112

75,5

92112

33

21,5

75,5

72112

75,5

9280 100

38

33

With the PZ 92 backplate,through fixing is only possiblebelow the lever bearing.

6d

– the triangular alignment of the handle accords with the user’s direction of movement at any given time.

– this angular form accommo-dates the sequence of move-ments involved in operating the door.

– its fullness and sectional styling echo the hollowing of the human hand as it closes to grip.

– its two-way alignment offers a firm hold should elbows beneeded for its operation.

Ergo lever handle furniture,FSB model 7655, turns withina non-detachable bearing andis suitable for fire doors. Owingto its large projection the Ergohandle operates with a 9 mmspindle.

FSB XXL lever handleErgo door handle

322

7617 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel

XXL variant of the FSB 1023/7653 model

Ergo lever handle 7655 solvesalmost all ergonomic problemsassociated with heavily useddoors.

Theses are the principal bene-fits of the FSB 7655 Ergohandle:

7655 9 mm Δ


Ergo door handle

200

9885

9

163

7558

9

These are the three designsthat have established themsel-ves in the marketplace overthe years. For reasons of stabi-lity, FSB only supplies its XXLlever handles with a 9 mmspindle. We recommend DINheavy-duty (Class 5) locks, cf.page 531 ff.

FSB XXL lever handle

323

7652 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel

XXL variant of the FSB 1107 model

The XXL door levers FSB pro-duces are a particularly popu-lar choice for use on hospitalward doors. Architects are al-ways coming to us demandingextra-long door handles.

167

58

9

7690 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel


182

62 55

9

20

6d

Furniture forglass door

325

6eExplanations

Overview

Glass door furniture Compact

Compact strike box for double-leaf glass doors

Glass door furnitureRectangular

Rectangular strike boxfor double-leaf glass doors

Glass door furniture Softly rectangular

Softly rectangular strike boxfor double-leaf glass doors

Hinges for glass doors

Pull handles for glass doors

Sliding door handle

Door holder

Doorknobs for glass doors

Flush pull for glass doors

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

333

334

336

337

337

338

340

326

Glass door furnitureCoordinating hardware designsfor doors, glass doors and win-dows strikes FSB as being logical, such consistency beingan indispensable form of over -all architectural expression inmodern buildings. Glass doorsin particular have an importantpart to play here. They createmore light, link up spaces andare conducive to a great senseof roominess. The innate trans-parency of glass doors meansthat great care needs to be taken when designing hardwarefor them, however. It is the lock,handles and hinges, after all,that lend a glass door its visualidentity. One of the compellinginnovations presented in thisManual is a new compact glassdoor lock concept developedin cooperation with IngenhovenArchitects that, as well as being

Matching hinges completeFSB’s collection of glass door fittings

Lever handle furniture to matchglass door locks As well assupplying its own glass doorfittings, FSB can also – withfew exceptions – adapt its en-tire range of lever handles/doorknobs to glass door fittingscommonly marketed by itscompetitors. This entails minortechnical modifications regard-ing the handle connection andfixing procedure. To rule out anymisunderstandings, detailedinformation concerning the lock(e.g. maker’s name and pro -duct code) is required whenordering lever handles and door-knobs for glass door locks.Please order well in advanceto allow for the requisite modi-fications. We cannot supplythese items from stock.

Door pulls for glass doors

Door pulls of round or ovalcross-section can be used in agreat variety of ways either asa means of operating glassdoors or as a design featurewith protective properties andhave fastenings specifically intended for back-to-back orface fixing respectively. FSBcan either make use of exist-ing custom solutions for glassdoors or develop bespoke fix-ing solutions and handle de-signs. The standard fixing so-lutions for glass doors and thepull handle models variouslyavailable are shown on pages414ff.

extremely compactly dimen-sioned and operating withouthandle roses even in the heavy-duty variant, can be fitted flushwith the door frame (assumingthe latter is to the DIN stan-dard). Our glass door furnitureis ideally complemented bycomponents produced by sys-tem partners Gira (ITS 30 in-stallation system for partitionsystems), Mabeg (Comformwayfinding system) and Inotec(ITS 30 escape route lightingsystem) that are suitably pro-portioned and go well withFSB’s AluGrau® colour shade.Please request exhaustiveproduct information from therespective makers. All thehardware variants covered inthis section can be combinedwith virtually all lever handlemodels in the FSB range.

Mention should also howeverbe made of the visually veryalluring 4224 Series of fittingsfor glass doors: A notch be-tween shank and grip on leverhandles FSB 1063, 1078 and1088 is aligned with the edgeof the lockset plate. Colour canalso feature if so desired: Lockand hardware can be powder-coated in any colour from theRAL chart to match stiles fin-

ished in a RAL colour. Series4220 and 4223 hardware canbe fitted either with or withoutrose/lever handle furniture, thusoffering scope for deployinglever handle sets with AGL®

heavy-duty bearings for heavyor large-format glass doors.

327

6e

Overview

4224 42/52 Page 328

4220 41/51 Page 330

3684 Page 336

2322 07 Page 339

2374 07 Page 339

4227 Page 335

3686 Page 337

4223 42/52 Page 332

4223 41/51 Page 332

4223 45/55 Page 333

4299 ..Page 340

4224 45/55 Page 329

2329 07 Page 339

4220 45/55 Page 331

4220 42/52 Page 330

4230 Page 337

2302 07 Page 339

2339 07 Page 338

3688 Page 336

4228 Page 334

Bronze

Brass

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

328

The handles shown are merelyillustrative. Virtually any FSBhandle can be used. For tech-nical details please refer to page 342.

4224 42 r.h.

4224 52 l.h.


Heavy-duty bearings compactrectangular lockset plate for glassdoors with cover plates withheavy-duty glass door lock (DIN 18251, Class 4) designed for use with cylinderand featuring a lifter assemblyEPC 72 mm 8 mm split follower cast-steel latch bolt head inbright nickel-plated zinc heavy-duty Teflon-coated handle bearing inAluminium/Stainless steel tosuit FSB lever handles

Illustration l.h.Drawing r.h.

Glass door furnitureCompact

Options:

– warded lock (BB) – no keyway – indicating/bathroom furni-

ture: Please specify when ordering, as furniture is fittedwith indicating furniture1735 0054 as standard atthe works. Indicating furni-ture is not fitted on site.

The FSB 4224 lockset platefor glass doors terminates flushwith any DIN frame, thus vi-sually unifying frame and hard-ware. Door frames that are notto the DIN specification can, ofcourse, also be used – thoughthe flush-frame effect cannotthen be guaranteed. The furni-ture can also be used in con-junction with partition systems.The glass door’s transparencyis underscored by the tight dimensions of the lock cover,which is some 10 % smallerthan in standard glass doorfurniture. This paring-downwas achieved by developing aspecial-purpose lock that isevery bit as rugged and func-tional as larger models as wellas being suitable for all sizes

of glass door. We have develo-ped a special heavy-duty bea-ring for heavily frequented doorsinvolving an expansion sleevein Teflon-coated stainless steelthat encompasses the doorhandle over its entire bushingarea whilst also dependablywithstanding the mechanicalforces exerted on large-formatglass doors.

170

60

72

20,5

74 5,2

16,1

41,6

56,5

89

8

Technical notes:

Dimensions given assume glass8 mm thick. Lockset plates forglass doors are prepared atthe works for glass 8 mm and10 mm thick. Hardware forglass 12 mm thick is availableto order. For further technicalnotes, refer to page 371. Thestrike box shown does not formpart of the goods supplied.

329

6e

4224 45 r.h.

4224 55 l.h.


Compact rectangular strike box

to match lockset plate 4224

Technical notes:

Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Strike boxplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Hardware for glass 12 mmthick is available to order.

170

89

104

R 2

5,2

16,18

Strike box for double-leaf glass doors

Illustration l.h.

170

89

104

60

72

89

56,5

5,2

16,1

874


Technical notes:


184

68

72

20,5

81 10

96

21,5

56,5

8

330

4220 41 r.h.

4220 51 l.h.


Rectangular lockset plate with heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit all FSB lever handles

4220 42 r.h.

4220 52 l.h.


Rectangular lockset plate with heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder and lifter assembly centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit FSB commercialhardware with rosesIllustration DIN r.h.

Options:


ture: Please specify when ordering according to FSBindicating bathroom furnitureshown on page 150. Indicating/bathroom furni-ture will be fitted on site.

Glass door furnitureRectangular

331


6e

4220 45 r.h.

4220 55 l.h.


Rectangular strike box

To match lockset plate4220 41/51 and 4220 42/52

184

96

111 10

21,5

8

Illustration l.h.

68

72

81

56,5

184

96

111

96

10

21,5

8

Technical notes:


332

Glass door furnitureSoftly rectangular

4223 41 r.h.

4223 51 l.h.


Softly rectangular lockset platewith heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit all FSB lever handles

4223 42 r.h.

4223 52 l.h.


Softly rectangular lockset platewith heavy-duty lock for glassdoors (DIN 18251, Class 4)designed for use with Euro -profile cylinder and lifter assembly centres 72 mm 8 mm steel-bushed split follower latch cast steel bolt head bright nickel-plated zinc die casting handle bushingglass-fibre reinforced poly -amide to suit FSB commercialhardware with roses

Technical notes:



Illustration DIN r.h.

Options:


ture: Please specify when ordering according to FSBindicating bathroom furnitureshown on page 150. Indicating/bathroom furni-ture will be fitted on site.

184

68

72

20,5

81

96

56,5

10

21,5

8

333


6e

4223 45 r.h.

4223 55 l.h.


Softly rectangular strike box

To match lockset plate 4223 41/51 and 4223 42/52

184

96

111 10

21,5

8

Illustration l.h.

68

72

81

96

56,5

184

111

96

10

21,5

8

Technical notes:


334

4228Satin chromium-plated steelStainless steel

VARIANT glass door hinge insatin chromium-plated steel to suit Aluminium and AluGreyfinishes or in stainless steelwith hinge connector

To match lockset plate4220 41/51 and 4220 42/52

4228 0101VARIANT VXG 7990/100Kcommercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated timber, steelor aluminium frames withthree-dimensionally adjustablemating elements

4228 0102VARIANT VNG 7990/100Kcommercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated steel frameswith three-dimensionally adju-stable mating elements

4228 0103 VARIANT VG 8790K commer-cial hinge for glass doors onrebated steel frames

4228 ..0441 r.h. | 51 l.h.VARIANT VG 3990K commer-cial hinge for glass doors onrebated wooden soffit andblockwork frames

Technical notes:

Loading capacity 60 kg (two hinges)

Loading capacity 90 kg (three hinges)

Hinges for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Forfurther technical notes pleaserefer to page 344 and 345.

18

45 95

42

74

27

HDL

BBL

BBL

BBL


335

6e

4227 Satin chromium-plated steelStainless steel

VARIANT glass door hinge insatin chromium-plated steel to suit Aluminium and AluGreyfinishes or in stainless steelwith hinge connector

To match lockset plate 4223 41/51 and 4223 42/52

4227 0101VARIANT VXG 7990/100 commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated timber, steelor aluminium frames with three-dimensionally adjustablemating elements

4227 0102VARIANT VNG 7990/100commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated steel frameswith three-dimensionally adjustable mating elements

4227 0103 VARIANT VG 8790 commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated steel frames

4227 ..0441 r.h. | 51 l.h.VARIANT VG 3990 commercial hinge for glassdoors on rebated wooden soffit and blockwork frames

Technical notes:

Loading capacity 60 kg (two hinges)

Loading capacity 90 kg (three hinges)

Hinges for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm and 10 mm thick. Forfurther technical notes pleaserefer to page 344 and 345

18

45 95

42

74

27

HDL

BBL

BBL

BBL


336

Pull handles for glass doors

210

30

70

210

30

66

3684 2114Aluminium AluGrey

Design: Ton Haas

3688 2114AluGreyStainless steel


For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 414ff.

Back to back bolt-throughfixing fixing

337

4230Stainless steel

40

B50

25

Ø 10A

168

3256

24 58


Sliding door handle forfixing in pairs


Sliding door handleDoor holder

6e

thickness width order code.of glass (B) overall (A)

8 mm 27 mm 4230 0000

10 mm 29 mm 4230 1000

12 mm 31 mm 4230 1200

Doorknob for glass doors

338

55

60

2339 07 Aluminium

Bore hole Ø 13 mm


Deadknob

339

6e

Doorknobs for glass doors

X

50

45

52

Ø

52

52

80

2302 07 Aluminium (X = 77 mm)AluGrey (X = 77 mm)Stainless steel (X = 73 mm)Bronze (X = 72 mm)Brass (X = 72 mm)

Bore hole Ø 13 mm

2322 07 AluminiumStainless steel

Bore hole Ø 13 mm

2329 07 Aluminium (Ø = 50 mm)AluGrey (Ø = 50 mm)Stainless steel (Ø = 55 mm)Bronze (Ø = 50 mm)

Bore hole Ø 13 mm

2374 07 AluminiumAluGreyStainless steel

Bore hole Ø 13 mm


Deadknobs Deadknobs are generally fitteddirectly to glass doors. Thereare no locks involved. The knobsare joined together at the as-sembly stage by means of an 8 mm square spindle (for twofemale parts).

340

Flush pull for glass doors

100 74

1160

47

15

4299 .... Stainless steel

.... 0012 for glass doors 10 mm thick

.... 0019 for glass doors 8 mm thick

Adhesive not included in the goods supplied.

341

6e

Door dimensionsacc. DIN 18101

Hinge datum line

Hinge datum line

834 for frame dimension 841

35,5

16

45

35,5

16

45

237214,5

1435

1435

57

50

80

960

1972

for

fram

e di

men

sion

198

3

35,5

16

45

35,5

16

45

237232

1435

1435

57

50

80

960

Hinge datum line

Hinge datum line

1972

for

fram

e di

men

sion

198

3

834 for frame dimension 841

T.D.I.U.S.* 750 × 2000 875 × 2000 1000 × 2000Frame rebate dimensions 716 × 1983 841 × 1983 966 × 1983Standard glass dimensions 709 × 1972 834 × 1972 959 × 1972

T.D.I.U.S.* 750 × 2125 875 × 2125 1000 × 2125Frame rebate dimensions 716 × 2108 841 × 2108 966 × 2108Standard glass dimensions 709 × 2097 834 × 2097 959 × 2097

* = theoretical dimensions in unfinished state

4227 01 | 4227 024228 01 | 4228 02

4227 03 | 4227 044228 03 | 4228 04

342

min.27,5

min.27,5

13

8

8

8

55

8

20,5 42

20,5 5439

39

26

20,539

Technical notesSeries 4220 and 4223

Technical notes:

Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Locksetplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mmthick.

Please specify also lockset platetype regarding with or withoutroses and type of bearing andDIN handing.

Lever handle specification

A modified lever handle set isrequired for glass door locksetplates 4220 41/51 and 422341/51. Lever handle sets willbe shortened one-side at theworks to make sure leverhandle connecting is adjustedon lock dimensions inside.

Bearings

Lockset plates 4220 42/52and 4223 42/52 can be fittedwith either standard roses andlever handle sets or commer-cial fittings with compensatingbearing for heavy or big-sizedglass doors.

Lock cylinders

For aesthetic and functionalreasons FSB recommends lockcylinders with minimum 55 mm(27,5 mm on both sides).

Indicating/bathroom furniture

Lockset plates for glass doors4220/4223 series are alsoavailable in a bathroom version.They can be fitted with FSBstandard indicating furnitureshown on page 150 and aresuitable for doors opening both inwards and outwards.

Order details:

Lever handles are not suppliedas part of these hardware sets.Please order the desired modelseparately, indicating that it isused on glass door furniture4220/4223 series.

343

6e

8

8

8

9 50(54)

25 (27,5)

25 (27,5)

20,5 41,6

29,320,3

29,3 20,5

Technical notesSeries 4224

Technical notes:

Dimensions given assumeglass 8 mm thick. Locksetplates for glass doors are pre-pared at the works for glass 8 mm, 10 mm and 12 mmthick.

Lever handle specification

A modified lever handle set isrequired for glass door locksetplates 4224. Male lever handlewill be adapted to a specialspindle projection (differingfrom FSB standard) at theworks to make sure lever han-dle connecting is adjusted onlock dimensions inside.

Bearing

Lockset plates 4224 will besupplied without roses for aesthetic reasons. A heavy- duty bearing is included asstandard and fits functionalitywith heavy and big-sized glassdoors.

Lock cylinders

For aesthetic reasons FSB re-commends lock cylinders withminimum length 50 mm (25mm on both sides) or 55 mm(27,5 mm on both sides). For lock cylinders with length50 mm its necessary to makesure its ability within key sys-tems.

Indicating/bathroom furniture

Lockset plates for glass doors4224 series are also availablein a bathroom version. Theywill be fitted with FSB indica-ting furniture 1735 0054 (cf.page 150) at the works by request. Indicating furniture is suitable for doors opening both inwards and outwards.

Order details:

Lever handles are not suppliedas part of these hardware sets.Please order the desired modelseparately, indicating that it isused on glass door furniture4224 series. Please specify also DIN handing.

344

Technical notes4227 and 4228

Bore hole Ø 16 mm

Hinge datum line

241214,5

4580

35,5

241214,5

4570

35,5

Bore hole Ø 16 mm

Hinge datum line

Bore hole Ø 16 mm

Hinge datum line

241 232

45

35,5

35

Bore hole Ø 16 mm

Hinge datum line

241 232

45

35,5

11,5

22

The positioning of hinge con-nectors relative to the hingedatum line also necessitatesadapting bore holes in theglass door. This should be borne in mind most notably in the cases of VX and VNcommercial hinges.

345

6e

VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebated tim-ber, steel or aluminium frameswith three-dimensionally adju-stable mating elements VX

· suitable for wholly glazeddoors with standard verticalborehole layout

· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· twistproof threaded stud · concealed, no-maintenanceaxial-radial sliding bearings

· combinable with mating ele-ment: for blockwork frames VX 7601 3D

VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebatedsteel frames with three-dimen-sionally adjustable mating elements


· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· twistproof threaded stud · concealed, no-maintenanceaxial-radial sliding bearings

· combinable with mating ele-ment VN 7608/120 3D

· non-handed

VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebatedsteel frames


· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· for mating elements V 8600

or V 8610 · non-handed

VARIANT commercial hingefor glass doors on rebated wooden soffit and blockworkframes


· for glass 8 and 10 mm thick· for mating elements of the

V 3600, V 3610, V 3630, V 3650 series and clampingblock V 3604 or V 3607

· necessary to indicate DIN handing

Frame connection dimensions

BBL 28

2880

24

2470

BBL

30

17,5BBL

35

30

17,5

11,5

22

BBL

for soffit frames VX 7602 3Dfor blockwork frames VX 7605 3D for steel frames VX 7611 3D

VX 7612 3D for aluminium frames VX 7621 3D

· non-handed

SIMONSWERK engineeringand quality are a byword forsafety and stability to the highest professional standards.For further information on hinges, hinge connectors, frame fastening elements etc.,please consult the latest SIMONSWERK manual.

SIMONSWERK GmbHBaubeschlagtechnikBosfelder Weg 533378 Rheda-WiedenbrückGermany

Telephone +49 5242 413-0Telefax +49 5242 [email protected]

Functional and

associative aspects.

The formal implications ofusing colour are manifold. Colour makes houses larger orsmaller, makes them stand outagainst or blend in with Natu-re. Besides its spatial (physio-logical) effect, colour also hasthe psychological effect of trig-gering associations. A darkershade of light blue applied tothe outside of buildings can,for instance, have nauticalconnotations and, applied tothe interior, intuitively makereference to the function ofhaving a bath. Whilst socialconcerns were in no way a decisional driving force for LeCorbusier, colour was never -theless expected to be of service to humanity in archi-tecture. He saw his investiga-tions as aiming to provide

people’s individual tendenciesand inner needs with toolsconducive to “self-revelation”.His deliberations are also to be seen as a reaction againstthe sometimes oppressive ex-ternal impact of large edifices. Colour was a multilayered means of visual expression for Le Corbusier: an elementengendering identity and mea-ning that completes architec-ture without alienating it.

Furniture for entrance doorsExplanation

Overview

Pull handles

Push and pull pad handles

Lever handles turnably fixedwith spring mechanism

Turnable knob for multi-point locks

FSB Self-trapping insert

FSB Clamping Rose Fastening

Borehole dimensions

Fixing methods

347

7a348

351

354

409

412

413

414

415

416

417

Materials, Fixing Options, Safety Clearance

348

Over the past decade, FSBhas added a fully-fledgedalternative to its traditionaltubular pull-handle range witha comprehensive collection ofoval designs. Both sets of de-signs can be fixed in a widevariety of ways. The traditionalrange of push/pull pad handlesand profiles with brackets hasalso been further developed.

Materials

In principle, FSB supplies itsentire pull-handle range ineither aluminium, stainlesssteel or brass, with stainlesssteel being particularly recom-mended for heavy-duty appli-cations. Aluminium surfacescan easily get blemished insuch circumstances, thoughthis 'ageing process' in no wayimpairs the functioning of thehandle. Owing to their tendencyto corrode, brass pulls are onlyoffered with a waxed finish. Ittakes several years before anatural brown protective patinaforms on brass handles.

Fixing Scenarios

Pulls can be either face orthrough fixed to doors made ofthe most diverse of materials. In the case of through-fixing,either a pair of pulls or a singlehandle can be fitted. FSB has accorded these threefixing options - both-sidesthrough fixing, one-sidethrough fixing - clear identify-ing symbols that can be foundon all relevant product pages.(Examples show fixing for tu-bular pulls).

As regards the issue of facefixing versus one-side through-fixing, FSB wishes to point outthat, on account of the dowel-fastening technique deployedby FSB, face fixing is bothaesthetically pleasing and suf-ficiently durable as a rule. Thisneeds to be qualified, how ever,in the case of heavy-duty ap-plications, (i.e. in schools, offi-ce blocks and other public in-stitutions): here, we emphati-cally recommend one-sidethrough-fixing, which ensuresthat the furniture remains fitfor use even after years of he-avy treatment, since the forcesinvolved are absorbed on bothsides of the door.

Safety Clearance (S)

When fitting a handle to theclosing face of a door, a safetyclearance needs to be allowedfor between the handle andthe edge of the door and thejamb. The assembly scenariois made more readily compre-hensible by the following sketch.Ideally, safety clearances asrecommended by FSB shouldbe adhered to. Nevertheless,conditions at the point ofassembly are crucial. It is par-ticularly advisable to make useof the shackle-type bracketpurpose-designed by FSB forespecially narrow stiles, whichsets the handle sufficiently faraway from the edge.

S

Back to back fixing Secret single side fixing withself-tapping insert

Bolt through-fixing

Pull handlesOval series

Other handlesystems

We kick this section off with arange of oval designs FSB hasdeveloped over the past decadeas an alternative to traditionalpulls of circular cross-section.Adopting the formula 'diagonal+ oval = ideal gripping' identi-fied by FSB reduces the amountof effort required to take holdof and operate the handles onentrance doors. The oval styling offers the mar-ket a new gripping quality foreye and hand which FSB hashad copyright protected. Theexperience FSB has amassednow allows it to supply almostall its traditional styles both ascircular pulls and as optimised-grip oval variants.

A new flattened oval pull se-ries airily and elegantly under-pins architectural solutions.

The proven HT modular sys -tem for express assembly islikewise now available in oval.Up to a length of 1,500 mm,this kit of brackets and tubescan be put together on site toproduce a technically soundand very good looking piece ofhardware with little fuss.Where lengths in excess of1,500 mm are envisaged, FSBrecommends factory-weldedfittings for reasons of structuralstrength.

A rich source of new designvariants is the HS modularsys tem with oval or circularstainless steel grips and greyanodised brackets in alumin -ium, each with a choice of twohandle cross-sections.

349

The HT Round and HT Ovalkits launched by FSB and en-thusiastically received by themarket have precursors thatare still going strong:

R+S

Back when the first grey Ma-nual was published in the early90s, we introduced a systemof tubes and brackets forspeedy erection on buildingsites that was well taken upand has thus been retained:

- aluminium brackets - tubes in either aluminium or

stainless steel

TGS

Towards the end of the 90s, the4th edition of our grey Manualfeatured a rapid-assemblyrange in stainless steel thatwas likewise well received:

- either circular with a 25 mmdiameter or of 25 mm squarecross-section

- accessory brackets for visible fixing

- offer of dispatch within 24hours of order. We've alwaysbeen up to the challenge sofar.

Pull handlesRound seriesThe proven FSB range of tu-bular pulls has profited fromthe burst of innovation in thesphere of oval designs. Newshapes and brackets havebeen added.

This is particularly true of thelightweight pull series in 20 mmtubular material, for which anew design-conscious bracketfixture has been developed thatFSB has likewise had utilityand design patented. Hence,this lightweight pull-handleseries in its familiar 'straight,rectangular, triangular andcrescent' styles can continueits victorious campaign againstthe tradi tional 'heavyweights'.

The hand grips oval

7

350

Furniture for main entrance doorsThe architectural hardwaresector – including FSB – hasfor decades been marketing averitable plethora of customfittings for main entrancedoors, to wit door knobs, doorpulls, armoured roses and se-curity furniture in all materialsand all manner of designs.You’d think the market hadbeen sated.

Not a bit of it though. An arti-cle in the supplement to theweekly newspaper DIE ZEIT of31 March 1995 observes: ‚Sa-me doors, handles, conserva-tories, carports everywhere. Beit in Munich or Münster,Darmstadt or Stuttgart, ow-neroccupiers are a force foruniformity in their unitary hou-sing.’

But help is at hand for our be-leaguered author. FSB com-missioned its in-house desig -ner Hartmut Weise to come upwith some new ideas for mainentrance doors. Hartmut Weisealready presented four designconceptions for the penultima-te Manual. Two more followedfor the last Manual.

The first four handles formain entrance doors by Hart-mut Weise retain the distincti-ve axially slanted grip from his1995 pull-handle collection,but forego the droplet-shapedcross section in favour of anelliptical form.

Mr. Weise was intent on en-suring that the hand would beable to exert the necessary for-ce despite the vertical styling.

These handles are availablein silver anodised or colour-coated aluminium and in stain -less steel. They are through-fixed by means of 6 mm boltsthat fasten onto a rugged backplate on the inside.

The internal backplate alsoacts as a bearing for the leverhandle. The fancy coverplateon the inside can be suppliedin either aluminium, colour-co-ated aluminium or stainlesssteel.

Two further main-door pullhandles by Hartmut Weise incorporate a design idea fromthe 50’s. At that time, anynumber of doors were adornedwith sinuous extruded hand-les. Refining this seasoned style gave rise to an integratedpull handle/backplate design.

In this case, too, handles arethrough fixed using 6mm boltsthat engage in a heavydutybackplate on the inside. Thelatter additionally supports thelever handle and its bushing.

These two designs are exclu-sively available in aluminium.A matching aluminium leverhandle and coverplate havebeen selected for the inside. Ifso desired, however, the inter-nal furniture may be made ofstainless steel, brass or colour-coated aluminium.

This comprehensive new package is augmented by pull,knob and lever handle furnitu-re on oval and angular narrow-frame backplates, pull-handlefurniture with a selection of fit-tings, and push/pull handleswith armoured cylinders. Before ordering please alwayscheck that the situation allowsfor sufficient mortise depth aswell as the necessary backset.

When fitting the new pulls formain entrance and entrancedoors, FSB recommends re -inforcing the cylinder by me-ans of round, oval or angulararmoured roses.

351

Overview

6616 Page 375

6536 Page 363

6615 Page 374

6533 Page 362

6534 Page 362

6535 Page 363

6537 Page 364

6538 Page 365

6610 Page 372

6611 Page 372

6612 Page 373

6613 Page 373

6540 Page 366

6541 Page 367

6542 Page 368

6620 45 Page 376

6621 45 Page 377

6526 Page 360

6642 Page 380

6643 Page 380

6630 Page 378

6514 Page 357

6501 38 Page 354

6504 38 Page 355

6506 ..Page 356

6507 ..Page 366

Bronze

Brass

Alu + Color

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

7a

6546 Page 369

6605 38 Page 371

6650 Page 382

6508 Page 396

6510 Page 393

6602 38 Page 370

6543 40 Page 367

6599 0036 Page 369

6652 38 Page 383

352

6682 Page 390

Page 400

6712, 6713 Page 401

6802 Page 406

6735 .. – 6738 ..Page 407

6681 Page 378

6662 38 Page 385

6679 38 Page 389

6683 38 Page 391

6669 38 Page 386

6688 00 Page 392

Page 398

6710, 6711 Page 399

6801 Page 402

6715 – 6718 Page 403

6800 ..Page 405

6707, 6708 Page 405

Overview

6675 Page 388

6674 Page 387

6655 38 Page 384

6524 Page 359

6522 Page 358

353

Bronze

Brass

Alu + Color

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

7a

6181 Page 409

6184 Page 409

6254 Page 410

6268 Page 411

7000 Pages 412f.

0418 Pages 413, 294

Back to back Bolt through-fixing Secret single fixing side fixing with

self-tapping insert

For detailed information onfixing, please turn to page414ff.

The “heavyweights” of thelong-running standard pro-gramme are juxtaposed with a“lighter than air” series of pullhandles (20 mm) in severalshapes on plain brackets (25 mm).

Pull handleRound series

354

6501 38 Ø 20 mm

Aluminium Stainless steel Brass

M8 fixing

Safety clearance S=49 mm (cf. page 348)

350 390

35

Ø 20

65


self-tapping insert


355

6504 38 Ø 20 mm


M8 fixing



350

35

Ø 20

65

92

R 213

7a

356

Pull handlesRound series

6506 ..65 r.h. | 75 l.h.Ø 35 mm

Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze

Illustration r.h., outside viewhanding details, cf. page 586f.

M8 fixing


45

Ø 35

220

1000

95

R 60

R 60


self-tapping insert


6507 ..65 r.h. | 75 l.h.Ø 35 mm


Illustration r.h., outside viewhanding details, cf. page 586f.

M8 fixing


45

Ø 35

474

1000

95

R 60

R 60


self-tapping insert

357



7a


M8 fixing


A Ø 30

150

Ø 35

80

Item nos. Ø A

6514 38 30 350 6514 45 30 450

358

When using elements of the ht round kit – whether for self-fabrication or as factory-wel-ded parts – attention needs tobe paid to structural specifica-tions and conditions locally.This hefty product series is nota substitute for gym bars, neither should it be used as a

safety rail at particularly hazar-dous openings in buildings.If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.

For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 414.

ht round welded from 1500 to 2100 mm andfor lengths more than 2100 mm

2,54,0

3540

6522 Stainless steelBronze*

Tube Ø 35 × 2.5 mm

For reasons of structural-strength, we recommend order -ing a factory-welded versiondrawing on the elements of theht round kit in cases wherethe A dimension lies between1500 mm and a maximum of2100 mm

* with brackets 45/55 and46/56 only

The pulls in the welded largerlength series FSB 6522 are produced to order. This involvesselecting the combination ofbrackets desired from the illus -tration alongside and citing theappropriate code numbers. It is also necessary to state the A dimension, which defines thefixing distance from the cen treof the borehole for one bracketto the centre of the borehole forthe other. By ad ding or sub-tracting the differential dimen-sions given on page 402, wecalculate the length of the pullat the works prior to welding.

Reference:


Tube Ø 40 × 4 mm

For requirements where di-mension A exceeds 2,100mm, we can supply a factory-welded version incorporating a sturdy tube cross-section of 40 x 4 mm and in all other respects the design featuresof the ht round series.

45 . . 56 . . l. h.46 . . r. h. 47 . . 48 . .

. . 45 . . 56 l. h.. . 46 r. h. . . 48

3540

4046

4046

3540

3540

. . 47

359

7a

. . 48r. h.

. . 58l. h.

. . 47r. h.

. . 57l. h.

. . 46r. h.

. . 56l. h.

. . 45r. h.

. . 55l. h.

48 . .r. h.

58 . .l. h.

47 . .r. h.

57 . .l. h.

46 . .r. h.

56 . .l. h.

45 . .r. h.

55 . .l. h.

ht oval weldedfrom 1500 to 2100 mm

When using elements of the ht oval kit – whether for self-fabrication or as factory-wel-ded parts – attention needs tobe paid to structural specifica-tions and conditions locally.This hefty product series is nota substitute for gym bars, neither should it be used as a

safety rail at particularly hazar-dous openings in buildings.If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.

For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 414.

28

40

1,5

The pulls in the welded seriesFSB 6524 are produced to or-der. This involves selecting thecombination of brackets desiredfrom the illustration alongsideand citing the appropriate codenumbers. It is also necessary tostate the A dimensions, whichdefines the fixing distancefrom the centre of the boreholefor one bracket to the centreof the borehole for the other.By adding or subtracting thedifferential dimensions givenon page 406, we calculate thelength of the pull at the worksprior to welding.

6524 Stainless steelBronze*

Tube 28 × 40 × 1.5 mm

For reasons of structuralstrength, we recommend orde-ring a factory-welded versiondrawing on the elements of theht oval kit in cases where the A dimension lies between 1500 mm and a maximum of2100 mm.

* with brackets 45/55 and46/56 only

Reference:


self-tapping insert


360

6526 Aluminium Stainless steel (brackets aluminium)

FSB is supplementing its provenand long-successful in-line pullseries in aluminium and stain-less steel with a particularlysafe-to-grip design featuringheavily cranked fixing pointson which the ends of bracketsare incorporated into the pullsection. The in-line pull sectionsare supplied with a diameter of35 mm in either aluminium orstainless steel. The bracketsare made of aluminium and areanodised in the metal’s naturalcolour. The standard versionhas an A dimension of 350 mmand a length of 570 mm. OtherA dimensions and lengths arepossible.

350 570

80

40

35

110

44,5


361

Fax copy

L

R1

R2

A1

L

R1

R2

A1

A2 L

R1

R2

A1

A2

A3

6526 Ø 35 mm

To order custom designs in thepull handle series 6526, pleaseuse a copy of this page:Enter the quantity required andoverall length in the table be-low. Then enter details of thedis tances between bracketsand, where applicable, their distance from the end of thehandle in mm. To ensure stability, the distance betweenbrackets should not exceed1200 mm.

7a

Qua. Overall length Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing methodL A1 A2 A3 R1 R2

* least. 40 mmmax. 350 mm

362


6533 Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze

The circular fastening sectionhas been shortened and thegrip tilted towards the user bydint of a flattened oval cross-section. The hand thereforeenjoys optimum clearancewhilst, stylistically, these airy,elegant handles display a de -cidedly architectural dimension.

Guaranteeing FSB’s usual pro-duction excellence are the tra-ditional casting technique foraluminium and an innovativeinternal high-pressure metalforming process for the stain-less steel variant.

114

300

83

35


125

300

35

88

The flattened oval pull handleseries 6533, 6534, 6535 and6536 see FSB’s philosophy ofthe ovally gripping hand andthe diagonal moving arm putto effect in telling manner.

363

7a



300

116

35

83


122

300

87

35


self-tapping insert


364

Pull handleOval series

6537 Stainless steel Bronze

Door pulls 6537 and 6538 arevisually related to the 300 mmrange of pulls.Their 450 mm length allowsthem to be effortlessly inte -grated into the closing area,though for technical reasonsthey are only available instainless steel.

450

133

39

98


self-tapping insert


365

7a


self-tapping insert


6538 Stainless steel Bronze

Door pulls 6537 and 6538 arevisually related to the 300 mmrange of pulls.Their 450 mm length allowsthem to be effortlessly inte -grated into the closing area,though for technical reasonsthey are only available instainless steel.

450

117

39

89


366


self-tapping insert



6540Stainless steel

Matches FSB lever handle model 1035


35 75

35

600

367


6541Stainless steel (Grip)Aluminium (Corners)



35 80

35

600


self-tapping insert


7a




400

25

25 65

368


self-tapping insert




Matches FSB lever handle models 1107/1108

C

D

A Ø

Item nos. Ø A C D S

6542 3095 30 × 15 300 60 35 486542 6095 40 × 28 600 75 45 53

S Safety clearance (cf. page 348)

369

7a


self-tapping insert



6546Stainless steel


Maximum A Dimension 1200 mm


35

81

Ø 30350




25 85

300500


self-tapping insert


370

Item nos. Ø R A C D S

6627 34 20 25 200 75 30 456670 34 25 40 200 80 35 48

6670 37 25 40 300 80 35 48

6670 38 25 40 350 80 35 486602 38 30 55 350 90 35 516603 38 35 60 350 95 45 566604 38 40 60 350 105 45 65

6670 99 25 40 200–1200 80 35 486602 99 30 55 300–1200 90 35 516603 99 35 60 300–1200 95 45 566604 99 40 60 350–1200 105 45 65


6602 38Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze (only 6602 38)BrassAlu + Color

Fixing Ø = 20 mm M6 Ø ≥ 25 mm M8


A

C

D

Ø

R


self-tapping insert


371

Item nos. Ø R1 R2 A B

6605 25 25 260 40 250 326605 38 25 260 40 350 686605 50 25 400 40 500 88

6605 38Aluminium Stainless steel BrassAlu + Color

M8 fixing



R2

A Ø

R1

B

35

80

7a


self-tapping insert


372

6610 AluminiumStainless steel

Fixing M6


6611 ..AluminiumStainless steel

..24 r.h.

..25 l.h.

Fixing M6


Illustration r.h.*, outside view,handing details, cf. page 586f.

* is required for DIN l.h. opening inwards


30

210

70

25

30

210

7022

55


self-tapping insert


373


Fixing M6



Fixing M6



30

210

7022

105

30

210

7022

90°

94

7a

374


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø A L

6615 35 30 350 550 6615 45 30 450 6506615 99 30 451–2100


In door pull series FSB 6615 (Ø 30 mm), fixing is by meansof laterally offset strap-type brackets. The fastening andgripping sides are separatedfrom one another and henceprotect hands. The innovativecombination of fixing strap andpull lends the design an airy,vivacious appearance.


40

A L

77

112

20

375

7a


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø A L

6616 35 40 × 28 350 550 6616 45 40 × 28 450 650 6616 99 40 × 28 451–2100



40

20

LA

118

83


376

6620 45 Ø 25 mm

Stainless steel

Overall length 600 mm

57

A2

A1 600 450

A3

75

57

75

75

75

Ø 25

Ø 25

62,5

Ø 45

The stiles on frame doors havebecome narrower in recentyears. FSB has responded byproducing a filigree handle se ries in stainless steel (Ø 25mm). The straight bar handlefeatures a clearance betweenthe fixing centre and the cen-tre of the bar of no less than57 mm. With the curved ver-sion, the clearance is a mighty

130 mm. Both are supplied asstandard with an A dimensionof 450 mm and an overalllength of 600 mm. Optionally,they can both ex tend over theentire door. The standard mea-surement for the end sectionsis 75 mm. FSB recommends a distancebetween brackets of at most1200 mm.

Item nos. Ø A1 A2 A3 Ending

6620 99 25 X X X 75 mm


self-tapping insert


377

Item nos. Ø A1 A2 A3 Ending

6621 99 25 450 X X 75 mm

6621 45 Ø 25 mm

Stainless steel

A1= 450 mmOverall length 600 mm


A2

A1= 450 600 450

A3

75

75

75

75

Ø 25

Ø 25

62,5

Ø 45

130

130

R 180 R 180

R 120

R 120

7a

..00 ..10 ..20

378


self-tapping insert

For all tubular pulls in stain-less steel FSB can supply two customised variants with non-standard ends, one a shallowcurvature (10), the other a stepped flat cap (20).


6681 Ø 30 mm

Stainless steel Bronze

Standard length 400 mm M8 fixing


Available in custom lengths also, please turn to the nextpage.

Ø 35

150400

80

Ø 30

6630 Ø 30 mm

Stainless steel

Standard length 400 mm M8 fixing

Ø 35

150400

80

60

Ø 30


379

7a

Fax copy

L

R1

R2

A1

L

R1

R2

A1

A2

6580 6681 6582 6583

6529663065316532

To order custom designs in thepull handle series 6681 or6630, please use a copy of thispage: First specify the modeldesired citing the applicableorder code above. Then enterthe quantity required and overalllength in the table below. Thenenter details of the distancesbetween brackets and, whereapplicable, their distance fromthe end of the handle in mm.To ensure stability, the distancebetween brackets should not exceed 1200 mm. Finally, please tick the cap requiredfor standard versions with a diameter of 30 Ø.

Ø 25 mm

Ø 30 mm

Ø 35 mm

Ø 40 mm

Ø 25 mm

Ø 30 mm

Ø 35 mm

Ø 40 mm

L

R1

R2

A1

A2

A3

Qua. Overall length Caps for 6681 and 6630 Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing methodL ..00 ..10 ..20 A1 A2 A3 R1 R2



380

6642 Ø 30 mm

Brackets Aluminium

Grip Aluminium orStainless steel

Standard length 400 mm Fixing M6



6643 Ø 30 mm

Brackets Aluminium

Grip Aluminium orStainless steel

Standard length 400 mm Fixing M6


For detailed information on fixing of the pull handles 6642and 6643, please turn to page422.

36

150400

25

71

Ø 30

36

150400

36

70

Ø 30

50

Fax copy

L

R1

R2

A1

L

R1

R2

A1

A2 L

R1

R2

A1

A2

A3

381

6642 Ø 30 mm

6643 Ø 30 mm

To order custom designs in thepull handle series 6642 or6643, please use a copy of thispage: First specify the modeldesired citing the applicableorder code above. Then enterthe quantity required and overalllength in the table below. Thenenter details of the distancesbetween brackets and, whereapplicable, their distance fromthe end of the handle in mm.To ensure stability, the dis -tance between brackets shouldnot exceed 1200 mm.

7a

Qua. Overall length Distance between brackets Edge spacing* Fixing methodL A1 A2 A3 R1 R2


382


self-tapping insert



Item nos. Ø A

6650 38 36 × 22 3506650 99 36 × 22 351–1500


Diameter 36 × 22 mm M8 fixing


FSB could not resist squeezingall the experience gained in fashioning the 40 x 28 mmoval tube into a smaller dia -meter. And thus it was that thestandard in-line pull FSB 6650came into being.If so desired, FSB 6650 canalso be supplied in otherlengths.

350

80

Ø 35

30

383

7a


self-tapping insert




Diameter 36 × 22 mmM8 fixing


Handle models FSB 6650 (in-line), FSB 6682 (U-shape) andFSB 6652 (semicircular) areliving proof that tested designsfeaturing new oval cross-sec-tions have the edge over theirround counterparts both opti-cally and in terms of grippingergonomics. The hand glideseffortlessly around them.

Ø 35

350

8030

175

R 175

384


self-tapping insert

Grip de porte tubulaires

6655 38 Ø 35 mm


M8 fixing



350

193,5

16,5

Ø 35

75

385

7a


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø R A B C D S

6660 34 20 25 200 100 75 30 41 6661 34 25 40 200 100 80 35 42

6661 37 25 40 300 100 80 35 42

6661 38 25 40 350 100 80 35 42 6662 38 30 55 350 140 90 35 43 6663 38 35 60 350 140 95 45 45 6664 38 40 60 350 150 120 45 52

6661 99 25 40 200–1200 100 80 35 42 6662 99 30 55 300–1200 140 90 35 43 6663 99 35 60 300–1200 140 95 45 45 6664 99 40 60 350–1200 150 120 45 52


6662 38Aluminium Stainless steel BrassAlu + Color



A

B

Ø

D

C

R

R

386


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø A C D S

6606 38 25 350 75 35 50 6669 38 30 350 80 35 556669 99 30 custom length6607 38 35 350 85 45 57 6609 38 40 350 90 45 60 6609 99 40 custom length


6669 38Stainless steel Bronze (With diameter 30 mm andmaximum length 1200 mmonly)

M8 fixing


A

D

Ø

C

387

7a


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø R A B L

6674 21 30 485 210 126 497 6674 35 30 1420 350 123 742


Door pull FSB 6674 takes theoffset strap-type brackets fromthe FSB 6615 series and fusesthese with the sweep of thecrescent-shaped round pull (Ø 30 mm). This pull series isonly supplied with A dimen-sions of 210 mm and 350 mm.


40

A L

77

20

B

R


self-tapping insert


388

Item nos. Ø R A B L

6675 21 40 × 28 485 210 132 504 6675 35 40 × 28 1420 350 129 745


Door pull FSB 6675 takes theoffset strap-type brackets fromthe FSB 6616 series and fusesthese with the sweep of thecrescent-shaped oval pull (Ø 40 x 28 mm). This pull seriesis only supplied with A Dimen-sions of 210 mm and 350 mm.


40

20

LA

B

83

R

389

7a


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø R A B C D S

6649 34 20 25 200 90 75 30 416679 34 25 40 200 83 80 35 42

6679 37 25 40 300 133 80 35 42

6679 38 25 40 350 158 80 35 426623 38 30 55 350 152 90 35 436624 38 35 60 350 150 95 45 456625 38 40 60 350 150 105 45 49


6679 38 Aluminium Stainless steel BrassAlu + Color



RA

B

D

C

90°

Ø

R

390


self-tapping insert



Diameter 36 × 22 mmM8 fixing


FSB has extended its FSB6650 series introduced fouryears ago to embrace U- shaped and circular variants.In all four cases, the easy-gripoval tube with a diameter of36 x 22 mm is supported onround fixing brackets.


35

350

8030

125

R 55

391

7a


self-tapping insert


Item nos. Ø R1 R2 A B C D S

6626 34 20 100 25 200 130 75 30 416673 34 25 100 40 200 140 80 35 42

6673 37 25 150 40 300 190 80 35 42

6673 38 25 175 40 350 215 80 35 426683 38 30 175 55 350 230 90 35 436659 38 35 175 60 350 235 95 45 456678 38 40 175 60 350 235 120 45 52


6683 38Aluminium Stainless steel Bronze (6683 38 only)BrassAlu + Color



A

B

D

C

Ø

R2

R1

392


self-tapping insert


6688 00 Ø 25 mm

Stainless steel

M8 fixing



200

100 200

80Ø 25

393

7a


Pull handlesWave

The wave handle is offered inaluminium, stainless steel andbrass with the following speci-fications:

Torsion radius: 800 mmHandle diameter: 30 mmBracket diameter: 35 mm

For quoting purposes, we re-quire the following details toget-her with a dimensioned sketch:

1. Door width2. Size A required3. Width of frame4. Profile section5. In case of glass doors:

distance of fixing holes fromedge

6510 Ø 30 mm


Safety clearance 65 mm for 30 mm handle projection, M8 fixing

R 800

A

Width of door

Width of frame

Illustration l.h. Illustration r.h.

Ø 30

R 800

Handing details, cf. page 586f.


self-tapping insert

394

Handing details, cf. pp. 586ff.

Design proposals Pull handles Round series

a b

d e

The stainless steel pull handledesigns shown here are inten-ded as creative aids for archi-tects, planners, designers, re-tailers and builder clients alike.Please always give details ofthe door’s type, material andweight. We must have accuratedrawings before we can supplyquotes or implement orders.

f

c


395

7a

Fixing method 1

6599 9991

Fixing method 2

6599 9994

ordering party. The variantsshown here are merely meantto provide a general impression,which is why no dimensionshave been given. Why not sendus your specifications – plusdimensions – by fax? We willthen scrutinise the details,produce drawings of our own,and submit a quote.

Handrail systems

Typ A Stainless steel

Fixing method 1:Hole for countersunk screw M8

Fixing method 2:Hole for countersunk screw M6

Screws and dowels are delive-red for number of fixing points.

Handrail systems

In recent years FSB has occa-sionally made handrail systemsto measures for installation nearmain-entrance doors. Threetypical examples are shown onthis page. Unlike serially pro-duced hardware, these customproducts are made to order.Responsibility for deploymentand fabrication lies with the

72

72,5Ø 40

Ø 45

Typ B1 Stainless steelØ 40

T

100

Typ B2 Stainless steel

Fixing reference: First of all thesupplied rose has to be shovedon the tubes of the handrailsystem. Fill up then boreholes inbasis with usual constructionalresins. Before hardening set upthe handrail system. The rosewill then be glued to the basis.

Ø 40

T

100

80

Ø 40

Ø 70

R 27,5

6599 9993

6599 9992

396

Speed and ease of installationwere the design brief for theImmediate programme by FSB:The TGS series comprises stain -less steel tubes with a diameterof 25 mm and three choices ofbrackets. We recommend allowing one bracket for each600 mm of handle.

Please feel free to make en -quiries and put FSB’s TGS se-ries to the test. It can be calledup any time and is ready andwaiting to be assembled in ajiffy.

Pull handles TGS round

6508 Ø 25 mm

Stainless steel

Breadth of brackets 40 mm Screw hole-Ø 8.5 mm


25

28

2

24,5

65

26

24,5

65

25

43,5

65

25

24,5

67

48

397

7a

Fax copy TGS

L

R1

R2

A1

L

R1

R2

A1

A2 L

R1

R2

A1

A2

A3

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

Please submit exact measure-ments, ideally on a copy of theorder chart shown here:

First enter number of handlesrequired and overall length.

Then ring the brackets intendedfor your fixing points (in- line,offset, or diagonally offset) aswell as ticking the numberedbox.

Finally, specifiy distances be -tween brackets and edge spa-cing. For reasons of stability,the distance between bracketsshould not exceed 600 mm.

Qua. Overall length Type of bracket Distance between brackets Edge spacing* L 1 2 3 A1 A2 A3 R1 R2

l.h. r.h. l.h. r.h. l.h. r.h.

* least 30 mm

hs round modular system

398

The hs modular system com-prising grips and brackets ca-ters in a novel way to individualdesign aspirations and func -tional requirements. The round grips in stainlesssteel are supplied in standardlengths of 30 mm and 25 mmas well as in custom lengthsas requested.

The matching 45°-crankbrackets in aluminium are greyanodised and are securelyattached by means of a special-purpose fastening system.

There is scope for variationowing to the differing lengthsof grips and the fact that thepositioning and number ofbrackets are freely selectable.The option of providing handleends with either one or twobrackets and positioning cen-tral brackets as desired turnsevery handle into a distinctivefeature and an embellishmentfor main entrance doors.

Once their arrangement andspacing have been established,brackets are firmly secured tothe grip by means of recessedfastenings (cf. Fig.).

Alignment of brackets isachieved by laying the handleon a flat surface once the firstbracket has been fitted andonly then fixing the remainingbrackets at the desired intervals.

399


self-tapping insert

hs round modular systemBrackets + Grips

6711 Aluminium grey anodised

Bracket for grip 6811 Ø 30 mm


Bracket for grip 6810 Ø 25 mm

Item nos. Grips Ø Length

6810 0450 25 mm 450 mm 0600 25 mm 600 mm 0900 25 mm 900 mm 1800 25 mm 1800 mm

6811 0450 30 mm 450 mm 0600 30 mm 600 mm 0900 30 mm 900 mm 1800 30 mm 1800 mm


Grip Ø 25 mm


Grip Ø 30 mm

96

20

20

33,5

81 66

61

100

22

20

37,5

8366

61


7a

hs oval modular system

400

Once their arrangement andspacing have been established,brackets are firmly secured tothe grip by means of recessedfastenings (cf. Fig.).

The hs modular system com-prising grips and brackets ca-ters in a novel way to individualdesign aspirations and func -tion al requirements. The oval grips in stainlesssteel are supplied in standardlengths of 36.5 x 22 mm and40 x 28.5 mm as well as incustom lengths as requested.

The matching 45°-crankbrackets in aluminium are greyanodised and are securelyattached by means of a special-purpose fastening system.

There is scope for variationowing to the differing lengthsof grips and the fact that thepositioning and number ofbrackets are freely selectable.The option of providing handleends with either one or twobrackets and positioning cen-tral brackets as desired turnsevery handle into a distinctivefeature and an embellishmentfor main entrance doors.


self-tapping insert


Bracket for grip 6812 Ø 36.5 x 22 mm

hs oval modular systemBrackets + Grips

401


Bracket for grip 6813 Ø 40 x 28.5 mm

Item nos. Grips Ø Length

6812 0450 36.5 × 22 mm 450 mm 0600 36.5 × 22 mm 600 mm 0900 36.5 × 22 mm 900 mm 1800 36.5 × 22 mm 1800 mm

6813 0450 40 × 28.5 mm 450 mm 0600 40 × 28.5 mm 600 mm 0900 40 × 28.5 mm 900 mm 1800 40 × 28.5 mm 1800 mm


Grip Ø 36.5 × 22 mm


Grip Ø 40 × 28.5 mm

98

20

20

33,5

8366

61

103

22

20

37,5

8666

61


7a

ht round modular systemsup to 1500 mm


Tube Ø 35 × 1.5 mmStock length 3000 mm

The ht round kit enables safetyrails, handle systems, handrailsetc. up to 1500 mm in lengthto be cut to size, fabricatedand fitted on site with the aidof the appropriate tools.Where lengths in excess of1500 - 2100 mm are concer-ned, we would recommendfactory welded hardware, ver-sions FSB 6522 and 6523 cf.page 358.

35

1,5

Tube length and A size are im -portant for fabrication, fittingand ordering purposes. The A size defines the fixingdistance from the cen tre of theborehole for one bracket to thecentre of the borehole for theother. Tube length is arrived atby adding or subtracting the differential sizes given along -side from the A size.

FSB recommends reinforc ingdoor pulls from the ht roundkit that are to be fitted to hea-vily used doors by means ofthe accessories available.

Dimensions: Longueur de tube

Cote A

6715 + 67156716 + 6716

Cote A + 32 mm = Longueur de tube

6717 + 6717

Cote A – 40 mm = Longueur de tube

6718 + 6718


6715 + 6717


6715 + 6718


6717 + 6718


Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Reference:

When using elements of the ht round kit – whether for self-fabrication or as factory-weldedparts – attention needs to bepaid to structural specificationsand conditions locally. Thishefty product series is not asubstitute for gym bars, neithershould it be used as a safety

rail at particularly hazardousopenings in buildings.If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page423.


self-tapping insert

402

403

Once the tube has been cut tosize (dimensions A + differen-tial measurement), matchingbrackets are slotted into thetube ends and fastened withscrews from the top.

Brackets ht roundmodular systems


Straight bracket, angled 90° inwards, to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø

Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm


35

3520

57,54

6716 .. Stainless steel

6716 14 r.h.6716 15 l.h.

Bracket with 45° cranking, angled 90° inwards, to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm

40

3520

57,54

71


Straight bracket, angled 90° inwards, to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø

35

3515

57,5

4


Bracket for swing doors,to match tube 35 x 1.5 mm Ø

35

3615

57,5

469

O-Ring

Part synth. mat.

Illustration r.h.

7a

Modular systems ht ovalAccessories

20

20

2531,5

For pull handles from the mo -dular systems ht round over1.5 metres long or where robusthandling is to be assumed, wewould recommend reinforcingthe tube with square-sectiontubing as shown on this page.

6801 20 Steel tube hot galvanised

20 x 20 x 2 mmStock length 3000 mm

6719Thermoplast

Spacing sleeve with fixingscrew

0313 0880 M8 x 80 mm Steel stud

0316 0840 M8Steel stud - for timber fixing

0320 0800 M8Dome nut of stainless steel


Fixing reference: Sizing square-section tube: outside length of oval tubeminus 100 mm. Then fixing ofspacing sleeves with distance350 mm, afterwards assem-bling.

404

405

7a

If in any doubt, please contactthe architect or engineer incharge.

Fixing methods brackets:

Screw holes - Ø 5.3 mm forcountersunk screws

Pull handles Modular systems R + S

6800 04 Stainless steel Ø 30 mm

Side 1.5 mmStock length 3000 mm

6800 09 Aluminium Ø 30 mm

Side 2.0 mmStock length 3000 mm

6707 Aluminium natural colour anodised

6707 06 End support 6707 05 Intermediate support

6708 Aluminium natural colour anodised

6708 06 End support 6708 05 Intermediate support

When using elements of the tubes and brackets kit atten-tion needs to be paid to struc-tural specifications and condi-tions locally. This hefty productseries is not a substitute forgym bars, neither should it beused as a safety rail at particu-larly hazardous openings inbuildings.

60

52 50

30

40

10

20

40

60

80

60

30

13 AThe length is established bymeasuring between bore holes and adding 26 mm (2 x 13 mm). The tube will now fit snugly into its endbrackets. Any end play there is can easily be remedied bywedging, recentring, bondingetc., as applicable.

The “tube and support bracket”package is a kit system that allows the buyer effortlessly tomake to measure, put togetherand fit in place pull handles,hand and towel rails of alltypes.

Tube length and A dimensionare im portant for fabrication, fitting and ordering purposes. The A dimension defines thefixing distance from the cen treof the borehole for one bracketto the centre of the boreholefor the other. Tube length is arrived at by adding or sub-tracting the differential dimen-sions given alongside from theA dimension. FSB recommendsreinforc ing door pulls from theHT Oval kit that are to be fittedto heavily used doors by meansof the accessories available.

ht oval modular systemsup to 1500 mm

406


Tube 28 × 40 × 1.5 mmStock length 3000 mm

The ht oval kit enables safetyrails, handle systems, hand -rails etc. up to 1500 mm inlength to be cut to size, fabri-cated and fitted on site withthe aid of the appropriate tools.Where lengths in excess of1500 - 2100 mm are concer-ned, we would recommendfactory welded hardware, ver-sion FSB 6524 cf. page 358.

Reference:

When using elements of theHT Oval kit - whether for self-fabrication or as factory-weldedparts - attention needs to bepaid to structural specificationsand conditions locally. This heftyproduct series is not a substi-tute for gym bars, neithershould it be used as a safety

rail at particularly hazardousopenings in buildings. If in anydoubt, please contact the ar-chitect or engineer in charge.For detailed information on fixing, please turn to page 423.

281,5

40

Dimensions: 6735 + 67356736 + 6736

Cote A + 32 mm = Longueur de tube

6737 + 6737


6738 + 6738


6735 + 6737


6735 + 6738


6737 + 6738


Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A

Longueur de tube

Cote A


self-tapping insert

Brackets ht ovalmodular systems

407

35

3520

57,54

40

3520

57,54

71

35

3515

57,5

4

35

3615

57,5

469


6735 04 r.h. 6735 05 l.h.

Straight bracket, angled 90° inwards, to match oval tube40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø


6736 14 r.h. 6736 15 l.h.

Bracket with 45° cranking,angled 90° inwards, to match oval tube 40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø


6737 04 r.h. 6737 05 l.h.

Straight bracket, angled 90° outwards, to match oval tube 40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø


6738 04 r.h. 6738 05 l.h.

Bracket for swing doors, to match oval tube 40 x 28 x 1.5 mm Ø

Screw hole Ø 8.5 mm


Once the tube has been cut tosize (dimensions A + differ en-tial measurement), matchingbrackets are slotted into thetube ends and fastened withscrews from the top.

O-Ring

Part synth. mat.

All illustrations r.h.

7a

2535

25

FSB recommends reinforcingdoor pulls from the HT Oval kitthat are subject to heavy-dutyuse or have an “A” dimensionof between 1,500-2,100 mmusing the accessories shown onthis page.

6801 20 Steel tube hot galvanised

20 x 20 x 2 mmStock length 3000 mm

6739 Thermoplast

Spacing sleeve with fixingscrew

0313 0880 M8 x 80 mm Steel stud

0316 0840 M8Steel stud - for timber fixing

0320 0800 M8Dome nut of stainless steel


Fixing reference: Sizing square-section tube: outside length of oval tubeminus 100 mm. Then fixing ofspacing sleeves with distance350 mm, afterwards assem-bling.

Modular systems ht ovalAccessories

408

20

20

409

7a

Push and pullpad handles

6184 62 Aluminium

Plastic-Pad, black

6181 62 Aluminium

Pad 150 x 150 mm Dimension A 90 mmC:C screw holes 70 mm

6181 70 Aluminium

Pad 180 x 180 mm Dimension A 120 mmC:C screw holes 100 mm

6181 74 Aluminium

Pad 200 x 200 mmDimension A 120 mmC:C screw holes 100 mm

Fixing accessories,cf. page 552.

Screw hole Ø 8.5 mmEngravings, cf. page 253.

150

15090 70

50

30

11

18

171

A 70100

30

11

10

50

21

410

Push and pullpad handle




150

15090 70

38,5

11

18,5

165

25

411

7a

Push and pullpad handle


17590 70

50

11

198

25

25



412

Lever handles turnably fixedwith spring mechanism

7000 0004 Aluminium Stainless steelBronze

10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1023

7000 0001 Aluminium Stainless steel

10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1070


10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1076


10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1146

Single fixed lever handles forentrance doors incl. solid subroses.FSB spindle 0115 or 0116 necessary, see page 546.

27

38

55

12

7


10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1107

413

7a

Lever handles turnably fixedwith spring mechanismTurnable knob


10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1108

7000 0347 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze

10 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1015

Single fixed lever handles forentrance doors incl. solid subroses.FSB spindle 0115 or 0116 necessary, see page 546.

27

38

55

12

7


8 mm Δ-hole

Spindle projection: Standard40 mm, custom projections on request.

28

55

7

38

For the deployment on multi-point lock, FSB supplies aneasy-action turnable knob on a circular or oval rose for con -cealed face fixing.

7000 0348 Aluminium AluGreyStainless steelBronze

8 mm Δ-hole

Model FSB 1163

414

FSB Self-tapping insert The self-tapping thread createsan excellent bond with compa-ratively little play between doorstile and threaded insert, thusensuring an even and effectivefrictional connection – assu-ming the accurate drilling of12.5 mm-diameter boreholesfor timber doors and 13 mmdiameter boreholes for metaland plastic doors.

Step 1

Whether a manual or a powerdrill is used, threaded insertsrequire holes 12.5 mm in dia-meter to be drilled for timberdoors and 13 mm in diameterwhere metal and plastic doorsare involved.

Step 2

Then the self-tapping insert isscrewed in using a Size 8 Allenkey. FSB recommends an Allenkey with handle, as this is thebest way of guaranteeing therequisite force is applied. Oncethe threaded bush lies flushagainst the stile, the enclosedset screw is tightened.

Step 3

The handle is then fitted atthese fastening points.

2 galvanised self-tapping inserts in hardened steel

FSB’s threaded bushing tech-nique delivers a practically-oriented, enhanced solutionfor the concealed face fixing ofpulls to timber, aluminium andplastic doors that guaranteesfar better absorption of disten-sion forces by the door stile.Regardless of door thicknessor stile type, a single type ofthreaded insert 34 mm long isused.

415

7a

FSB Clamping Rose Fastening All door pulls with round necksare supplied as female partswith an internal left-handedthread 18 by 1.5 mm (M8fixing) or 14 by 1.5 mm (M6fixing). A clamping rose faste-ning comprises a plastic washer,a steel washer, a clamping ele-ment, a rotating rose and aspacer sleeve that are securelyheld in place by a plastic clipand pre-attached to the end ofthe handle.

FSB Clamping Rose Fastening

The new FSB clamping rosefastening allows all FSB doorpulls with round necks to bescrewed tight against thesurface of the door by means ofan easy-to-operate clampingrose. Radial play allowed for byFSB ensures the necessarytolerances during fitting.Assembly is as follows:

Step 1

First fit into the door the setscrew over which the clampingelements are to pass. How thisis done depends on whetherBack to back fixing, Boltthrough-fixing or secret singleside fixing with expansion plug.

Step 2

Then detach the clamping ele-ments from the handle ends byturning them anticlockwise. Re-move the plastic clip and slipthe plastic washer, the steelwasher, the clamping rose andthe clamping element over theset screw in that order. Usingthe spacer sleeve, screw theelements together, ensuring thatthe clamping rose and clam-ping element remain free to ro-tate.

Step 3

Place the handle on the fixingpoints and tighten against thedoor by alternately turning theclamping roses in a clockwisedirection.

A turning device for the FSBclamping rose is supplied withthe product.

set screw

plastic washer

steel washer

clamping rose

clamping element

spacer sleeve

The FSB clamping rose faste-ning is a new method ofassembling door-pulls wherebythe pull is tightened fast againstthe surface of the door. Visiblefixing screws are done awaywith.

416

Borehole dimensions

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing

Secret single side fixing with self-tapping insert

Timber door Metal door Synth. mat. door Glas door

13

Inside

Outside13

Inside

Outside

13

Inside

Outside

13

Inside

Outside

18

Inside

Outside

18

13

15

Outside

Inside

18

13Outside

Inside

13

18

Inside

Outside

10,5Outside

Inside

10,5

Outside

Inside55

10,5Outside

Inside

417

7a

Fixing methods

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Pull handle series

Round M8

6501, 6504, 6506, 6507,6510, 6514, 6529, 6531,6532, 6533, 6534, 6535,6536, 6537, 6538, 6540,6541, 6542, 6546, 6580,6582, 6583, 6602, 6603,

Fixing method

6604, 6605, 6606, 6607,6609, 6623, 6624, 6625,6630, 6647, 6650, 6652,6655, 6659, 6661, 6662,6663, 6664, 6669, 6670,6673, 6678, 6679, 6681,6682, 6683, 6688

2 each set bolts M8

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0580 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 3035 35 – 54 mm 0580 3055 55 – 74 mm 0580 3075 75 – 94 mm

2 each set bolts M8 2 each fixing nuts with caps

Borehole Ø 13/18 mm, cf. page 416

Grip diameter 25/30 mm:

0580 2308 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 4335 35 – 44 mm0580 4345 45 – 54 mm 0580 4355 55 – 64 mm 0580 4365 65 – 74 mm 0580 4375 75 – 84 mm


0580 2408 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 4435 35 – 44 mm0580 4445 45 – 54 mm 0580 4455 55 – 64 mm 0580 4465 65 – 74 mm 0580 4475 75 – 84 mm

2 each set bolts M8 2 each self-tapping inserts,

hardened steel, galvanized

Ø 12.5 mm (Timber door), Ø 13 mm (Metal door orSynth. mat. door)

0580 0335 Dim. X 10 – 30 mmLength of insert 34 mm

Item nos.Fixing accessories

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Fixing methods

418

Dim. X = Dim. of chamber

Pull handle series

Round M6

3684, 3688, 6543 40, 6610,6611, 6612, 6613, 6619,6626, 6627, 6642, 6643,6649, 6660

Fixing method Item nos.

2 each set bolts M6

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0580 1208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 3235 35 – 54 mm 0580 3255 55 – 74 mm 0580 3275 75 – 94 mm




0580 2208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 4235 35 – 44 mm0580 4245 45 – 54 mm 0580 4255 55 – 64 mm0580 4265 65 – 74 mm0580 4275 75 – 84 mm





Dimension X

Fixing accessories

419

7a

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Fixing methods


Pull handle series

6615 6616 6674 6675


2 each countersunk bolts M8with sleeve nuts M8 Stainless steel

4 each plastic washers

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0583 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0583 3034 34 – 43 mm0583 3044 44 – 53 mm 0583 3054 54 – 63 mm 0583 3064 64 – 73 mm 0583 3074 74 – 83 mm


2 each washers Stainless steel4 each plastic washers

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0583 2008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0583 4036 36 – 45 mm0583 4046 46 – 55 mm0583 4056 56 – 65 mm0583 4066 66 – 75 mm0583 4076 76 – 85 mm

2 each countersunk bolts M8Stainless steel

2 each self-tapping inserts,hardened steel, galvanized




Dimension X

Fixing accessories


Fixing methods

420

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Pull handle series

6620 6621


0584 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0584 3035 35 – 44 mm0584 3045 45 – 54 mm 0584 3055 55 – 64 mm 0584 3065 65 – 74 mm 0584 3075 75 – 84 mm

0584 2008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0584 4035 35 – 44 mm0584 4045 45 – 55 mm 0584 4055 55 – 65 mm 0584 4065 65 – 75 mm 0584 4075 75 – 85 mm

2 each countersunk screw M8Stainless steel

2 each self-tapping inserts,hardened steel, galvanized




Dimension X

Fixing accessories



Borehole Ø 13 mm

2 each countersunk screw M8with sleeve nuts M8 Stainless steel

2 each washers Stainless steel 4 each plastic washers

Borehole Ø 13 mm


421

7a

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Fixing methods Pull handle series

6526 6599 0036


2 each set bolts M8

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0587 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0587 3035 35 – 54 mm 0587 3055 55 – 74 mm 0587 3075 75 – 94 mm

2 each set screws M8 2 each fixing nuts with caps


0587 2308 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0587 4335 35 – 44 mm0587 4345 45 – 54 mm 0587 4355 55 – 64 mm 0587 4365 65 – 74 mm 0587 4375 75 – 84 mm

2 each set bolts M82 each self-tapping inserts,




Dimension X

Fixing accessories

Fixing methods

422


Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Pull handle series

66426643


2 each set bolts M6

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0580 1208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 3235 35 – 54 mm 0580 3255 55 – 74 mm 0580 3275 75 – 94 mm



0580 2208 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0580 4235 35 – 44 mm0580 4245 45 – 54 mm 0580 4255 55 – 64 mm0580 4265 65 – 74 mm0580 4275 75 – 84 mm





Dimension X

Fixing accessories

423

7a

Fixing method

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Fixing methods


Pull handle series

ht oval ht round6508 6522 6523 6524

Item nos.

2 each set bolts M8 4 each sleeve nuts M8

Stainless steel 4 each plastic washers

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0585 3035 35 – 39 mm0585 3040 40 – 44 mm0585 3045 45 – 49 mm 0585 3050 50 – 54 mm 0585 3055 55 – 59 mm 0585 3060 60 – 64 mm 0585 3065 65 – 69 mm 0585 3070 70 – 74 mm 0585 3075 75 – 79 mm 0585 3080 80 – 84 mm


Stainless steel 2 each sleeve nuts M8

with washersStainless steel


Borehole Ø 13 mm

0585 2035 35 – 44 mm0585 2045 45 – 54 mm 0585 2055 55 – 64 mm 0585 2065 65 – 74 mm 0585 2075 75 – 84 mm


Stainless steel 2 each self-tapping inserts,

hardened steel, galvanized2 each plastic washers



Dimension X

Fixing accessories

Back to back fixing

Bolt through-fixing


Fixing methods

424


Pull handle series

hs round modular system 6710, 6711

hs round modular system6712, 6713


1 M8 cheese-head screw1 nut1 plastic bushing

2 M8 cheese-head screws1 threaded bushing

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0588 1008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0588 3035 35 – 44 mm0588 3045 45 – 54 mm0588 3055 55 – 64 mm0588 3065 65 – 74 mm0588 3075 75 – 84 mm

1 nut1 fixing plate1 plastic bushing

1 M8 cheese-head screw1 threaded bushing1 fixing plate

Borehole Ø 13 mm

0588 2008 Glass door 8 - 10 mm

0588 4035 35 – 44 mm0588 4045 45 – 54 mm 0588 4055 55 – 64 mm0588 4065 65 – 74 mm0588 4075 75 – 84 mm

1 M8 cheese-head screw1 self-tapping inserts,




Dimension X

Fixing accessories

7b428

429

431

446

448

450

427

Security fittingsOverview


Design + Security

Security fittingsfor framed doors

Flush protction roses

Protection roses

Overview

428

Bronze

Brass

Alu + Color

New products 06|07

Aluminium

AluGrey

Stainless steel

7374 Page 444

7377 Page 445

7376 Page 438

7375 Page 439

7381 Page 434

7382 Page 435

7383 Page 436

7384 Page 437

7385 Page 440

7386 Page 441

7387 Page 442

7388 Page 443

7330 Page 446

7330 Page 446

7331 Page 447

7331 Page 447

3244 Page 450

3246 Pages 450, 51

7391, 7393 Page 450

7395 Pages 451, 52

7360 Page 432

7361 Page 433

7396 Pages 448f., 53

Crime statistics reveal doorsand windows to be popularpoints of illegal entry. Policeand insurance sources accor-dingly recommend makingdoors and windows secure.Our industry has duly respon-ded to market demands.

German standards drafted toshow the way include “Bur -glar-resistant windows, doorsand additional barriers” (DIN18103) and “Builders hardwareand security furniture (conceptsand definitions, dimensions,requirements, testing and la-belling (DIN 18257).

The EN 1906 and DIN VENV 1627-1630 standards havebeen developed in tandem.

FSB had been wondering whether this purely technicalapproach is the only viable oneand came up with “Design +Security” in answer to its ownrhetorical question. With thisdesign-oriented offering, FSBtakes the worry out of thecomplex issue of security forarchitects, interior designers,joiners and end-users. In thefirst instance decisions tend tobe driven by taste (design); itis only thereafter that more ra-tional aspects (need for security)are addressed. Which is preci-sely why we dubbed our range“Design + Security”. Havingopted for a given design, allthat remains is to tick SecurityClass box 2 or 4. FSB will thenslot the security technologychosen into the relevant designpackage.

Gone are the days when youhad to make do with the chea-pest design if you wanted thelowest security rating and thebest designs were only to behad in conjunction with the toprating. FSB has turned thetables by creating a situationwhereby a sensible decision onthe security class desired onlyneeds to be taken once the design issue has been settled. FSB’s design offering is set outclearly and comprehensively onthe pages that follow. Browsethrough at your leisure untilyou’re quite sure which onepleases you most. Next to thedesign you select you will finda set of technical questions thatsimply require ticking as appli-cable. Couldn’t be easier. Forthe technically curious, weprovide the low-down on thetwo security ratings overleaf.

FSB security hardware is supplied as standard for the following thicknesses of door:

Internal doors 40 - 42 mmMainentrance doors 67 - 69 mmFS doors 53 - 57 mm

Besides standard-compliant se -curity fittings, FSB also suppliesother items of architecturalhardware with deterrent pro-perties. These include:

– open-style round armouredroses 10 - 16.5 mm thick

– ound armoured roses with anti-tamper devices (ZA) 12.5 - 16.5 mm thick

– round armoured roses withanti-tamper devices (ZA) 12.5 mm thick, designed for flush fitting

– rectangular and oval armou-red roses with anti-tamperdevices (ZA) 16 mm thick

– rectangular and oval slide-onroses 6, 9 and 14 mm thick

These anti-burglary featuresare designed to deter would-be burglars or at the very leastmake breaking in a an ex -tremely arduous undertaking.

429

Design + Security

7b

430

Security Class 2 (EN 1906)open version(ES-1 K Reg. No. 4X078)(ES-1 L Reg. No. 4X076)

strength of 10 kNbackplatesmax. flexion ≤ 5 mmtensile force of 15 kNfasteningmax. deformation ≤ 5 mmresistance to drilling 30 schisel test resistance 3 blows

Security Class 2 (EN1906) with anti-tamper device (ZA)(ES-1 K-ZA Reg. No. 4X077)(ES-1 L-ZA Reg. No. 4X079)

strength 10 kNmax. flexion ≤ 5 mmtensile force of 15 kNfasteningmax. deformation ≤ 5 mmresistance to drilling 30 schisel test resistance 3 blowsstrength ZA 10 kN

Security Class 4 (EN 1906)with anti-tamper device (ZA)(ES-3 L-ZA Reg. No. 4X081)

strength 20 kN max. flexion ≤ 5 mm tensile force of 30 kN fasteningmax. deformation ≤ 5 mm resistance to drilling 5 min chisel test resistance 12 blowsstrength ZA 20 kN

Open-style (Fig. 2) or anti-tamper (ZA) hardware (Fig. 3)with a Security Class 2 ratingmay be fitted with any of theproposed designs incorporat-ing full-length backplates aswell as with two short back-plate variants. FSB also sup-plies a version with rosesinstead of backplates on theinside of the door for thisSecurity Class. Cylinder projec-tions of 11 mm in the openversions (Fig. 1) and 15 mm incovered versions (Fig. 2) arecatered for. Cylinder projec-tions of between 8 and 16 mmare allowed for in the anti-tamper version (ZA).

The engineering specifica-tions laid down for the anti-tamper (ZA) variant with aClass 2 security rating likewise

apply to Security Class 4 hard-ware. The design engineeringfor FSB’s “Design + Security”hardware package embodies aproven laminar constructionmethod developed in-housethat is now a benchmark with-in the industry.

The level of security set forthin the applicable standards isenhanced from Class to Classthrough the exchange and ad-dition of materials.

Design + Securityadopting a radically purist ap-proach to design, FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weiseintroduces a security hard-ware design in the presentManual that departs radicallyfrom received formal concepts:using stainless steel 5 mmthick he has created a matter-of-fact sculpture of folded sur-faces that does nothingwhatsoever to accommodateits intended door. The designis only available with an S4security rating and, besides aclassic version, optionallycomes with an integrated elec-tronics package in the form ofa capacitive door-bell sensorplus nameplate and radio-op-erated door-bell module and aharmonised radio gong on theinside.

Variant 7360

entrance door furniture withstraight-cornered backplate,with lever handle FSB 1108on inside Security Class S4 - ZAClasse de protection : S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole

Variant 7361 (with electronics)

entrance door furniture withstraight-cornered backplate,with lever handle FSB 1108on insideSecurity Class S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole

1

3

2

The proven anti-bandit cre-dentials of the “Design +Security” range introduced byFSB in the 1990s successfullydemonstrated how a modularsecurity hardware concept canmeet varying design notionsand security requirements inequal measure. With our new security hard-ware models FSB 7360 and7361 we are literally cloakingour proven security technologyin a completely new, self-standing design concept:

431

7b

Design + SecurityGeneration 2008

Constituents of the7361 variant:

– built-in splash-proof elec-tronic door-bell sensor withLED transmission control(outside) and a built-in radiodoor-bell module (insidebackplate), battery-poweredas functional unit with 21.5V AAA cells. The trans-mitter has a range of up to200 m, though this may varydue to the presence of walls,doors or metal. Transmissionfrequency: 868.35 MHz.

– battery-powered indoor radiogong operating with 4 1.5V Ccells. Any of 10 melodies can be set for radio gong. Transmitter and receiver pre-programmed at works.

The radio gong can either standor be suspended or screw-fixed.Replacing batteries is madeeasy by a conveniently straight-forward fold-out mechanism.The volume on the radio gongrises to 86 dB(A) and is con-tinuously adjustable. Batteriesare said by the makers to havea service life of up to 5 yearsfor the two components as-suming seven operations a day.Batteries not supplied.

The radio module and accom-panying radio gong conform tothe applicable CE standardsand European directives(R&TTE 1999/5/EC and73/23/EEC).

432

300

134,5

97

255

75,5

Ø 12 Ø 12

135

92 92

1945

118

60 45

21,5

75,5

21,5

134,5

Ø 6

8

104,5

269,5

7360Stainless steel

Entrance door furniture withsecurity-coordinated straight-cornered backplate and FSB1108 lever handle on insideSecurity Class S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole


– door thickness – DIN handing, cf. page 586 f– Stainless steel finish– quantity– Dimension X for spindle

0115, cf. page 546

Security fittingDesign 7360

433

7b

7361Stainless steel

Entrance door furniture withsecurity-coordinated straight-cornered backplate and FSB1108 lever handle on insideSecurity Class S4 - ZA (cylinder projection 8-16 mm) spacing 92 mm Δ 10 mm spindle hole

Items supplied include: built-insplash-proof capacitive door-bell sensor with LED transmis-sion control (outside) and abuilt-in radio door-bell module(inside backplate), battery-powered as functional unit(batteries not supplied)


– door thickness – DIN handing, cf. page 586 f– Stainless steel finish– quantity– Dimension X for spindle

0115, cf. page 546

400

134,5

97

158

228

75,5

Ø 12 Ø 12

235

92 92

1945

118

60 45

21,5

75,5

21,5

134,5

Ø 6

8

235

269,5


246

93,5

134,5

75,5

54 54 54 54,5 54,5

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

15

1

1

2

2

15

245

93

45

80100

7 7

Ø 8

707292

707292

434

Order details required

Type of furniture

Inside execution

Security classbackplate furniture

Security classfurniture with roses

Handing of door

to suit door thickness

Spacing

Spindle

Material/ AluminiumColor Alu + Color

Stainless steel

Design 7381

Δ Knob Δ Lever handle

Δ Backplate Δ Roses2

Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mmΔ S4-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm

Δ DIN r.h., inward openingΔ DIN l.h., inward opening

mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2

Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mmΔ 10 mm

Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ

Order quantity sets


Standard lever: design 1107,different designs available on request.

4

1 For spacing 70 mm with twofixing points or acc. toGerman DIN with three fixingpoints and combined withmortice locks acc. GermanDIN, cf. page 531 ff.

2 Acc. to German DIN only

3 Version S2-ZA, 8 – 16 mmonly

4 Certificate “SKG” only for fit-tings with backplate andspacing 55, 72 and 92 mm

7b

435

Indications de commande

Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7382




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets

246

93,5

134,5

75,5

54 54 54 54,5 54,5

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

Ø 8

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7 7

1

1

2

2

707292

707292







4

436


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7383




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets

246

93,5

54 54 54 54,5 54,5

55

38

245

93

45

7 7

134,5

75,5

21,5

Ø 12

Ø 8

15 15

80100

1

1

2

2

707292

707292



4





7b

437


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7384




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets

246

93,5

134,5

75,5

54 54 54 60 60

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

Ø 8

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7 7

1

1

2

2

707292

707292



4





438


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steelBronze

Design 7376

Δ Knob



Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2


Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ Δ 7305 Δ 7615 Δ 7625

Order quantity sets

246

93,5

134,5

75,5

54 54 54 59 59

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7 7

Ø 8

1

1

2

2

707292

707292

Security fittingDesign 7376 4





With backplate inside:

with FSB 1023Bronze

with FSB 1107AluminiumAlu + ColorStainless steel

With roses inside:

with FSB 1023Bronze


7b

439


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steelBronze

Design 7375

Δ Knob



Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2


Δ 01 Δ Δ white Δ Δ 6204 Δ Δ 7305 Δ 7615 Δ 7625Bronze finishes cf. page 38 f.

Order quantity sets

246

93,5

134,5

75,5

54 54 54

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7

Ø 8

7

85 85

1

1

2

2

707292

707292

Security fittingDesign 7375 4





With backplate inside:

with FSB 1023Bronze


With roses inside:

with FSB 1023Bronze


Bronze artificially aged and waxed (7615)

440


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7385




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets

248

94,5

134,5

75,5

56 56 56 54,5 54,5

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7

Ø 8

7

1

1

2

2

707292

707292



4





7b

441


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7386




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets

248

94,5

134,5

75,5

56 56 56 54,5 54,5

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

245

93

45

80100

7

Ø 8

715 15

1

1

2

2

707292

707292



4





442


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7387




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets

119

134,5

54 54 54 56,5 56,5

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7

Ø 8

7

296,5

75,5

1

1

2

2

707292

707292



4





7b

113,5

134,5

54 54 54 56,5 56,5

55

38

21,5

Ø 12

15 15

245

93

45

80100

7

Ø 8

7

286

75,5

1

1

2

2

707292

707292

443


Type of furniture

Inside execution



Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7388




Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 55 mm Δ 70 mm1, 3

Δ 72 mm2 Δ 92 mm2



Order quantity sets



4





444


Type of furniture

Inside execution

Classification

Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7374



Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 70 mm1, 3 Δ 72 mm2

Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm


Order quantity sets

185112

54 54 54 60 6055

38

Ø 12

Ø 8

15 15

185

45

7 7

50

72

21,5

50

72 80

1

2

2






7b

445


Type of furniture

Inside execution

Classification

Handing of door


Spacing

Spindle


Stainless steel

Design 7377

Δ Knob


Δ S2 11 mmΔ S2 15 mmΔ S2-ZA 8 – 16 mm


mm

Δ 70 mm1, 3 Δ 72 mm2

Δ 7 mm Δ 8 mm


Order quantity sets

185112

54 54 5455

Ø 12

Ø 8

15 15

185

45

7 7

50

72

21,5

50

72 80

85 85

38

1

2

2






446

7530 30Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel

Lever handle furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm9 mm Δ-spindle

suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 12.5 to 15.5 mm

* Acc. to German DIN standard

Security hardware tested and certificatedto DIN 18257 ES 1

DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 (cf. p. 427) Reg.-No. 3V05


245

134,5

75,5

Ø 10

93

92245

93

92

55 50

156

35 35

21,5

98

13,5

134,5

75,5

Ø 10

21,5

7


Lever handle furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle



Knob furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm9 mm Δ-spindle



Knob furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle


447

245

134,5

75,5

Ø 10

93

92245

93

92

55 50

156

35 35

21,5

98

13,5

134,5

75,5

Ø 10

21,5

7



Lever handle furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm9 mm Δ-spindle

suitable for cylinder projec-tions from 8 to 13 mm


Lever handle furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle



Knob furniture for framed fire doors*Outer backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle



Knob furniture for framed doorsOuter backplate 14 mmInternal backplate 7 mmPZ 72 mmPZ 92 mm8 mm Δ-spindle


7b

* Acc. to German DIN standard

Security hardware tested and certificatedto DIN 18257 ES 1

DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 (cf. p. 427) Reg.-No. 3V05

448


Technical information www.fsb.de/flush

We have set new benchmarkswith our flush furniture (cf.page 146 f.): supplied withAGL® or fire-check (FS) bear-ings and in all FSB materials, ithas established itself as theNumber One choice for de-sign-conscious architects andhouse builders. Our flush ar-moured roses echo this formalconcept, systematically ad-vancing it to the main entrancedoor. They are based on theDIN EN 1906 S2-approvedFSB armoured rose 7395, towhich a cylindrical cover hasbeen added. The factor that ul-timately determines whether7396 Series armoured rosescan be flush-fitted is not somuch the door’s thickness asthe distance from the lock cen-

tre to the outside of the door:said distance needs to be atleast 33.5 mm in the case ofFSB 7396 1010 and a modest29 mm in the case of FSB7396 2010. The lower dimen-sion for 7396 2010 is due tothe securing disc being omit-ted, making 7396 2010 a first-class choice in cases involvingawkward dimensional configu-rations as regards door thick-ness and lock position: wherea door is overly thin or the po-sition of the lock less than ide-al, 7396 2010 facilitatescompensation of cylinder pro-jections up to 4.5 mm greaterand door thicknesses up to 4.5mm less than with the 73961010 model. Omitting the se-curing disc does not affect the

449

7b

60,5

4,2

627,5

33,5

Ø 56

Ø 61

Ø 9

7

12,5

min.61/56mm

Mill out dimensions, inside

Mill out dimensions, outside

mm) need to be 38 mm apartand at least 7 mm deep onboth sides. The areas ma-chined subsequently requiresealing. Since flush fitting hasno bearing on the SecurityClass, armoured roses can ofcourse also be allowed to proj-ect by a few millimetres or, in-deed, they can be “classically”surface-mounted, a solutionevery bit as visually impressivegiven the elemental geometryimbuing 7396. Similarly, theclient can dispense with in-ward flush fixing so as to har-monise the rose with classichardware on all other internaldoors. Please request solutionsof this kind individually. Theseoptions and a wide variety ofavailable materials open up


7396 10107396 2010

Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel Bronze Brass

Les deux versions des rosesde protection ont été mis àl´épreuve et sont certifiées selon DIN 18 257 ES 1.

DIN EN 1906 Security class 2(voir page 429f.)No. d´enregistrement 3V06

60,5

38

12,5

7396 1010

7396 2010


- door thickness- version 7396 1010 or 2010- material/finish- quantity

60,5

1,527,5

29

7396 1010 7396 2010

the greatest possible degree offlexibility as regards designand price to fabricators andarchitects seeking to fulfil be-spoke customer aspirations.

Security Class either - bothversions accordingly have anS2 classification under DIN EN1906. A further distance of27.5 mm from the lock centreto the inside of the door is re-quired to be able to flush-fitthe inside rose too. This givesrise to a minimum door thick-ness of 56.5 mm, which ismerely theoretical in nature,however: the crucial dimen-sions for flush-fitting purposesare the 33.5 mm and 29 mmalready referred to. The flush-recessing of hardware necessi-tates routing out an area 61.5mm in diameter and 12.5 mmdeep on the outside of thedoor and an area 56 mm in di-ameter and 7 mm deep on theinside. The lug boreholes (Ø 9

450

Protection roses

3244Aluminium Alu + Color

Suitable for cylinder projec-tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm

Screw hole-Ø 3.2 mm

3246Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel BronzeBrass

Suitable for cylinder projec-tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mmScrew hole-Ø 3.2 mm

73917392

Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel

7393Aluminium Alu + ColorStainless steel

Suitable for cylinder projec-tions (CP) from 8 to 15 mm

Integrated safety engineeringdemands that the external di-mensions of an armoured rosebe 11 or 16 mm greater thanits fixing centres. In parti cular,this needs to be borne in mindwhen ordering a mix of hard-ware.

55

38

14

53

38

10

7391 7392

62

38

15

60

38

14

Stainless steel AluminiumBrass Alu + Color

92

36

70

26,7

16 19

102

36

70

26,7

15 19

451

38

12,5

61,5

38

14,5

62,3

38

16,5

63

38

12,5

61,5

38

14,5

62,3

38

16,5

63

7395 1...Aluminium Alu + ColorAluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass

Suitable for cylinder projections(CP) as per table below

7395 0...Aluminium Alu + ColorAluGreyStainless steel BronzeBrass

Suitable for cylinder projections(CP) as per table below

Protection roses

Dimensions (mm) Ø height CP Item nos.

61.5 12.5 6.5 7395 1010

62.3 14.5 8.5 7395 1110

63.0 16.5 10.5 7395 1210

Dimensions (mm) Ø height CP* Item nos.

61.5 12.5 12.5 7395 0010

62.3 14.5 14.5 7395 0110

63.0 16.5 16.5 7395 0210

* recommended cylinder projection ± 1.5 mm

7b

Both security roses have been tested and certificated to DIN 18257 ES 1

DIN EN 1906 Security Class 2 (cf. page 427) Reg.-No. 3V06

453

Letter platesBell-push platesNumeralsTechnical Information

Overview

Letter plates

Intercom and bell-push plates


Bell pushes

Numerals

454

455

456

461

462

462

465

7c

Letter platesLetter plates

FSB supplies all letter plateswith spring mechanisms - thusalso facilitating vertical fitting.FSB manufactures letter platesand their accessories for themost diverse of assembly sce-narios, with a wide variety ofexternal and aperture dimen-sions and with custom inscrip-tions and engravings, moreover:

– letter plates with or withoutspacer

– letter plates with or withoutnameplate, optionally withplastic frame or name en -graved directly onto the letterplate

EN 13 724

The European Standards Com-mittee drew up the above ENstandard in cooperation withthe German Post Office, letter-plate manufacturers and re -presentatives of consumer as-sociations. On the subject ofopenings for domestic letter-boxes, the standard states thata C4-format test envelope (229 × 324 mm) up to 24 mmthick must be able to passthrough the opening withouthaving to be folded or dam-aged in any way. FSB letter-plate models 3829 and 3801meet this requirement.

454

36/Ø 9

Bell push and light socket

Bell pushes may only beconnected to a protective lowvoltage (max 42 V). Given thehigh no-load voltage involved,we recommend connecting thelight socket (lamp operationmax. 24 V/40 mA) to the safetytransformer (8 V).

Important note regarding assembly:

When fitting letter plates andbell-push plates, please en -sure that these are not directlyexposed to driving rain

Fixing

Concealed fixing:Ø 9 mm, 36 mm deepØ 4.5 mm for through fixingFixing is performed using theenclosed M4 screws.

Visible fixing:

On request, intercom/bell-pushplates and letter plate 3808can also be supplied for visiblefixing using 5mm-diametercountersunk screws.

455

Overview Brass

Bronze

New products 09 |10

Aluminium

Stainless steel

3801 Page 456

3808 Page 457

3826 Page 458

3829 Page 459

3835 Page 460

3845 Page 461

5812 Page 461

3812 Page 462

3811 Page 462

3810 Page 462

3863 Page 464

3866 Page 463

3865 Page 463

3864 Page 463

3863 Page 464

4005 Page 465

7c

Fixing holes :10 mm Ø, 8 mm deep5.5 mm Ø through

Installation with deliveredscrews M5.

390

48

75

370

350

350

28

20

28

75

20

75

275

255

295

255

48

456

3801 Aluminium

2001 without nameplate2002 with nameplate

Opening size 325 x 32 mmCutout size in the door 350 x 48 mm

Letter plates

3804 Aluminium



8

Ø 10 Ø 5,5

Letter plates 3801 20, 3804 20are fitted with springs and canhence be installed vertically.

457

Letter plates

7c

Letter plate system 3808 isavailable as:

- Letter plate set with blackspacer and inner flap fordoor thickness 40 - 70mm or door thickness 71 - 100 mm

- Letter plate, without spacer or inner flap, with concealed fixing or for wall mounting.

3808 Stainless steelBronze


Concealed fixing from the in-side or through the inner flap.

Customised engravingscf. page 253

3808 0061 (40 – 70 mm)3808 0071 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwithout nameplate,with spacer and inner flap

3808 00013808 0101, wallmountingLetter plate without nameplate,without spacer or inner flap

3808 0062 (40 – 70 mm)3808 0072 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwith nameplate,spacer and inner flap

3808 00023808 0102, wallmounting Letter plate with nameplate,without spacer or inner flape

290

290

246

265

277

236

90 78 50

11,5

40–7071–100

14 90 60

36/Ø 9

7

R 8

Fixing holes:9 mm Ø, 36 mm deep4.5 mm Ø through

Installation with deliveredscrews M4.

458

Letter plates

Letter plate system 3826 20 isavailable as:

- Letter plate set with blackspacer and inner flap fordoor thickness 40 - 70 mm or door thickness 71 - 100 mm

- Single as letter plate.

3826 20AluminiumStainless steelBrass


Fixing of letter plate and innerflap must be made separately.


3826 2001Letter plate without nameplate,without spacer or inner flap

3826 2062 (40 – 70 mm)3826 2072 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwith nameplate, spacer andinner flap

3826 2002Letter plate with nameplate, without spacer or inner flap

275 240

265

230

83 8378

15

40–7071–100

16,5R 840

16,5

50

275

459

Letter plates

7c370

83 42

344,5

275

83 42

249,5

3829AluminiumStainless steel


Opening size/cutout size in the door 325 x 40 mm

3826AluminiumStainless steel


Opening size/cutout size in thedoor 230 x 40 mm

460

Letter plates

Letter plate system 3835 00 isavailable as:

- Letter plate set with blackspacer and inner flap fordoor thickness 40 - 70 mmor door thickness 71 - 100mm

- Single as letter plate.

3835 00AluminiumStainless steel

Opening size 230 x 40 mmCutout in the door 240 x 50 mm

Fixing of letter plate and innerplate must be made separately.


3835 0001Letter plate without nameplate,without spacer or inner flap

3835 0062 (40 – 70 mm)3835 0072 (71 – 100 mm)Letter plate setwith nameplate, spacer andinner flap

3835 0002Letter plate with nameplate, without spacer and inner flap

270 240

265

230

85 8578

15

40–7071–100

10 50R 8

40

18,5

270

461

Letter hood Flap

7c

82

44

320 5812 Aluminium

For aperture size280 x 65 mm

78

275 3845 Aluminium

For aperture size255 x 40 mm


Mill out size W 245 x H 70 x D 30 mm

3810 ....Stainless steelBronze


155

130

90

7

155

130

90

7

155

130

90

7

462

3812 ....Stainless steelBronze


Engravings cf. page 263 Noteson fixing methods cf. Page 454


290

265

90

90

7

7

Versions 3810/3812: Interchangeable plastic nameplates0011 single0012 double 0111 single, wallmounting0112 double, wallmounting

Interchangeable screw-on na-meplates (68 x 20 mm) inStainless steel and bronze forcustom name engraving*0021 single0022 double 0121 single, wallmounting0122 double, wallmounting

Without nameplates for cus-tom name engraving* 0031 single0032 double 0131 single, wallmounting0132 double, wallmounting



3864 ....AluminiumStainless steel


463

140

83 42

114,5

140

83 42

114,5

140

83 42

114,5

3866 ....AluminiumStainless steel


Instruction:

Bell pushes may only beconnected to a protective lowvoltage (max 42 V). Given thehigh no-load voltage involved,we recommend connecting thelight socket (lamp operationmax. 24 V/40 mA) to the safetytransformer (8 V).


275

83 42

249,5

83 42

7c

Versions 3864/3866 :Interchangeable plastic nameplates0011 single0012 double

55

55

464

3863 Aluminium


Bell pushes

Instruction:Bell pushes may only beconnected to a protective lowvoltage (max 42 V).

465

Numerals

FSB’s programme of numeralsand letters draws on a designthat Otl Aicher recommendedto our company as a headlinetypeface. For Otl Aicher, goodlegibility from a distance wasall important.Our numerals and letters aremade of 4 mm-thick stainlesssteel, material code 1.4301.All characters feature twostandardised fixing pointscomprising 4 mm threadedsockets. These are fitted withbolts which in turn are secu-red in 8 mm rawlplugs.

Each character is supplied witha fixing template that also de-termines the distance betweencharacters. Custom spacingcan be achieved by reducingthe width of templates.

4005 ..Stainless steelBronze

Item nos:4005 ..

127 108

4

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 00

1514131211 16

01

7c

Harmony, composition

and colour scale.

It was Le Corbusier’s intentionto create a binding palette ofcolours that subordinated itselfto the rules of architecture anddid not vio late them – other -wise he foresaw the danger ofthe coloured wall degenerating into a decorative carpet. Whitesurfaces continue to be key:they are the prerequisite forthe luminescent power of the colour shades deployed,which in turn cause the white wash to appear more brilliant. It was a question ofspecifying colours that are“eminently architectural” innature. But how were the colours to interrelate? Le Corbusier searched for colourmoods whose composition didnot derive from any objectiveanalysis of relations between

colours. What was decisive wastheir impact on the beholderand on the architecture. Hewent in search of har monicequations and colour balances– differentiating between warmand cold shades as well asbetween varying levels of radi-ant intensity depending on thegiving lighting situation. More-over, “his” colours were expec-ted to act to offset missingmaterial values in the space bymeans of light moods. Le Corbusier’s efforts to draw upnormative principles did notconstitute some abstract sy-stem but were, instead, gearedtowards human usage – muchlike the “Modulor”, a usage-oriented means of determiningdimensions and proportions.

467

Ergo lever handle,barrier-free fittings, XXL-lever handlesErgo door handle

Model 1119


Barrier-free hardware

8a468

469

470

471

468

Ergo lever handle

Ergo lever handle 7655 solvesalmost all ergonomic problemsassociated with heavily useddoors. Theses are the principalbenefits of the FSB 7655 Ergolever handle:

– the triangular alignment of the handle accords with the user’s direction of movementat any given time.

– this angular form accommo-dates the sequence of move-ments involved in operating the door.

– its fullness and sectional sty-ling echo the hollowing ofthe human hand as it closes to grip.

– its two-way alignment offers a firm hold should elbows beneeded for its operation.

7655 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel

200

9885

9

469

8a

Model 1119

FSB 1119 draws on the in-sights that FSB gained in co-operation with the FraunhoferSociety in the course of scientific analyses on the design of a lever handle forlarge-leaf doors in hospitals.Whereas the greatest attentionwas paid to ergonomic para -meters when spawning the Ergo lever handle, in the caseof FSB 1119 formal aestheticshave taken precedence. Itscreator is FSB’s in-house designer Hartmut Weise, whowas also responsible for theErgoSystem.

1119 Aluminium AluGrey Stainless steel

149

62 54

470


These are the three designsthat have established themsel-ves in the marketplace overthe years. For reasons of stabi-lity, FSB only supplies its XXLlever handles with a 9 mmspindle.

We recommend DIN heavy-duty (Class 5) locks, cf. page531 ff.

The XXL door levers FSB pro-duces are a particularly popu-lar choice for use on hospitalward doors. Architects are al-ways coming to us demandingextra-long door handles.

182

62 55

9

20

7690 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel


167

58

9

163

7558

9

7652 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel


7617 9 mm Δ

Stainless steel


471

8a

Barrier-free hardware

42404241


Centres 72 (WC 78 mm) concealed fixing on both sides

Width of standard backplate 45 mmWidth of renovation backplate 55 mm(to cover over old boreholes)

With the requirements for barrier freedom in mind, FSBhas also given fresh thought totraditional hardware solutions.What distinguishes barrier-free door furniture is that, aswell as the door handle being more easily reached by wheel-chair users, it is also easier toinsert the key due to its beingsituated – more accessibly and visibly – above the handle.Barrier-free hardware can befitted to existing doors andlocks without the need for anymodification work. The renova-tion backplate (width 55 mm)conceals boreholes left by theold fittings, moreover.

Integrated into the hardwarebeneath the coverplate is arugged mechanism that allowsthe lever handle to be posi-tioned beneath the profilecylinder.

45

245200

72

56

256200

72

824

9

Renovation version 4241

Standard version 4240

Combinable with all FSB leverhandle models.

Suitable for locks acc. to DIN 18 251

M5 stainless steel screws supplied as a function of doorthickness.

Other lock centres can becatered to on request.

Order details:

- DIN handing- Lock follower dimensions - Lock centres- Lever handle model


BB PZ WC R

ErgoSystem®for barrier-free livingOverview

Explanations

Showers and baths

Washstands and bathroom accessories

WC

8b474

476

478

494

502

473

Overview

474

Showers and baths

Products for washstands,bathroom accessories

WC

Grabrail Page 482 Angled railss Page 482

Fixed support rails Pages 494f. Drop-down support rail Page 495 Floor/wall-mount. supp. rail Page 496

Hooks Page 500 Hooks Page 500 Wall buffer Page 501

Drop-down and Pages 502f.

fixed support railsArmrest Page 506Backrest Page 504

Handrail configuration Pages 478ff.

Tray Page 478 Walking aid holder Page 487 Bath towel rail Page 493

475

8b

Shower stool Page 485 Shower tip-up seat Page 486 Bath seat Page 486

Shower curtain rail Page 488 Splash guard holder Page 490 Slide rails Page 492

Towel holder Page 497 Utensils tray Page 499Wall mirror Page 499

Supporting leg Page 505 WC actuator Page 507 Toilet roll holder Pages 508f.

Toothmug holder, soap dish Page 500

Toilet brush set Page 509

Hanging seat Page 484

Shower head holder Pages 491f.

Tilting mirror Page 498

ErgoSystem®for barrier-free living

476

Spanning many generations

FSB has been a source ofhandle culture for over 120years now. It was graphic designer-cum-philosopher Otl Aicher who, in the early1980s, urged us to considerwhat operating a handle actually involves, and thiseventually led to us formulatingour “four-point guide to goodgrip”. Since then it has beenthe norm at FSB to considerergonomic parameters whendesigning products.

Barrier-free handle culture

FSB’s expertise in the sphereof door pulls has now beenapplied to designing barrier-free products for sanitary appli cations. The new diagonal-oval ErgoSystem draws rigorously on the laws of ergonomics. The new grabhandle system offers the elderly and infirm in particularan ideal means of self-help byproviding physical support inthe sanitary and general domestic spheres and has,therefore, a strong social component. The system is anaid to activity, imparting a sense of safety and hence enhancing the quality of life.An expert’s report by the German Society for GeriatricEngineering expressly confirmsthe high functional value ofFSB’s ErgoSystem.

Natural grip

If you press the tips of yourthumb and forefinger together,you may be surprised to disco-ver you have created an ovalhollow in between. FSB’s ergo-nomic new handle conceptputs this simple observation togood effect. An oval form pro-vides the ideal cross-sectionfor a handle because it is sonatural. This holds especiallytrue if the oval section is thentilted through 45 degrees-diagonal angling that accordswell with the movementthrough space our hands describe when taking hold ofan object. The equation

diagonal + oval = optimum grip

is what makes FSB’s latest ErgoSystem design so unique:this combination makes it easier to get a firm grip, some-thing that is particularly crucialfor the elderly or infirm.

477

8b

The products covered in theErgoSystem section likewiseundergo stringent quality con-trol at our works. They have al-so been submitted to the Rhi-neland Technical InspectionAgency and the German Socie-ty for Geriatric Engineering tobe examined and validatedagainst quality and safety re-quirements.

All products have been accor-ded the following quality kite-marks:

We can forward the relevantcertificates upon request.

The enclosing action

A basic distinction can be madebetween enclosing and takinghold of an object. With the latter action, only parts of thefingers come into contact withthe object, hence force is onlyintermittently applied by one onthe other. With the enclosingaction, by contrast, the wholeof the hand comes into play,allowing the full force availableto be harnessed. This is themost spontaneous kind of grip,one we all instinctively adoptwhen we are forced to keep ourbalance or support our selves.An oval cross-section accordsparticularly well with the ana -tomical dictates of the humanhand. Our hand encloses theelliptical section snugly. Pres-sure is applied evenly by allparts of the fingers and the bestuse is made of all the joints inthe hand, including the wrist.This means that far less forceneeds to be exerted than witha circular cross-section to prevent the handle slipping outof our grasp. The oval formprovides the best possible means of support whilst keeping physical effort low.

Sturdiness in the diagonal

The second variable for ergo-nomic design concerns the diagonal movement throughspace described by the arm asit seeks to orient and supportitself when taking hold of anobject. The action is set in motion by the shoulder joint,carried out by the hand via theoutstretched or slightly angledarm, and rounded off with anenclosing action. A sturdy triangle is thus created thatmakes for optimum trans -mission of forces from the body to the hand via the arm.We have accordingly opted foran oval cross-section for thegrab and support handles, setting them at an angle of 45 degrees.

The design concept

Form and function are as onein our ErgoSystem products.Their angled oval grip sectionsdeliver a high level of ergonomicgripping comfort and do notrequire dimpling of any type toaid the transmission of forces.It is likewise possible to foregoall forms of anti-slip surfacetexturing. Rugged fixing rosesmake a very re assuring im-pression on the user. Thestainless steel used is incom-parably sturdy and corrosion-resistant. It remains virtuallyfree of marks and scratcheseven if continuously subjectedto the roughest forms of treat-ment. The distinctive formalvocabulary of the elliptical gripsections combines with the design of the connector ele-ments to engender a sense ofairy elegance.

The striking design features ofthis functional handle systemare carried over in their entiretyinto the complementary acces-so ries, thus ensuring end-to-end design schemes for sho-wers, baths, washstands andtoilets. Here, too, our insights into the gripping action underpinned develop-ment efforts and gave rise tosome very user-responsive so-lutions: the toothbrush beakerholder, for instance, is tiltedoutwards, whilst the toiletbrush is at an angle conduciveto speedy removal and revertsto that position when returnedto its container. This reducesto a minimum the number ofhand and arm movements required. The quality of the ErgoSystem is the sum of itsfunctional support solutionsand its restrained, end-to-enddesign.

Showers and baths

478

The handing of angled railsand handrail configurationsrelates to the view into thecorner of the space: angledrails indicated as being “lefthand” are for fitting to the lefthand wall from thisperspective and vice versa.

479

8b

8213 0101 r.h. 8213 0102 l.h. 8213 0201 r.h. 8213 0202 l.h.

Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem


Handrail configuration

L1 = 675 mm L2 = 675 mm L1 = 675 mm L2 = 675 mm L1 = 825 mm L2 = 675 mm L1 = 675 mm L2 = 825 mm

Shown here: l.h.

L2

93

225

93

L1

225

320 320

70

135°

Showers and baths

480


8210 0201 r.h. 8210 0202 l.h. 8210 0301 r.h. 8210 0302 l.h.

8211 0101 r.h. 8211 0102 l.h. 8211 0201 r.h. 8211 0202 l.h. 8211 0301 r.h. 8211 0302 l.h.


“L” shaped grabrail

H = 1048 mm L = 450 mm H = 1048 mm L = 450 mm H = 1198 mm L = 600 mm H = 1198 mm L = 600 mm

Shown here: l.h.

L

70148

93

H



L1 = 750 mm L2 = 528 mm L1 = 528 mm L2 = 750 mm L1 = 975 mm L2 = 528 mm L1 = 528 mm L2 = 975 mm L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm

Shown here: l.h.L2

70

L1

93

225


Showers and baths

481

8b

96

155

35

8212 0100 8212 0200 8212 0301 8212 0302




L1 = 750 mm L2 = 750 mm L1 = 975 mm L2 = 975 mm L1 = 750 mm L2 = 1125 mm L1 = 1125 mm L2 = 750 mm

L2

70

93

225

L1

225

8260 0039 Plastic

Soapdish for attaching to grabrail and handrail configurations

Showers and baths

482

8202 5120 8202 7720

L1 = 300 mmL1 = 450 mm



Grabrail

8201 3000 | L = 300 mm8201 4500 | L = 450 mm8201 6000 | L = 600 mm8201 9000 | L = 900 mm

L

70

93

8202Stainless steel

Angled grabrail

L2 = 512 mm L3 = 210 mmL2 = 772 mm L3 = 320 mm

135°

L2

L1

93

L3

70

483

8b

8203 3000 8203 6001 r.h.8203 6002 l.h.



“L” shaped grabrail

L = 300 mm H = 300 mm L = 300 mm H = 600 mm L = 300 mm H = 600 mm

Shown here: l.h.

L

70

93

H


Showers and baths

Showers and baths

484


8250Stainless steel (Frame)

Seat section PUR

Hanging seat with spring-assisted tip-up mechanismand gripping bulk at the top of backrest

400

600

460

240

Showers and baths

485

8b


8241 Stainless steel (Frame)

Seat section PUR

Shower and bath stoolrotatable seat section

420 –520

400

280

145

708242

Stainless steel

Retention stirrup for shower and bath stool

8241 1000Stainless steel (Frame)

Seat section PUR

Shower and bath stoolrotatable Seat section with retention stirrup

70

250

250 8242 0001Stainless steel

Retention stirrup forshower and bath stoolfor fitting in corners

Showers and baths

486



Seat section PUR

Tip-up shower seatrotatable seat section

400 510

170 160


Seat section PUR

Hanging bath seat

700 – 900

420

345

8b

Showers and baths

487


100

188

44


Walking aid holder for universal positioning and use in the home

Showers and baths

488

8238 1000 8238 1200 8238 1500

Important note: the distancebetween the shower curtainrail and the ceiling must be at least 400 mm. The distancebetween rail centre and curtainis 20 mm and that bet weenthe bottom of the curtain andthe floor ought to be 30 mm,cf. example shown.

L1

500


Shower curtain rail with curtainrings and ceiling connectorthat can be shortened

L1 = 1000 mm L2 = 1000 mmL1 = 1200 mm L2 = 1200 mmL1 = 1500 mm L2 = 1500 mm

8235 1200 8235 1500 8235 1800

8235Stainless steel

Shower curtain rail with curtainrings and ceiling connectorthat can be shortened

Anti-suicide variant with re-usable locking mechanismon the ceiling connector

L1 = 1200 mm L2 = 1200 mmL1 = 1500 mm L2 = 1500 mmL1 = 1800 mm L2 = 1800 mm

20

30


L1

L2

Showers and baths

489

8b

8237 1200 .... 8237 1800 ....

8237 Textile

Shower curtain with attach-ment eyelets, variants on page 490

Shower curtain rails runninground a corner require twocurtains

L = 1200 mm H = 2000 mm L = 1800 mm H = 2000 mm

8234 09008234 12008234 15008234 1800

8234Stainless steel

Shower curtain rail with curtainrings for alcoves, can be shortened on site

L = 900 mmL = 1200 mmL = 1500 mmL = 1800 mm

Customised solutions on request.

70

L

20

30

Important note: the distancebetween the shower curtainrail and the ceiling must be at least 400 mm. The distancebetween rail centre and curtainis 20 mm and that bet weenthe bottom of the curtain andthe floor ought to be 30 mm,cf. example shown.


490

Showers and baths


8249Stainless steel

Splash guard holder for shower, hooks onto FSB grabsand handrail combinations

8200 magicwhite 8800 manhattan9000 white

8236 0850 ....

8236 0850Textile

Splash guard with fasteningloops, for use on FSB drop-down support rails 850 mm in length

L = 900 mm H = 720 mm

835

128

42

22

491

8b

Showers and baths


The new shower head holdermakes for convenient shower-ing: it combines an ergono -mically fashioned bow handlethat is safe and easy to oper-ate without any turning actioninvolved and features a main-tenance-free, continuously adjustable height and tiltmechanism.

The shower head holder canbe effortlessly adjusted withone hand – leaving the otherfree at all times and giving theuser the opportunity to, for instance, hold on to a grabhandle.

135

77

492

Showers and baths


8239Stainless steel

Slide rail with shower headholder for fitting to grabs andhandrail configurations

8239 1048 | L = 1048 mm8239 1198 | L = 1198 mm


Slide rail with shower headholder for fitting to wall

Length = 900 mm

70

Ø 22

L

91

70

900

90

493

8b

Showers and baths


Twin bath towel rail


Bath towel rail

600

Ø 22

70

90

600

Ø 22

70

160

FSB Metric® bathroom accessoires cf. page 517ff.

494


8220 6001 r.h. 8220 6002 l.h. 8220 7001 r.h. 8220 7002 l.h.

L = 600 mm L = 600 mm L = 700 mm L = 700 mm

Shown here: l.h.



Fixed support rail

200

L85


495

8b

8224 6011 r.h.8224 6012 l.h.8224 7011 r.h.8224 7012 l.h.



Fixed support rail

8221 6000 | L = 600 mm 8221 7000 | L = 700 mm

Suitable for l.h. and r.h. applications.

195 140

L85

195 140

L85


Drop-down support rail withspring loading, ease of actionadjustable as required

L = 600 mm L = 600 mm L = 700 mm L = 700 mm

Shown here: l.h.

All hardware bearing either the“ righthand” or “ lefthand”symbol needs to be orderedand fitted to suit the relevanthanding. The prevailing view inthis instance is that towardsthe washstand/WC: the “right-hand” model is for fitting tothe right of the washstand/WCand vice versa.

496



8225 6001 r.h. 8225 6002 l.h. 8225 7001 r.h. 8225 7002 l.h.


Floor/Wall-mounted support rail

L = 600 mmL = 600 mmL = 700 mmL = 700 mm

Shown here: l.h.

850

L

85



497

8b



Towel holderrigid

412,5

70

Ø 22


Twin towel holder with swivel capability

421

70

Ø 12

498




Tilting mirror with angle of tiltadjustable from 0° to 12°,easy-action and customisableoperation

600

800

75

499

8b


600

450

74 44

150


8260 0015 Plastic

Utensils tray with slight inclination towards the walland non-slip surface for thesafe deposit of items

600

44 8260 0051 Wall mirror1000 x 600 x 6 mm with 4 mirror holders

500



Synth. mat.

Toothmug holder with Synth. mat. tooth mug

130 124

4436

117

85 112

44


Synth. mat.

Soap holder with Synth. mat. soap dish


501

8b


44

86

80

40

32

40

47

44


Wall hook


Coat hook

87

44


Coat hook

44

132


Wall buffer

44

32


Wall hook,anti-suicide variant with re-usable tilt fastening


Double wall hook,anti-suicide variant with re-usable tilt fastening


Wall hook


Wall hook double

502

WC

L = 600 mmL = 600 mmL = 700 mmL = 700 mmL = 850 mmL = 850 mm

Shown here: l.h.

Wall bracket adaptor enablingfixed and drop-down supportrails to be retrofitted as re-quired

Order code 8227



Drop-down support rail withspring loading, ease of actionadjustable as required

160 140

L160 8224 6001 r.h. 8224 6002 l.h. 8224 7001 r.h. 8224 7002 l.h. 8224 8501 r.h. 8224 8502 l.h.


WC

503

8b

Assembly note Specification details:www.fsb.de/ergosystem


Fixed support rail

8222 7000 | L = 700 mm 8222 8500 | L = 850 mm

Suitable for l.h. and r.h. applications.

160 140

L160

700150


Drop-down support rail for lateral assembly so as to reduce utility shaft widths for WC bowls projecting max. 550 mm

8224 7021 r.h. 8224 7022 l.h.

Shown here: l.h.

160 140

75

930

160

504

WC



PUR

Backrest for retrofitting todrop-down support rails as required

Shown here:1 backrest 82472 drop-down support rails 8224

570

135

505

8b

WC


8228Stainless steel

Leg for FSB drop-down support rails to increase supportable load by approx.50 kg and reduce load exerted on wall

8228 0001 r.h.8228 0002 l.h.

35

66

L

23


Walking aid holder for universal positioning and use in the home

100

188

44

506

WC


132

118

33

38330

67


Plastic

Toilet roll holder for fitting tosupport rails and grab handles

8246 PUR

Armrest for fitting to supportrails and grab handles


Information sign

4059 0004 This way4059 0103 Wheelchair user4059 0101 Man4059 0100 Woman

All new information signscf. page 232f.

100

100

507

8b

WC

65

123

57

69


Synth. mat.

Push-button bracket for fittingto support rails and grabsSupplied without push buttons

Shown here:Mepa Sanicontrol 860

Brackets for further makes canbe supplied on request


60

85

46

50

160 140

850

700

160


Plastic

Radio-controlled actuator for flushing the WC


Drop-down support rail withfunction buttons

righthand:8224 8503 blue (1) / yellow (1)8224 8505 blue (1)8224 8507 yellow (1)lefthand:8224 8504 blue (1) / yellow (1)8224 8506 blue (1)8224 8508 yellow (1)

508

WC



Toilet roll holder with roll retainer

155

129

70

90

121

44


Spare toilet roll holderfor one toilet roll

509

8b

WC

223

22

70



Spare toilet roll holderfor two toilet rolls


Plastic

Toilet brush set

363

100

144

245

Assembly and fastening methods

510

Important note

Should your walls necessitatea different form of fixing (light-weight designs, cavity bricks,secondary wall systems etc.),please follow the instructionsof the wall-plug or wall-systemmanufacturers.

SX 8 plug6 x 50 cross recessedcountersunk screw

RoseStainless steelcovering profile

70

Accessories comprising 6 X 50 stainless steel cross-recessed countersunk screwsand SX 8 plastic wall plugsare supplied for fixing thehandrail and grab system tosolid masonry walls.

SX 10 plug8 x 60 cross-recessedscrew to DIN 571

RoseStainless steelcovering profile

85

Accessories comprising 8 X 60 stainless steel hexa -gonal screws conforming toDIN 571 and SX 10 plasticplugs are supplied for fixingsupport rails and grab handlesto solid masonry walls.

Plug-in assembly

Handrail, corner and end sections are fitted with con-nector lugs having, on oneside, a tapped borehole intowhich an M6 set screw hasbeen inserted and, on the other, a countersink.

Sections are joined together bypushing these connector lugsinto a snug-fit retention slot on the bracket and securelyfastening them with a tool-size3 socket key via a borehole onthe underside.

Fixing

The fixing roses for the hand -rail and grab system have sixboreholes, making for very secure screw fixing.

Once assembly has been completed, stainless steel covering profiles are attachedto the fixing roses with the aidof plastic clips to conceal thescrew fixing.

The means of fixing is con-cealed by clipping on thestainless steel covering profile.This type of fixing is specifi-cally applicable for a rose of70 mm Ø.

The means of fixing is con-cealed by clipping on thestainless steel covering profile.This type of fixing is specifi-cally applicable for a rose of85 mm Ø and plinth tiles.

511

8b

Recommended fastening methods Nature of wall

· Concrete (> B15)

· Plasterboard· Chipboard· Hardboard backed with

bonded laminated timberboard

· Solid V2 lightweight concrete block

· Solid clay brick· HLz4 vertical coring brick· G2 expanded concrete

(pumice stone)· Cored sand-lime brick

· Vertical coring brick· Cored sand-lime brick· Cavity block

· Concrete· Natural stone· Solid sand-lime brick· Solid construction materials· Solid bricks

Grab handles and handrail configurations

Fischer SX 8 x 40 wall plugs

6 x 50 cross-recessedcountersunk screw


Support rails and tip-up seat


8 x 60 hexagonal screw acc. to DIN 571

Fischer SX 10 LR x 80 wall plugs

Fischer with screw anchor collar

FISH 16 x 75 M injection screw anchor collar and FISE 11 x 75 M8 injection internal thread anchor

Fischer with no screw anchor collar

FISE 11 x 75 M8 injection internal thread anchor

The screw material supplied by FSB can beused in conjunction with the wall-plug typesshown here.

512

Planing adviceWC

OKF

850

480

700 850

700

OKF

It is necessary when planningbathrooms and WCs in barrier-free buildings to conform tothe following standards:

Fixing height including seat

WC depth (distance of frontedge from wall)

Negotiable area at sides

Negotiable area in front of WC

Distance of WC from side wall

Drop-down rails· Distance between rails· Integrated flushing

mechanism· Integrated toilet roll holder· Backrest

DIN 18 025/1

48 cm

70 cm

95 cm to the left or right

150 cm deep150 cm wide

30 cm

as requiredas requiredas required

as requiredas required

DIN 18 025/2

as required

as required

as required


as required

as requiredas requiredas required

as requiredas required

DIN 18 024/2

48 cm

70 cm

95 cm to the left or right


95 cm

on both sides at a height of 85 cm70 cmon the left and right

on the left and right55 cm back from the front edge of the WC

DIN 18 025 Part 1 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new rented andcooperative accommodationand corresponding residentialfacilities suitable for wheel-chair users.

DIN 18 025 Part 2 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new, barrier-freerented and cooperative acc -ommodation and correspond -ing residential facilities.

DIN 18 024 Part 2 relates to the planning, execution andfitting-out of public-accessbuildings or parts thereof aswell of places of work andtheir outdoor facilities, i.e. ofall structural facilities exceptthose of a purely residentialnature. This standard does notapply to schools, nurseryschools or hospitals – theseare governed by the buildingregulations in force in a givenfederal state.

513

8b

Planing adviceWashstands

OKF

750

OKF

850800

670

300

Fixing height, top edge ofwashstand

Negotiable area in front of washstand

Free space at side ofwashstand

Room to negotiate beneath

Seating room beneath

Contactless single-lever fittings with anti-scald feature

Soap dispenser

Flush or recess-mountedstench trap

Mirror usable in either seated or standing position

DIN 18 025/1

as required

150 cm deep 150 cm wide

20 cm (preferably 30 cm)

Knee space 30 cm

Depth at a height of 67 cm

mandatory

as required

mandatory

as required

DIN 18 025/2

as required



Knee space 30 cm


as required

as required

mandatory

as required

DIN 18 024/2

80 cm



Knee space 30 cm


mandatory

Dispensing point at side at a height of 85-100 cm

mandatory

Fixing height: bottom edge of tilting mirror 130 cm or else floor-to-ceiling mirror

514

Planing adviceShower

OKF

850

480

OKF

It is necessary when planningbathrooms and WCs in barrier-free buildings to conform tothe following standards:

Flush with floor (no steps to be negotiated)

Retro-installation of a bath

Tip-up seat

Grab handle

Fittings

DIN 18 025/1


to be capable of having a lifter run underneath

Fixing height 48 cm

as required

as required

DIN 18 025/2


must be possible

as required

as required

as required

DIN 18 024/2


not prescribed for the public domain

Fixing height 48 cm

Fixing height 85 cm

Fixing height 85 cm at side,within reach of a person sitting down

DIN 18 025 Part 1 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new rented andcooperative accommodationand corresponding residentialfacilities suitable for wheel-chair users.

DIN 18 025 Part 2 applies to the planning, execution andfitting-out of new, barrier-freerented and cooperative acc -ommodation and correspond -ing residential facilities.

DIN 18 024 Part 2 relates to the planning, execution andfitting-out of public-accessbuildings or parts thereof aswell of places of work andtheir outdoor facilities, i.e. ofall structural facilities exceptthose of a purely residentialnature. This standard does notapply to schools, nurseryschools or hospitals – theseare governed by the buildingregulations in force in a givenfederal state.

METRIC®Bathroom Accessoires 8c

517

518

The bathroom is increasinglybecoming a place for tran -quillity and relaxation. As aresult, notions of how suchspaces are designed arehaving to be reconsidered too.The concept of “atmosphere”has begun to play an evermore important part alongsidepurely functional require-ments.

Factors such as “natural -ness”, “simplicity” and “feelinggood” are setting new standardsboth in the domes tic sphereand in hotels and public areas.Growing significance attachesin the process to the selectionand combina tion of naturalmaterials, finishes and colours.

FSB is echoing this trend inthe design of its METRICbathroom accessory series.

METRIC’s looks are conscious-ly understated, being definedby geometric forms and pre -mium materials. The stylisticcontrast between round rosesand rectangular-sectionsupports is a thematic threadthat runs through the entireseries. The combination of thetwo simultaneously under -scores the crisp structuring ofthe system’s constituent parts.Its astutely balanced propor -tions have a soothing effectand blend harmoniously with a variety of design concepts.

Ergonomic criteria havebeen taken into accountwherever they are an aid tofluent sequences of move-ments. The holder for thetoothbrush glass, for instance,tilts towards the user in amanner that facilitates the actof removing the glass.

METRIC is supplied in satinstainless steel. As well asbeing aesthetically pleasing,stainless steel exudes anauthenticity that combinesparticularly well with naturalmaterials such as wood andgranite and makes it a firmcontender for inclusion inquality bathroom schemes.

This dependable material hasa justifiable reputation forbeing serviceable, corrosion-resistant, easy to look afterand durable. The quality withwhich FSB works stainlesssteel is the upshot of manydecades of experience gainedfrom producing well-designed,superlatively engineered hard-ware for doors and windows.

We have now applied thisproficiency in design andmanufacture to the METRICbathroom accessory series.

Fixing

The base rose (wall mounting)contains two parallel slots foroptimum positioning and isscrewed to the wall using thefixing material supplied.

The cover rose is then pressedhome and the pattern alignedas required.Final visual adjustment of thefunctional components is per-formed by firmly tightening thehexagon socket screw againstthe tensioning bolt.

METRIC® in detail

519

8c

Overview

Bath towel rail Page 520 Bath towel rail Page 521

Toilet roll holder Page 524 Spare toilet roll holder Page 524 Spare toilet roll holder Page 525

Coat hook Page 527 Coat hook Page 527 Wall buffer Page 527

Shower stool Page 528 Free-standing stool Page 529

Towel holder Page 521

Utensils tray Page 522 Toothmug holder Page 523 Soap dish Page 523 Shower rail Page 526

Toilet brush set Page 525

520

METRIC® Bathroom Accessoires


Bath towel rail double rail

46,5

600

Ø 22

157

Specification details:www.fsb.de/metric

521

8c



Bath towel rail


Towel rail double rail, swivel action

46,5

88

600

Ø 22

419

73

Ø 12


522



Glass

Utensils tray in frosted glass


Glass

Utensils tray in plain glass

46,5

600

158

46,5

600

158


523

8c



Glass

Glass holder with toothbrush glass


Synth. mat.

Soap holder with Synth. mat. soap dish

117

85 113

46,5

130 124

46,5


524



Toilet roll holder with roll retainer

144

129

88

46,5



Spare toilet roll holderfor one toilet roll

121

46,5

525

8c



Spare toilet roll holderfor two toilet rolls


Toilet brush set

210,5 195

22

46,5

88,5

366

100

146

250


526



Shower rail with shower-head bracket for wall fixing

900

46,5

88,5


527

8c



Coat hook

46,5

5115

25


Coat hook

46,5

8915

25


Wall buffer

132

46,5


528



Seat section PUR

Shower and bath stoolrotatable Seat section with retention stirrup

The height-adjustable bathstool with rotating seat isdesigned with comfort inmind. Propped up against theedge of the bath, it makesgetting into the bath easier.Further bathroom functionssuch as body care or gettingdressed/undressed are likewi-se facilitated.

400

420 –520


529

8c



Seat section PUR

Free-standing stool with rotating seat

The free-standing stool has arotating seat and is very con-venient in the bathroom andfor getting dressed/undressed.

480

400


The Salubra wallpaper

collection by Le Corbusier.

To get to grips with the pro-blem of colour fluctuations,Le Corbusier used commoncolour pigments when mixinghis colours. By a felicitous co-incidence, he was contractedby wallpaper manufacturersSalubra to develop a new col-lection in the early 1930s.Wallpapers are reproducibleand free of colour fluctuationsand thus accorded excellentlywith what he was after. LeCorbusier’s colour grammar,the “Polychromie architectu-rale”, was already highly evol-ved by this stage and testedin practice. The first Salubracollection comprised 43 uni-tone shades and a number ofdiaper and dot patterns. Hechose pastel shades derivedfrom the 12 base colours for

the most part, amongst themochre and earth colours, ultra-marine, “English green”, oran-ge, blue, vermilion and crim-son plus white and four sha-des of grey. The collection wasstriking for the way it seemedto be put together like a musi-cal scale. A slide device insample books enabled contra-sting colour combinations formain walls and smaller surfa-ces to be bracketed. The co-lours were also arranged bymoods designating the desiredspatial effect, moreover,. LeCorbusier did not have recour-se to wallpapers that oftenhimself – nevertheless, theywere an artistic inspiration tohim and found expression inhis late work in the form ofcollages

Mortice locks

531

9aOverview

Mortice locks acc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5

Mortice locks acc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 3

Mortice locks for framed doorsacc. to DIN 18 251-2 Class 3

Strike plates

Euro profile cylinders

533

534

536

538

539

540

532

Mortice locksby FSBSatisfactory doesn’t satisfy us

Competent product solutionsought to be a matter of coursefor a highly evolved society, asshould equally reliable func-tioning over a product’s full lifecycle. Doors accompany ourlives for a great many yearsafter all. That’s reason enoughto scrutinise the material, de -sign, engineering but also,crucially, the durability of adoor in its entirety. Durabilityequates with cost-effectiveness,meaning that dearer can becheaper in the long run. That’sbecause, as well as procure-ment costs, it is also necessaryto bear in mind all outgoingsover a product’s anticipatedlife cycle – repairs, servicingand any replacement included.That holds particularly true fordoors subject to constantheavy-duty operation –open/shut, open/shut,open/shut – for many decades.

It’s accordingly a question ofthe stability of the door in itsentirety. And that ultimatelydepends on the performanceproperties of all the individualcomponents, those being:

– lock– hardware– cylinder– hinges– frame– door leaf

A system’s overall performance,however, is as strong as itsweakest link, as they say. It isnot enough, therefore, to con -form to standards that solelyrelate to individual components.

Locks by FSB: Quality “Madein Germany”

In its capacity as an interna-tional project brand and inkeeping with the approach ithas to quality in any case, FSBis therefore adding Class 3 and5 mortise locks and Class 3panel locks to its productrange with publication of thepresentManual, specifically with a viewto providing its internationalmarket partners co-ordinatedentire solution from a singlesource.

Quality requirements laiddown by EN 12 209

European standard EN 12 209governs the requirements andtest methods for locks. The DIN18 251-1 and 18 250 stan-dards, which are made upwithin EN 12 209, divide qual-ity requirements into five use-related Classes as adumbratedbelow:

Class 1:Locks for lightweight doors

Class 2:Locks for internal doors

Class 3:Cylinder locks for flat-entranceand heavy-duty doors,cf. pages 536f.

Class 4:Cylinder locks for heavily-useddoors (+ anti-burglary devices)

Class 5:Cylinder locks for very heavily-used doors (+ anti-burglarydevices), cf. pages 534f.

In practical planning terms thelock class selected reflects thedoor’s anticipated level of use.Where there is any uncertaintyregarding the level of use ofdoors in building projects, FSBrecommends erring on theside of safety by opting forFSB Class 5 heavy-duty locks.

Our cooperation partner SSF,which has been making locksfor over a century, has devel-oped a new series of locks thatare suitable for heavily-useddoors in every respect. Settingthem apart are superlativeworkmanship, manufacturingaccuracy and their modularconfiguration. The provisionsof DIN 18 51-1 for a “Class 5”rating are met and, indeed,exceeded. For detailed infor-mation on this lock please turnto pages 534f.

Mortice locks for framed doors

In the case of hardware forframed doors in particular,though, reliable functioning isdependent not only on thelever handle and its bearingsbut also on the fixing system.FSB has thus optionally adapt-ed the fixing system for itsframed door hardware to FSB02 Series/Class 3 framed doorlocks with through fixing points.A special fixing set enablesFSB framed door hardware tobe prepared to order at theworks. As well as ensuring asecure fit, this form of throughfixing also makes for signifi-cantly shorter assembly timesfor framed door hardware.

The requisite panel locks areto be found on page 538, theattendant fixing set on page551.

The package is completed bystrike plates and Euro profilecylinders by German manufac-turer Winkhaus.

534

Mortice locksacc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5Features:

1. Latchbolt steel nickel pla-ted with sound dampingfunction

2. Gripping steel follower

3. Follower with steel bear ing

4. Hardened steel deadboltwith conical design

5. Protective sleeve at allthrough fixing points

6. High quality sprung follo-wer for durability and pre-venting handle sagging

7. Auxiliary anti thrust bolt,supplied on request

8. Latchbolt reversiblewithout opening lockcase,deadbolt design symme-tric, lachtbolt and deadboltin the center

9. Fully enclosed lock case,zinc plated and lacquered

10. Lubrication device

11. Corrosion safety class 4,acc. to German DIN stan-dard 1670 (240 hrs. saltspray test)

12. Srew guide for cylinderfixing

13. Backsets from 50 mm upto 100 mm

14. Tested and certified for fireand smoke stop doors acc.to German DIN standard18 250 with 9 mm Δ follo-wer, 10 mm Δ follower al-so supplied on request

15. Stainless steel forend,material no. 4301

15

10

8

1

7

4

12

13

9

5

3

11

14

2

6

535

9a

8813 0006 Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 5

Reversible latchEuro profile cylinder cut out(PZ) 72 mmLatchbolt can be retracted bycylinder

Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt double-throw: 20 mmSpindle: 8 mm ΔSpacing: 72 mmBackset: 55 mmForend width: 24 mm , Stain-less steel, rounded

35

98

165209

235

72

34

37

35

9,5

55

33

24

3

15,5

Mortice locksacc. to DIN 18 251-1 Class 5

78

Versions supplied on request:

– Backsets 50, 60, 65, 80 and100 mm

– Follower with 9 or 10 mm Δ– Square forend – Forend width 20 mm– Forend in different materials

(brass) and finishes– WC/bathroom version (cf.

illustration beside)

Equipment:

– All versions with throughfixing point for FSB roses1731/1735 + 1707/1708

– Supplied with 2 pcs. screwsPhillips drive 4.5 x 25 mm

536


8813 0001Mortice lock acc. to GermanDIN 18 251-1, Class 3

Latchbolt can be retracted bycylinderEuro profile cylinder cut out(PZ), spacing 72 mm

Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt double-throw: 20 mmSpindle: 8 mm ΔSpacing: 72 mmBackset: 55 mmForend width: 24 mm, Stain-less steel, rounded

35

98

165209

235

72

34

36,8

35,2

9,6

55

33,5

24

3

15,5


– Backsets 50, 60, 65, 80 and100 mm

– Follower with 9 or 10 mm Δ– Square forend– Forend width 20 mm– Forend in different materials

(brass) and finishes

Features:

– Gripping steel follower withnylon bearing

– High quality sprung followerfor durability and preventinghandle sagging

– Latchbolt steel nickel plated– Conical steel dead bolt– Fully enclosed lock case,

zinc plated– Lubrication device

– Chip covering sleeve at follo-wer through fixing points

– All versions with throughfixing point for FSB roses1731/1735 + 1707/1708

– Supplied with 2 pcs. screwsPhillips drive 4.5 x 25 mm

537


9a


Bathroom/WC function

Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt double-throw: 20 mmGripping follower: 8 mm Spacing: 78 mmIndic. furniture follower: 8 mm

35

98

165

78

34

36,8

35,2

9,6

55

33,5

3

35

98

165

34

9,6

55

33,5

3

134,8

98

165

72

35,2

55

33,5

3

35


Latch function

Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt centered on forendGripping follower 8 mm


Deadbolt function, double-throw 20 mm

Deadbolt in the center

538

8813 0007 Mortice lock for framed doorsacc. to German DIN 18 251-1,Class 3

Euro profile cylinder cut out(PZ), spacing 92 mm

Latchbolt reversible withoutopening lockcaseLatchbolt and deadbolt cen-tered on forendDeadbolt single-throw: 21 mmFollower: 8 mmBackset: 35 mmForend width: 24 mm, Stain-less steel, square


– Backsets 25, 30, 40, 45,and 50 mm

– Forend widths 16, 20, 22and 25 mm

– Forend in different finishes– Follower with 10 mm Δ– Latchbolt and deadlock with

projection 5 mm (backsetsequal or smaller than 45 mm)

93

92

46

5043

187 22124548

35

19

21

15

35

3

16,5

11,5

29

30

31

9

24

Mortice locks for framed doorsacc. to DIN 18 251-2 Class 3

Features:

– Latchbolt with sound dam-ping function

– Latchbolt and deadboltnickel plated

– Gripping steel follower– Lock case closed on top and

on bottom– Chip covering sleeve at follo-

wer through fixing points

539

Strike plates

9a

8814 0001l.h.

8814 0002r.h.

Stainless steel

Thickness 2 mm

Supplied with 3 pcs. screwsPhillips drive 3.5 x 20 mm

Different finishes available onrequest

52 60

52

170152

28

15

24

15

13

1

5

Illustration : l.h.

540

Euro profilecylinders

8812 200130.5 / 30.5 mm

8812 200235.5 / 35.5 mm

Euro profile double-cylinderType 01

Areas of application:– Inside and outside– Standard doors

Properties:– Reinforced key guide via

special cylinder cores– Sintered steel cylinder cam

33

61 17

1030,535,5

R15

30,535,5

5-pin system

40R15

5-pin system

17

1030,535,5

33

8812 220130.5 mm

8812 220235.5 mm

Euro profile half-cylinderType 02

Areas of application:– Mortice locks– Garage door locks– Key switch

Properties:– Easily adjustable cylinder

cam– Reinforced key guide via

special– Sintered steel cylinder cam

Note:

Not suitable for use in anti-panic multiple locking devices.

– Supplied with 3 pcs. metalkeys

– Labeled with “Winkhaus”and “FSB” each one side

61

30,535,5

R15

40

30,535,5

Ø30

5-pin system

17

10

33

541

Euro profilecylinder

9a

8812 210130.5 / 30.5 mm

8812 210235.5 / 35.5 mm

Euro profile thumbturncylinderType 04

Areas of application:– Indoors– Front doors

Properties:– Outside: locking cylinder,

inside: thumbturn– Reinforced key guide via

special cylinder cores– Sintered steel cylinder cam

Note:

Not suitable for use in anti-panic multiple locking devices.

Functionally, keys can be tur-ned empty up to 355°.

– Supplied with 3 pcs. metalkeys

– Labeled with “Winkhaus”and “FSB” each one side

543

SpindlesScrewsOverview

FSB Stabil-spindle

FSB Stabil-half-spindle

Accessories Stabil-spindle

FSB Special spindle

Adaptor sleeve

Fixing accessoires

544

545

546

548

549

550

551

9b

544

Overview

0103 | 0163Page 546

0102 | 0162 Page 548

0402, 0406 Page 548

0425 Page 550

0440 Page 553

0441Page 553

0125 Page 549

0172, 0173 Page 550

0183, 0188 Page 550

0309Page 552

0410 Page 553

0115, 0116Page 546

0107, 0177 Page 547

0442 50 Page 548

0313 Page 552

0316 Page 552

0319, 0320 Page 553

0325 Page 553

0303Page 552

0315 Page 552

0526 10Page 551

0526Page 551

0450Page 551

New products 09 |10

545

Features

1. Solid square-section construction

2. Fastening for anchor clamp3. Anchor clamp with pre-

stress springing4. Grub screw with piercing

punch

The FSB stock range servesthe following door thicknesses:

– 36 to 45 mm with the 8 mm FSB Stabil-spindle

– 66 to 75 mm with the 10 mm FSB Stabil-spindle

To this stock range all lengthsof accessory parts are adapted.Hardware can be pre cision customised for other door orspindle thicknesses, with ac-cessories to match.

The FSB Stabil-spindle carrieson from where its predecessors– the FSB Screw and the FSBAnkerspindle – left off. New isa spring loaded tolerance com-pensator pierced by the grubscrew when fastened.

Assembly instructions: Pass the spindle with the malelever or male knob handlethrough the lock follower. Thefemale lever or female knobhandle is fitted to the spindleand the two parts pushed to-gether securely.

The grub screw in the neck ofthe female lever or femaleknob handle is tightened andthe handles are checked seve-ral times to ensure perfectoperation. The grub screwshould now be further firmlytightened until it pierces thespindle clamping clip. Visiblesign for correctly mounted fur-niture: The head of the screwis flush with the handle’s neck.

Check the fit by turning,pushing and pulling the handle a number of times.

FSB Stabil-spindle

14

2

3

Surface of the lever handle

9b

X

X

546

*stepped, 8 mm lever handle hole / 10 mm follower


Dimension X

0115 0710 7 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm0115 0714 7 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm

0115 0810 8 × 60 mm, 20 – 24 mm0115 0812 8 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm0115 0814 8 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm0115 0816 8 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm0115 0818 8 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm



0116 1012 8/10 × 65 mm, 25 – 29 mm*0116 1014 8/10 × 70 mm, 30 – 34 mm*0116 1016 8/10 × 75 mm, 35 – 39 mm*0116 1018 8/10 × 80 mm, 40 – 44 mm*

Dimension X

0163 0708 7 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0163 0716 7 × 75 mm, 35 – 43 mm

0103 0808 8 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0103 0812 8 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm0103 0816 8 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm

0103 0908 9 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0103 0912 9 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm0103 0916 9 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm

0103 1008 10 × 55 mm, 15 – 24 mm0103 1012 10 × 65 mm, 25 – 34 mm0103 1016 10 × 75 mm, 35 – 44 mm

0103FSB Stabil-half-spindlefor through fixing

01150116FSB Stabil-half-spindlefor doors drilled on one side

547

0177 0820 8 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm0177 0824 8 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm0177 0828 8 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm0177 0832 8 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm0177 0836 8 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm0177 0840 8 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm0177 0844 8 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm



0107 1020 8/10 × 85 mm, 36 – 45 mm*0107 1024 8/10 × 95 mm, 46 – 55 mm*0107 1028 8/10 × 105 mm, 56 – 65 mm*0107 1032 8/10 × 115 mm, 66 – 75 mm*0107 1036 8/10 × 125 mm, 76 – 85 mm*0107 1040 8/10 × 135 mm, 86 – 95 mm*0107 1044 8/10 × 145 mm, 96 – 105 mm*

For Knob backplates in Aluminium and AluGrey


For Knob backplates in Bronze and Stainless steel


For door knobs (version 06)


The door thickness given forthe FSB Stabil-half-spindlewith plug assumes a backplateor rose thickness of 7 mm.


9b

01770107FSB Stabil-half-spindlewith plug (M12 thread) for screw mounting in knobneck, lever operable

* stepped, 8 mm lever handlehole / 10 mm follower

for door thickness

0162 0725 7 × 100 mm, 35 – 43 mm0162 0726 7 × 100 mm, 43 – 50 mm0162 0731 7 × 112 mm, 50 – 57 mm0162 0739 7 × 132 mm, 71 – 78 mm0102 0826 8 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm0102 0834 8 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm0102 0842 8 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm0102 0926 9 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm0102 0934 9 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm0102 0942 9 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm0102 1026 10 × 100 mm, 36 – 55 mm0102 1034 10 × 120 mm, 56 – 75 mm0102 1042 10 × 140 mm, 76 – 95 mm0404 threaded bolt M6 × 12 mm with pin

548

0402Grub screw with piercing punch

0402 0601 M6 × 8 mm0402 0602 M6 × 9 mm0402 0603 M6 × 10,5 mm0402 0604 M6 × 11,5 mm

Where it is intended to form a set out of two female handleparts, the first step involvesconstructing a male handleusing the FSB Stabil-spindleand the special threaded boltwith pin that goes with it.

To produce this spindle-and-handle unit, the grub screwmust engage fully in the spindle-boreholes leaving the screwhead flush with the surface ofthe handle. Thereafter assemblyis as for the FSB Stabil-spindlein standard use.

The door thickness given forthe FSB special Stabil-spindle assumes a backplate or rosethickness of 7 mm.

25

20

Female part of lever withthreaded bolt 404

Female part of lever with grub screw 0402

AccessoriesStabil-spindle

0406Anchor clamp spring

0406 1807 18 mm (Δ 7 mm)0406 2508 25 mm (Δ 8 mm)0406 2008 20 mm (Δ 9 mm)

0442 50FSB Stabil-blind-spindle

8 × 75 mm, for door thickness 36 – 45 mm

0162 | 0102FSB Special-stabil-spindleas a provisional device for leverhandle sets comprising two female handles

for door thickness

549

Outside Inside

Doorthickness

Shankscrew

XA

XI

LA LI

A I

0125

Fixing instructions

1. From the outside insert spindle section A into the lock follower.

2. From the inside insertspindle section I into thelock follower and screw thetwo spindle sections to -gether by means of theshank screw on the coup-ling washer.

3. Place the turnably fixedlever handles together withthe backplates or roses onthe spindles.

4. It should be ensured that there is no play between theplates or roses and the doors. The slightest slack-ness can lead to the con-nection in the lock followerbeing ruptured due to the forces exerted in operatingthe door.

5. Finally, firmly tighten thecup points on the two leverhandles against the spindle.Heads of screws must be flush with the surface of the handle.

FSB Special spindle

Lever handle spindle for splitfollower, item no. 0125

An equally proven FSB specialspindle of 9 mm square sec-tion, item no. 0125, is availa-ble for locks with split follower. It suits door thicknesses from34 mm to 101 mm.

When ordering, please specify:– Door thickness– Dimensions XA and XI– Item no. of FSB furniture

When deploying the FSBspindle for locks with a splitfollower, it is important not on-ly to heed building regulationsbut also to bear in mind thatpanic fittings (lock, cylinder,spindle, handles etc.) are in-tended solely for use in anemergency and should neverbe fitted to doors in constantoperation. FSB would drawyour attention to the recom-mendations and observationsof the lock industry in this re-spect.

9b

Solid Δ-spindles 8 mm

0172 0810 8 × 60 mm0172 0814 8 × 70 mm0172 0818 8 × 80 mm0172 0822 8 × 90 mm0172 0826 8 × 100 mm0172 0830 8 × 110 mm0172 0834 8 × 120 mm0172 0838 8 × 130 mm0172 0842 8 × 140 mm0172 0846 8 × 150 mm0172 0850 8 × 160 mm

= =

35 35

550


0173 0910 9 × 60 mm0173 0918 9 × 80 mm0173 0926 9 × 100 mm0173 0934 9 × 120 mm0173 0938 9 × 130 mm0173 0942 9 × 140 mm0173 0946 9 × 150 mm0173 0950 9 × 160 mm

0425Adaptor sleevefor lever handles, spindlesand lock followers

0425 0708 7 on 8 mm0425 0809 8 on 9 mm0425 0810 8 on 10 mm0425 0910 9 on 10 mm0425 0885 8 on 8,5 mm

Adopter sleeve

Stepped spindles,both sides

0183 0926 0183 0934

0184 1026 0184 1030 0184 10340184 10380184 1042

8/9/88/9/8

8/10/88/10/88/10/88/10/88/10/8

××

×××××

100 mm120 mm

100 mm110 mm120 mm130 mm140 mm

Stepped spindles,one side

0188 09100188 09160188 0934

0189 10100189 1016 0189 10180189 10260189 1030

9/89/89/8

10/810/810/810/8 10/8

×××

×××××

60 mm75 mm

120 mm

60 mm75 mm80 mm

100 mm110 mm


0171 0708 7 × 55 mm0171 0710 7 × 60 mm0171 0716 7 × 75 mm0171 0718 7 × 80 mm0171 0726 7 × 100 mm0171 0730 7 × 110 mm

551

0526 10Fixing accessoires for frameddoor furniture with throughfixing option, in combination with FSB mortice locks 02 se -ries acc. to DIN, cf. page 531f.

9b

Fixing accessoires

45 – 49 mm50 – 54 mm55 – 59 mm60 – 64 mm65 – 69 mm70 – 74 mm75 – 79 mm80 – 84 mm85 – 89 mm90 – 94 mm95 – 99 mm

100 – 104 mm

50 mm55 mm60 mm65 mm70 mm75 mm80 mm85 mm90 mm95 mm

100 mm105 mm

0526 10450526 10500526 10550526 10600526 10650526 10700526 10750526 10800526 10850526 10900526 10950526 1000

Door Thickness

Boltlength

Item nos.

0526Fixing accessoires for frameddoor furniture

Screws M5 x 25 mm withrivet nuts

0450Cup point

0450 9020 6001 M6 × 7 mm

552

Fixing accessoires

0313 Steel stud

0313 0670 M6 × 70 mm0313 0680 M6 × 80 mm

0313 0880 M8 × 80 mm

0316 Steel stud for timber fixing

0316 0640 M6Total length: 40 mm, Length of thread: 10 mm

0316 0840 M8Total length: 40 mm, Length of thread: 15 mm

0315Cross recessed tapping screwwith countersunk head

2,9 × 16 mm3,9 × 16 mm4,2 × 19 mm

0308 0555 M5 × 55 / for door thickness 47 – 56 mm0308 0565 M5 × 65 / for door thickness 57 – 66 mm0308 0575 M5 × 75 / for door thickness 67 – 76 mm0308 0585 M5 × 85 / for door thickness 77 – 86 mm0308 0595 M5 × 95 / for door thickness 87 – 96 mm0308 0501 M5 × 105 / for door thickness 97 – 106 mm

0308Cross recessed raised countersunk oval head boltfor door knobs with throughfixing (Item no. 23.. 06) anddoor thickness ≥ 47 mm

0309Bolts with M4 threaded sleeve nut 0309

Size

M4 × 35M4 × 40M4 × 45M4 × 50M4 × 55M4 × 60

Boltlength

35 mm40 mm45 mm50 mm55 mm60 mm

Adjustablebetween

37 – 45 mm42 – 50 mm47 – 55 mm52 – 60 mm57 – 65 mm62 – 70 mm

for door thickness

25 – 33 mm30 – 38 mm35 – 43 mm40 – 48 mm45 – 53 mm50 – 58 mm

0303Cross recessed raised countersunk oval head bolt

0303 0515M5 × 15 mm

0303 0535M5 × 35 mm

Adjustable between

Bolt length

553

9b

0440Lever handle distance roseto increase the distance between door and lever handle

Aluminium Stainless steel*

0440 20 20 mm*0440 25 25 mm0440 30 30 mm

0441Blind rose to blank out the lever handlehole on backplates

Aluminium

0410 00FSB socket spanner – for half spindles for doors

drilled from one side– for half-spindles with plugs

Fixing accessoires

0320 Dome nuts


0320 0800 M8

Stainless steel and bronze0320 0800 6211 M8

0319 Dome nuts

Aluminium 0319 0600 M60319 0800 M8

Stainless steel0319 0800 M8

0325 Dome nuts with extension 12 mm

Aluminium

0325 0600 M60325 0800 M8

03200319

555

Kicking platesVentilation platesVentilation grillsPerforated platesTechnical Information

Kicking plates

Finger plates

Measurement detailsof perforation

Perforated Plates

Ventilation plates

Ventilation covers

Ventilation plates withfixing webs

Air inlet and outlet grills

556

557

558

559

560

563

564

565

566

9c

Kicking plates and finger plates

Doors are not always openedgently or with clean fingers. To prevent doors being soiledor mutilated, FSB supplies fin-ger plates for the area adja-cent to the lever handle andkicking plates for where feettend to make contact.

Kicking and finger plates areavailable in a wide variety ofmaterials (aluminium, stainlesssteel, brass) and thicknesses.

With or without screwholes

For assembly purposes, FSBkicking and finger plates aresupplied as standard with ho-les for 3 mm countersunkscrews. On express request,they may be supplied withoutscrewholes, however. Plates 1mm thick (FSB 5222 forexample) can be made anddelivered with self-adhesive fo-il instead of screwholes. Fittingsuch items requires experienceand care on the part of theuser. Most importantly, thesurface of the door needs tobe absolutely even and clean.

Perforations

Finger plates are generally ma-chined to accept roses andbackplates. FSB supplies fin-ger plates as standard withpiercings for the lever handlerose and for a standard euro-profile cylinder.

Return edges

Kicking plates and finger pla-tes can feature a return edge. To ensure a good fit, detaileddrawings need to be enclosedwith orders that take accountof all the structural tolerances involved. Should no suchdrawings or models beforthcoming, FSB will alwaystreat size cited for straightfor-ward return edges as internalsize, notably in the case of re-bated doors.

Shapes

Finger plates and kicking pla-tes can come in many concei-vable shapes, a few examplesare shown here.

Basically, it’s a question ofavailing oneself of the classicforms, i.e. square, circle, rect-ange and triangle. To this ex-tent FSB appeals to theimagination of designers andwill gladly provide quotes onreceipt of dimensioned dra-wings.Data transferred in .dxf- or.dwg format can directly beprocessed by FSB.

Risk of injury

Items such as kicking plates,ventilation plates, ventilationgrills, ventilation covers andperforated plates are made ofthin, sharp-edged material.When fitting them, it is impor-tant to make sure they lie flushagainst the surface to whichthey are to be attached. Suchitems should be handled withextreme care when being un-packed, fitted, checked for po-sitioning and, indeed, throughout their service life.Carelessness in this respectcan easily lead to fingers get-ting injured, especially in thecourse of cleaning routines.

556

Technical Information

557

5222 1 mm


5223 1.5 mm


5224 2 mm


Kicking plates not availablewith lacquered finish.

Kicking plates

9c

558

Finger plates

5300 without return

5310 with return

Perforations

Finger plates can be piercedto accommodate roses or bak-kplates. The simplest way ofproviding accurate specifica-tions here is to cite the rosesor back plates used togetherwith their product codes. Thefollowing options are possible:

5320 without return

5330 with return

Option 1

Lever handle rose above (e.g. 1731), keyhole perforation below (e.g. europrofile cylinder).

Option 2

Lever handle rose above, escutcheon below (e.g. 1731,1735).

5340 without return

5350 with return

Option 3

Backplate with visible fixing (e.g. model 1402).

Option 4

Backplate for concealed fixing (e.g. 1450).

5360 without return

5370 with return

Further options

FSB can also produce otherforms of finger plates to cus-tomer specifications through“CNC” or laser procedures.Please send dimensioneddrawings. We will submit ourown drawings and a quote byreturn.

L

length

mmpce nor.h.l. h.

B

width

mm 2

a

backset

mm

b

spacing

mm

c

keyholespacingmm 1 3 4 BB PZ

keyholes e. g.perforations with product codes for rosesor backplates used

d

return

mm

L

b

c

a

ad

B

L

b

c

a

ad

B

L

b

c

a

ad

B

L

b

c

a

ad

B


all Illustration r. h.

559

t

t w c

c

Perforation w t c

7 14 7

t w c

t c

Perforation w t c

Ø 6 10 4

wt1

t2

c

l

u Perforation w l t1 t2 u c

20 x 4 4 20 8 26 13.0 440 x 7 7 40 13 48 24.0 6

55

25

48

12

B

L

X

X

Perforated Plates

Perforated plates are suppliedwith edges at least 15 mmwide. If broader edging isdesired, the size you specifyshould be regarded as mini-mum values, since they mayin fact be greater due to thedictates of the perforationgrid.

9c

20 x 4 mm slotted perforation

Relative free airflow area34.2 %

40 x 7 mm slotted perforation


With conchately louvredventilation slotsSlot length 48 mm

Ventilation section1.2 cm2/slot

560

5551 1 mm


5552 1.5 mm


5558 1 mm


5559 1.5 mm


5581 1.5 mm

Aluminium

Perforated Plates

561

6 mm round perforation


7 mm square perforation


5501 1 mm


5502 1.5 mm


5524 1 mm


5525 1.5 mm


Perforated Plates

9c

Size 360 x 135 mmSlot length 50 mm

Ventilation area 144 cm2

Cutout size in the door330 x 115 mm

Size 360 x 135 mmSlot length 50 mm

Ventilation area 134.4 cm2

Cutout size in the door330 x 115 mm

Size 55 mm Ø

Ventilation area2.88 cm2

Cutout size in the doorØ 37 mm

562

5801 Aluminium 1.5 mmStainless steel 1 mm

5802 Aluminium 1.5 mmStainless steel 1 mm


Perforated Plates

563

5833 1 mm


Ventilation plates with 7 mm Δ-Perforation

Ventilation slide

No.

5833 245833 31

5833 375833 385833 395833 40

5833 41

5833 465833 475833 485833 515833 61

Size

200 × 60 mm250 × 75 mm

250 × 80 mm300 × 80 mm400 × 80 mm500 × 80 mm

400 × 90 mm

300 × 100 mm400 × 100 mm500 × 100 mm500 × 90 mm600 × 90 mm

Cutout sizein the door

165 × 35 mm220 × 50 mm

220 × 50 mm275 × 50 mm375 × 50 mm470 × 50 mm

375 × 65 mm

275 × 80 mm375 × 80 mm470 × 80 mm470 × 65 mm570 × 65 mm

Ventilationarea

17.64 cm2

31.30 cm2

31.30 cm2

39.20 cm2

52.90 cm2

66.90 cm2

63.70 cm2

55.86 cm2

79.38 cm2

94.08 cm2

83.30 cm2

100.45 cm2Suitable as counterplates to 5821

5835 1 mm


Ventilation plates with concha-tely louvred ventilation slotsSlot length 48 mm

No.

5835 245835 315835 41

Size

200 × 60 mm250 × 75 mm400 × 90 mm


165 × 45 mm220 × 60 mm385 × 60 mm

Ventilationarea

10.80 cm2

14.40 cm2

28.80 cm2

5821 4 mm

Aluminium

Ventilation plates with 7 mm Δ-PerforationAvailable length up to 600 mm

No.

5821 245821 315821 415821 515821 61

Size

200 × 60 mm250 × 75 mm400 × 90 mm500 × 90 mm600 × 90 mm


175 × 35 mm235 × 50 mm385 × 65 mm475 × 65 mm565 × 65 mm

Ventilationarea

16.60 cm2

29.40 cm2

62.70 cm2

77.42 cm2

89.67 cm2

Suitable as counterplates to 5821

9c

38–40

89

425

564

5807Aluminium 1.5 mmStainless steel 1 mm

HORA-ventilation coverfor bathroom with gas heating

Ventilation section 150 cm2,corresponding to the Germanbuilding regulations.

Size 450 x115 mmDoor cutout 425 x 89 mm

5833 0038Aluminium

Ventilation gridSize 300 x 80 mmDoor cutout 280 x 55 mm

Ventilation section39.2 cm2

5812 Aluminium

Ventilation hoodSize 320 x 80 mmDoor cutout 280 x 65 mm

Ventilation section46.55 cm2

Items such as kicking plates,ventilation plates, ventilationgrills, ventilation covers andperforated plates are made ofthin, sharp-edged material.When fitting them, it is impor-tant to make sure they lie flushagainst the surface to whichthey are to be attached. Suchitems should be handled with

extreme care when being un-packed, fitted, checked for positioning and, indeed, throughout their service life.Carelessness in this respectcan easily lead to fingers get-ting injured, especially in thecourse of cleaning routines.

Ventilation covers

565

22 22

80 65

1,5

15 Length L

22 22

100 85

1,5

15 Length L

86 72

1,5

18

14,5 14,5

Length L

14

5840 Aluminium

Width 80 mmPerforation 20 x 3 mm

5841 Aluminium


5844 Aluminium


Edge spacing on 5840, 5841and 5844 is 14 mm

Ventilation areas:

5840 208.8 cm2/linear metre5841 278.4 cm2/linear metre5844 400.0 cm2/linear metre

Ventilation web plates

The ventilation web plates5840 and 5841 are availablein stock lenghts 200, 300,400, 480, 500, 600, 800,1000 and 2500 mm.

The ventilation web plates FSB 5844 are available instandard lengths of 400 and500 mm.

A tailor-made constructionaccording to your require-ments is possible. Specialconstruction and special finishon request.

9c

566

5588 Aluminium

Fixing procedure A I + A II

5589 Aluminium

Fixing procedure A III + A VI

FSB air inlet and outlet grills in aluminium are deployed asdecorative fittings in ceilings,walls, heating covers, furnitureand so on. They cannot be walked or driven on.

Ordering procedure as well assizes and models described onthe following pages.

11

21

Length L

Wid

th B

L1

17

17

H1

21

H

25

Length L

Air inletand outlet grills

H Clear installation heightH1 Total length

L Clear installation heightL1 Total length

FSB can produce any dimen-sions within the range 4000 x250 mm. To avoid any unnec-essary delay, please submitexact measurements, ideallyon a copy of the order chartshown here.The number of lat-tice bars and support webs re-quired can be roughlyassessed using the appropriatetables.

Necessary order details:

In exceptional circumstanceswhere the max. width of 250 mm needs to be excee-ded, please supply us with anout-line of the situation statingall dimensions. One solution isto combine several lattice barswith one support web. FSB willwillingly offer a quote for suchwork.

Number of holding webs:

300 - 400 mm 2 pieces500 - 800 mm 3 pieces900 -1200 mm 4 pieces

1300 -1600 mm 5 pieces1700 -2000 mm 6 pieces2100 -2500 mm 7 pieces

For intermediate sizes or largerwidths than 250 mm, pleaseask us.

Fixing modes:

A Iwithout fixing holes to be pla-ced into the groove

A IIsupport webs provided withcountersunk screw holes4.25 mm Ø

A IIIZ-frame without fixing holes(grill is placed without being fi-xed)

A IVZ-frame with countersunkscrew holes 4.25 mm Ø, grillis fixed in the Z-frame

A VZ-frame with spring elements,grill is placed without being fi-xed (for horizontal installation)

A VIZ-frame with spring elements,grill is fixed in the Z-frame.

5588 5589

Aluminium

567


B = 704

B = 855

B = 1006

B = 1157

B = 1308

B = 1459

B = 16010

B = 17511

B = 19012

B = 20513

B = 22014

B = 23515

B = 25016

Quantity Item no. Colour Dim. L Dim. H Dim. L1 Dim. H1 A I A II A III A IV A V A VI

4

A I

A II

A III

A IV

A V + A VI

3

10–16

9c

Stock sizes:

The FSB-aluminium air inletand outlet grills are construc-ted in a way that all parts canbe kept in stock by retailers orfabricators and put together asrequired with a minimum offuss.

Aluminium profile for lattice bars:Stock length: 4,000 mmItem no.: 5888 50Packing unit 25 pieces

Aluminium support web15 x 250 mmItem no.: 5888 60Packing unit 25 pieces

Aluminium profile for Z-frameStock length: 4000 mmItem no.: 5889 60Packing unit 25 pieces

Corner connection for Z-framesItem no.: 5889 65Packing unit 250 pieces

Clamp element, spring steelItem no.: 5889 66Packing unit 250 pieces

5888 5889

Aluminium

568


Order quantity per packing unit:

Number of inlets FSB 5888 50

Number of aluminiumsupport webs

Number ofZ-Frames

Number of corner connections

Number of springelements

Fixing aidsCorrect fixing is essential ifFSB lever handle furniture isto function flawlessly.

It is FSB policy to enclose pa-per positioning templates withall orders. Should these havebeen omitted, we would askyou to inform us immediatelyand we will rectify the matter.Product codes are given inthe footers of the pages thatfollow.

FSB supplies trade installerswith metal templates, the product codes for which are quoted towards the top of theright-hand column in the pa-ges that follow.

A fair amount of force is in-volved in the operation of le-ver handle furniture. Thisholds particularly true for fit-tings on heavily used doors.Long-term trouble-free usecan only be guaranteed if suf-ficient care is taken whenmarking out and boring holesand fixing the furniture.

FSB has looked very carefullyinto the complaints receivedover recent years. In the pro-cess, it has discovered thatthe source of the problem isvery frequently faulty fixing.Here are a few typical exam-ples:

- Lugs on backplates and ro-ses simply pinched off. Non-slip attachment impossibleas a result.

- Fittings ordered for wrongdoor thickness. Connectingspindle was either too long -lever handle began to move- or too short - spindlemounted too close to itsend, leading to breakage.

- The grub screw punch wasnot tightened with sufficientcare and hence the clam-ping plate was not pierced.The lever handle was slackon its spindle, which meantit could be wrenched looseif tuggedwith any force.

- Holes bored without usingtemplate. Centres markedout in haphazard manner,producing oversize holes andhence poorly anchored back-plates and roses moved onthe door.

- FSB furniture has beencombined with spindles,screws, backplates and ro-ses of competitors.

FSB is at pains to stress thatit can only accept liability forits products - just as all com-petitors - if they have beencorrectly fixed.

We would additionally wish to draw attention to growingpublic sensitivity regardingthe issue of liability. Impro-perly fitted door and windowfurniture can have dire conse-quences in this respect. FSBputs its faith in the practicalexperience and skill of itsown clientele and of their cu-stomers. Our mutual end cu-stomers have a right to expectproperly fitted hardware thatworks.

571

9d

572

Ø 6

BB

PZ

22

55110

24 0453 Fixing template for FSBstandard short backplate, locating lugs and visible fixing

.... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom 55 – 110 mm

.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm, 7 mm ΔBathroom 70 mm, 6/7 mm Δ

Fixing template for FSB short backplates with visible fixing

Fixing template for FSB roses

573

Ø 9

BB

PZ

Ø 9

BB

PZ

38

72

38

78

38

92

38

70 Ø 9

CH

PZ

*

BDCC

Item no. 0455 0000

BB and PZ 72 mm

Item no. 0455 5608

Bathroom 78 mm

Item no. 0455 0012

BB and PZ 92 mm

0455 ....Fixing template for FSB rosesdesigned for concealed fixing:

– FSB roses and escutcheons

– FSB security roses

9d

Item no. 0455 0016

BB and PZ 70 mm (7 Δ mm),Bathroom 70 mm (6/7 Δ mm),through fixing

Item no. 0455 1016

* With additional bushing forspecial borehole acc. to access control system “EZK”

574

Fixing aidsfor panic furniture

0457 ....Fixing template for FSB emergency exit furniture,concealed fixing, acc.

to EN 11257970 01107970 0200

7980 ..107980 ..00

Insert FSB special-purposespindle 0125 into lock and fit cylinder. Position boreholetemplate over spindle andcylinder and drill through bush-ings.

The crossbar length is arrived at by taking the width of thedoor and deducting the back-set twice and a further 67 mm.Once bars have been cut tosize, fit plastic end pieces forthe stainless steel version.

Assembling panic furniture andintegrating it with fittings on theother side is very straightfor-ward. Full instructions are en-closed with each set.

Check the action of the furni-ture once the stop setting hasbeen determined and covershave been fitted.

19

21,5

72

112

46

Ø 10,5

Ø 6,5

575

9d1. Select borehole layout re-quired using paper sheetsprovided.

2. Push borehole layout sheetfrom above into the guide ofmetal template.

3. Firmly secure layout sheetwith knurled screw.

4. Select pilot pins to suit lock-follower (7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm) and keywaytype (lever lock, PZ, dead-bolt follower) and screw them into the metal templatefrom the back until theybecome visible in the bore-hole layout.

5. Attach the prepared univer-sal template to each side of the door in turn and drill through the available layout holes.

6. Remove template and fit FSB furniture as shown in fixing instructions.

UniversalTemplate

0460 All FSB fittings have their own fixing templates for use as needed, but FSB has addi-tionally developed a universaltemplate that encompasses virtually every borehole con-figuration available. This all-purpose kit is a must for all professional fabricators.

Universal template accordingto German DIN standard. ForDIN mortice locks please referto page 531ff.

Instructions for use:

1 2 3 4 5 Constituent parts:

1 Metal template2 Borehole layout sheets3 Pilot pins4 Knurled screw5 Drill bits

576

Metal fixing template

0461 The latest addition to the FSBrange of drilling aids is a door-pull borehole template thatallows boreholes for pull han-dles to be produced with greatprecision. The FSB door-pull boreholetemplate accommodates avariety of axial dimensions aswell as custom backsets. Itfeatures hardened drillingbushings and graduated sidestops and is made of high-quality aluminium. The feltpadding prevents door surfacesbeing damaged.

Fixing centres 150 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm,250 mm, 300 mm, 350 mmand 450 mm.

450

350

300

250

210

200

150

0

577

9d

Routing jig for FSB flush roses

0462 Routing jig 0462 is used asfollows: push the centring de-vice into the boreholes on thetimber routing jig and placethe assembly against the door.Slot the guide pins on the cen-tring device into the followerand the cylinder or other keyhole and align the routing jigparallel with the door leaf.Then secure the routing jig tothe door with C-clamps at theposition thus arrived at. Nowremove the centring deviceand rout out

– to a depth of 7 mm in thecase of flush furniture fordoor thicknesses of 45 mmupwards (FSB 7201/7601)

– and to a depth of 3 mm inthe case of flush roses fordoor thicknesses between38-44 mm (FSB 1736/1737)

Use a top router with a cutter20 mm in diameter and a ring30 mm in diameter for this.Then repeat the process onthe other side.

For additional informationplease refer to www.fsb.de/flush

Fixing templates for FSB short backplates with concealed fixing

578

Ø 10,5BBPZ

21,5

5578

112

Ø 10,5BBPZ

21,5

7092

128,5

0469 Fixing template for FSB backplates 1452 03 and 1453 03with concealed fixing

BB/PZ/Bathroom 70 – 92 mm, 8 mm Δ

0477 ....Fixing template for FSB backplates 1450 03 and 1451 03 with concealed fixing

.... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom55 – 78 mm, 8 mm Δ

.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm 7 mm ΔBathroom 70 mm,6/7 mm Δ

Fixing templates for FSB long or square backplates with concealed fixing

579

Ø 10,5

21,5

7292

134,5

75,5

BB/CH

PZ

BDCC

*

0476 ....Fixing template for

– FSB long backplates withconcealed fixing

– FSB security furniture for framed-door-locks “Securitas”FSB 7330 and 7531 FSB 7530 and 7531

– FSB long backplate sets forframed doors FSB 7816 and7820

.... 0000: BB/PZ/Bathroom 72 – 92 mm,8/9/10 mm Δ

.... 0016: BB/PZ 70 mm, 7 mm ΔBathroom 70 mm,6/7 mm Δ

0478 Fixing template for FSB squarebackplates with concealedfixing, item nos. 1483 03 and1488 03 (8 mm Δ)

* Borehole not required for fittings with spacing 70 mmacc. to French standard.

21,5

7278

112

120

Ø 10,5

Ø 10,5

BB

PZ

9d

580

0481 Fixing template for FSB ovalroses with rivet nuts for usingFSB fixing accessories 0526

PZ 72 mm, 8 mm Δ

0482 Fixing template for FSB ovalroses with rivet nuts for usingFSB fixing accessories 0526

PZ 92 mm, 8/9 mm Δ

Fixing template for FSB oval roses with rivet nuts

BBPZ

Ø 7,072

50

50

BBPZ

92

50

50

Ø 7,0

Fixing template forDesign + Security

581

0487 ....Fixing template for FSB security furniture long backplate version

.... 0000: BB and PZ 72 – 92 mm,8/10 mm Δ

.... 0016: PZ 70 mm, 7 mm Δ

0488 Fixing template for FSB security furniture short backplate version

BB and PZ 72 mm, 8 mm Δ

Ø 12,5

PZ

21,5

7292

134,5

75,5

PZ

21,5

72

Ø 12,5

112

9d

New tones

at FSB.

Those familiar with the FSBbrand will not have failed tonotice when reading our littletreatise that Le Corbusier’scolour grammar and concep-tion of architecture are verymuch after our own heart.The evolution of our door fit-tings draws on an aspirationthat was also central to thedefinition of the “Polychromiearchitecturale”, namely oururge to lend our products aform that takes adequate ac-count of architecture, spaceand humanity. Good designobtains when harmoniouslybalanced formal and aestheticqualities are married to func-tionality, longevity and user-driven design. Thus, there is,in our view, more than onegood reason for deriving inspi-

ration from the great masterwhen adding colourful coloursto our corporate identity. Andit is to be hoped that we arenot posthumously treading onhis toes by harnessing him toour cause in the joyful realisa-tion that his Polychromie hasopened our eyes to colourswondrously suited to our ownform and content. But neverfear: we’re not about to startmarketing some unprincipledpotpourri. Our grey will conti-nue to be the main protago-nist – flanked by colour whe-rever there is a case for thisand it suits our cause.

Specifications

Handing details

Product liability

Sales aids

German Standards (DIN)

Gerneral terms of sales

Guide to FSB

Sales Organisation

FSB-Edition

583

Explanations 10a584

586

588

590

592

593

594

596

600

584

Sample specificationsStandard lever handle furniture

AGL® heavy-duty furniture

FSB lever handle furniture

Lever handle furniture for framed doors

Recommendation

FSB lever handle furnitureAluminium . . . . anodisedwith 8 mm FSB Stabil spindlefor doors 40 mm thick

Bearings provided by leverhandle roses with lugs and sliding bearings in glass-fibre-reinforced black plastic

FSB lever handle furnitureAGL Stainless Steel . . . . with8 mm FSB Stabil spindle fordoors 40 mm thick

Handles permanently supportedin precision-fit, maintenance-free compensating bearings onFSB backplates 185 x 45 mm

FSB lever handle furniturefor smoke and fire doorsto DIN 18 273

Aluminium . . . . anodisedwith 9mm FSB Stabil spindlefor doors 40 mm thick

Handles permanently attachedto FSB backplates 185 x 45 mm

FSB lever handle furniture for framed doors inaluminium . . . . anodisedwith 8 mm FSB solid spindlefor doors 40 mm thick

Handles permanently attachedto oval backplates 245 x 35 mm

to ensure an FSB product isabsolutely right for a given dooror window you should heed allthe specific “traits” accordedthat product.Indicated on these two pagesare examples of how to ensurethat the FSB products chosenare the most suitable for Ger-man customers.

In describing our products atsuch length, we have sought tostress their distinctive “person-alities”, i.e. the factors that setthem apart from their marketrivals.Whether you are a briefingarchitect, a consultant joiner, a builders hardware whole- saleror an “enlightened” enduser,

Escutcheons with . . . . keyways

FSB moulded-to-the-hand design 1020Designed by Johannes PotenteLever handle rose FSB 1131Escutcheon FSB 1735

with reinforcement lugs, concealed fixing on both sidesFixing centres 72 mm . . . .

FSB design 7223 04Based on a design by Max Billreworked by Johannes Potente

supplied with reinforcementlugs, concealed fixing on both sidesFixing centres 72 mm

FSB design 7646 04original FSB works design

with reinforcement lugs, sliding bearings in black pla-stic, concealed fixing on bothsides Fixing centres 72 mm

FSB design 7816original FSB works design

585

10a

Security furniture

Pull handle (door pull)

Window handle

Door stop

FSB security furnitureSecurity Class 2-ZAaluminium . . . . anodisedFSB multilayer constructiontechniquewith cylinder guard for projec-tions of 8 - 16 mmFSB Stabil spindle securedin neck of knobFixing distance 72 mm EPC

FSB pull handle in tubular materiale.g. brass polished waxedLength of handle 350 mmHandle diameter 30 mmwith support roses for greaterstability on the face of the doorBack-to-back fixing 1

FSB window handle cast aluminium andgrey/black thermoplasticRAL-certified click-stop mechanismenduringly smooth actionaudibly clicks into positionall-over basket-arch rose

FSB floor-fitted door stopstainless steel . . . .diameter 70 mmcomplete with fastenings

FSB design 7384 5510Knob and lever handleDesigned by Hartmut Weise

FSB design 6662 38

Concealed fixingwith reinforcement lugs,diameter 10 mm

FSB design 3778produced by Christoph Ingenhoven

FSB design 3884 00original FSB works design

HandingdetailsLever handle furniture fordoors DIN l.h., inward opening

Male handle points right,female handle points left

Lever furniture with dead knobfor doors DIN l.h., inwardopening

Female handle points left

Bathroom/WC furniture for doors DIN l.h., inward opening

Male handle points right, with WC perforation,female handle points left, with thumbturn

DIN left hand inward opening

DIN right hand inward opening

Lever handle furniture for doors DIN r.h., inward opening

Male handle points left, female handle points right

Lever furniture with dead knob for doors DIN r.h., inwardopening

Female handle points right

Bathroom/WC furniture fordoors DIN r.h., inward opening

Male handle points left,with WC perforation,female handle points right,with thumbturn

DIN right hand outward opening

DIN left hand outward opening

586

Explanation:

The German specificationsDIN right hand respective DIN left hand refer to thepositioning of the things on the opening face of the door.

inside

outside

inside

outsideinside

outside

inside

outside

1

3

2

4

65

Lever handle furniture fordoors DIN l.h., inward opening

Male handle points right, female handle points left

Lever furniture with dead knobfor doors DIN l.h., inwardopening

Female handle points left

Bathroom/WC furniture for doors DIN l.h., inward opening

Male handle points right, with WC perforation,female handle points left, with thumbturn.

DIN left hand inward opening

DIN right handinward opening

Lever handle furniture for doors DIN r.h., inward opening

Male handle points left,female handle points right

Lever furniture with dead knob for doors DIN r.h., inwardopening

Female handle points right

Bathroom/WC furniture fordoors DIN r.h., inward opening

Male handle points left, with WC perforation,female handle points right,with thumbturn.

DIN right hand outward opening

DIN left hand outward opening

587

Doors are either right or lefthand, relative to which waythey open. When orderinglever furniture with dead knobor if you require the spindleelement to be located on theoutside, you should specify leftor right hand.

inside

outside

inside

outsideinside

outside

inside

outside

1

3

2

4

65

10a

About productliabilityUnder the Product LiabilityAct, FSB is liable for damagecaused by faulty products, theprecondition being that, in theselection, installation and useof the goods, all the applicableregulations set down in theFSB manual shall have beencomplied with.

We would additionally like topoint out that what the law de-fines as product liability andwhat the end user actually ex-pects of a product can be tworadically different things. Doorand window handles, after all,are in the first instance “tools”for opening and closing doorsand windows. However beauti-ful they might be, such toolsstill remain subject to the lawsof wear and tear. Thoughprime materials are used, pro-duction is organised to ISO9001, and the company hassuccessfully undergone an EU“eco-audit” (1996) and beencertificated to ISO 14001(1997), the laws of physics willinevitably manifest themselvesto the end user in the form ofwear and tear.

The main definitions and regu-lations are recapitulated in thefollowing.

1.0 Product definitions

1.1 Lever handles and accessories

Lever handles and their acces-sories are implements withwhich to open and close doors.They do this in concert with thedoor frame, the door’s hinges,the door leaf, the lock, and thecylinder, and all these compo-nents need to be properlysynchronized. It’s no use tryingto use a lever handle to open adoor if the door is locked, forinstance, the only exception tothis being the special mecha-nisms featured on panic doors.

1.2 Tubular handles

The same applies to tubularhandles. The door frame, doorhinges, door leaf and otherclosing devices such as doorclosers need to be compatiblewith one another.

1.3 Window handles and accessories

Again, window handles are butone element of the window.The method of closure willgenerally determine whichtype of handle is appropriate.

2.0 Improper use

Lever handles, pull handlesand window handles and slid-ing ventilators are subjectcomparatively frequently to im-proper use, and this can leadsooner or later to damage forwhich the manufacturer canno longer be held responsible.Typical examples:

- Lever handles are used assupports, especially when ondoors at the base of steepstairs.

- Doors are used as a sort ofroundabout by children, thehandles serving as the mainsource of support.

- In the absence of door stops,lever handles and pull hand-les bang against the wall.

- Lever handles and pull hand-les are used to hang heavy objects on.

3.0 Product Performance

Notions of product performanceare only codified in norms to avery limited degree. For themost part, they are the up-shotof many years of experienceand are by now common prop-erty in the builders hardwaretrade. FSB keeps faith withthese general informal stan-dards. The norms listed belowapply for special performancerequirements.

- DIN 18 255 This norm sets general standards for door furniture and accessories.

- DIN 18 273This norm sets out limitsspecifically for firecheck andsmoke stop doors.

- DIN 18 257This norm lays down mini-mum requirements for se curity furniture.

FSB products are constantlyevolving, and production issubject to continuous qualitycontrol. We reserve the right tomake technical modifications.

588

4.0 Product maintenance

Most FSB products are “imple-ments” for the opening andclosing of doors and windows.Sooner or later, depending onwhat they are made of andwhere they are fitted, they willinevitably begin to show signsof wear. The properties of thevarious materials can be sum-marized as follows:

4.1 Aluminium

Aluminium has performedadmirably in everyday use formany decades. The metal isprotected by a tough anodisedcoating. Surface scratch marksin no way impair the operatingefficiency of the furniture butsimply denote the passing oftime.

4.2 AluGrey

AluGrey is new to the FSB pro -gramme and boasts a greatersurface hardness and resis -tance to wear than standardaluminium. On account of theabove-mentioned properties,noticeable signs of use areslow to materialise undernormal circumstances but,even so, cannot be ruled outcompletely in the long term,though the functioning of thehardware remains unaffectedwhatever the case.

4.3 Stainless steel

Stainless steel is commonlyregarded as being indes -tructible. In fact, even stainlesssteel can develop scratchesand traces of rust. This latter is the phenomenon known as'flash rust', which can be re-moved with the aid of standardcleansing agents.

4.4 Brass

Much has already been said inthe FSB manual regarding theproperties of brass. Whereasaluminium is more or less apure metal, brass is an alloywith tendencies towards corro-sion. We would therefore liketo emphasize once again herethat only regularly cleanedbrass components withoutlacquer retain their initial allure.Once the coating of the lac-quered version has beenbreached, unsightly corrosionsets in, and this can only bereversed in our factory after alaborious stripping operation.

4.5 Aluminium + colour

Coloured FSB lever handlesare generally given a flexiblecolour membrane approx. 250microns thick that is longlivedgiven correct use. Contact withsharp objects may lead tosome denting.

4.6 Upkeep

All FSB products are largelymaintenance-free. Once fitted,however, FSB neverthelessrecommends checking at reg-ular intervals that they areproperly positioned and thatscrew fastenings are secure.Water and a soft cloth onlyshould be used to keep FSBhardware clean.

5.0 Requisite informationand instructions

Relevant information and in-structions can be gleanedfrom the following material:

For stockists, architects andconsultants:catalogues with all the neces-sary detailed descriptions.

For installers:besides catalogues - fitting in-structions and templates and,where necessary, technical drawings.

For end users:fitting instructions, templates,and instructions for use and -in specific instances - care, allincluded with products.

To ensure the correct func-tioning of door and windowfurniture,

architects and designers areurged to bear in mind whereand under what conditions thefurniture is going to be in useand to select accordingly. Anyqueries should be addressedto the trade wholesalers, theFSB External Service, or FSBitself.

the sales trade is urged torigorously double check thespecifications provided by ar-chitects, designers and clientsso as to ensure the compatibil-ity of these specifications withthose of the furniture selected.

installers are urged to makesure they receive from thesales trade all the products in-formation and fitting and main -t enance instructions neededfor them to be able to fit thefurniture correctly and pass onany relevant information to thecustomer.

589

10a

Sales aids

590

You may be wondering why itis we have so much to say onthe subject of sales aids. Well,the fact is that we in no wayregard this as a peripheralissue. Builder’s hardware, afterall, is not replaced that fre-quently and is expected toperform day in, day out for agreat many years. Opting forthe wrong product – wrong interms of quality, design or,indeed, profit margin – can takea long time to put right. Whichis why it is important to supportthe decision-making processfrom an early stage so as to beable, at the decisive moment,to guide the customer’s aspira-tions towards the right product.The enlightened purchaserand customer expects to findsensible displays, readilyassimilable catalogue materialand cogent sales arguments atthe “point of sale”. FSB hasalways endeavoured to oblige.

1. Displays and specimenboards

We at FSB do not go alongwith turning display areas intosupermarket-type affairs andconfronting the end-user witha hotchpotch of hardware. Forthis reason, we have developedan all-in display set-up whichis so variable that adapting itto a given spatial configurationis no trouble.

As a means of keeping key el-ements of the FSB programmewell apart from competitors’offerings even in the mostcramped of spaces, we haveadditionally come up with athree-sided rotating merchan-diser. This allows upwards of35 FSB products to be excel-lently exhibited on half a squaremetre of floor space at most.There is also a special rotatingmerchandiser for FSB’s widerange of main entrance doorfittings.

Our specimen boards sportour corporate shade of grey.Metal of all colours stand outwell against this background.Fittings are combined withspecial lock mechanisms sothe customer can get a feel ofhow they work in practice.Specimen boards come in bothstandard and custom sizes.

For architects, however, speci-men boards are often notenough. Instead, they want tosee how the fitting acts in con-junction with lock and cylinderon a small door element. Wesupply specimen blocks forjust this purpose.

We have also developed abespoke specimen case for allthose who like (or have) totravel with the FSB programme.It can be bought or, in individualinstances, hired. FSB’s FieldService will explain the moda -lities.

591

3. Sales arguments

All retailers know (and dread)the ritual customer questionthat goes “And what wouldyou recommend?” The tempta-tion is to respond with plati-tudes such as “Beauty is inthe eye of the beholder” or byattempting to explain what iscurrently in fashion or sellingparticularly well. But are thesegood or at least adequate salesarguments?

We don’t think so. And, in thelight of this, we have publisheda whole series of books - theFSB Edition - that delve intovirtually every aspect of “handleculture”. Anyone wishing toextend his or her repertoire ofsales arguments is urged toconsult them. Apart from any-thing else, they set forth thebest sales argument of all, the“Four Rules of Grip” identifiedby FSB, which allow the end-user to adopt a hands-onapproach to deciding whichhandle to buy:

Thumb rest

Forefinger furrow

Support for the ball ofthe thumb

Gripping volume

10a

2. Manuals and Prospectuses

As you may have noticed, formany years now FSB has beenputting a lot of effort into itsmanuals and prospectuses (acase in point being what youare reading now). And, to ourgreat joy, the trade and publicboth definitely appear to haveappreciated our efforts. Thishas inspired us to further ex-pand our range of written salesaids and informational material.

German Standards (DIN)Without laying any claim to ex-haustiveness, set out beloware a selection of German In-dustrial (DIN) Standards with abearing on doors and windows:

DIN 107Building construction; identifi-cation of right and left side

DIN 4102 - Supplement 1Fire behaviour of building ma-terials and components; tablesof contents

DIN 4102-5Fire Behaviour of Building Ma-terials and Building Compo-nents; Fire Barriers, Barriers inLift Wells and Glazings Resist-ant against Fire; Definitions,Requirements and Tests

DIN 4102-13Fire behaviour of building ma-terials and elements; fire re-sistant glazing; concepts, re-quirements and testing

DIN 4102-18Fire behaviour of building ma-terials and components; firebarriers, verification of auto-matic closure (continuous per-formance test)

DIN 1080-1Terms, Symbols and UnitsUsed in Civil Engineering;Principles

DIN 18 055Windows; air permeability ofjoints, water tightness and me-chanical strain; requirementsand testing

DIN 18 082-1Fire barriers; steel doors T 30-1; Construction type A

DIN 18 095-1Smoke control doors; conceptsand requirements

DIN 18 095-2Smoke control doors; typetesting for durability and leak-age

DIN 18 100Doors; wall openings for di-mensions in accordance withDIN 4172

DIN 18 101Doors; doors for residentialbuildings; sizes of door leaves,position of hinges and lock, in-terdependence of dimensions

DIN 18 111-1Door frames; steel doorframes; standard door framesfor rebated doors

DIN 18 250Locks; mortice locks for firebarriers; single latch bolt lock

DIN 18 251Locks; mortice locks for doors

DIN 18 252Locking cylinders for doorlocks; terminology

DIN 18 254Profile cylinders with pin tum-blers for door locks; dimen-sions, materials, requirements,testing, labelling and marking

DIN 18 255Building hardware; door han-dles, door plates and door ros-es; concepts and definitions,dimensions, requirements

DIN 18 257Building hardware; securitydoor plates, concepts and definitions, dimensions, requirements, testing and labelling

DIN 18 268Building hardware; hinges fordoors; reference-lines forhinges

DIN 18 273Building hardware; lever han-dle units for fire doors andsmoke control doors; conceptsand definitions, dimensions,requirements and testing

DIN 18 357Contract procedure for build-ing works; Part C: Generaltechnical specifications forbuilding works; mounting ofwindow and door fittings

DIN 18 361Construction contract proce-dures (VOB) - Part C: Generaltechnical specifications in construction contracts (ATV);Glazing

DIN 32 617Letter-boxes; requirements,testing and arrangement

DIN 58 125School buildings, structural re-quirements for the preventionof accidents

DIN 68 706, Part 1Plywood-doors; concepts, priority sizes, constructioncharacteristics for interiordoors

DIN EN 179Building hardware - Emergencyexit devices operated by alever handle or push pad –Requirements and test methods

DIN EN 1125Building hardware - Panic exitdevices operated by a horizon-tal bar - Requirements andtest methods

DIN EN 1303Building hardware - Cylindersfor locks - Requirements andtest methods

DIN V ENV 1627Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Require-ments and classification

DIN V ENV 1628Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Testmethods for establishing re-sistance under static loads

DIN V ENV 1629Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Testmethods for establishing re-sistance under dynamic loads

DIN V ENV 1630Windows, doors, barriers - Anti-burglar devices - Testmethods for establishing re-sistance to manual attempts atintrusion

DIN EN 1670Corrosion behaviour - Require-ments and test methods

DIN EN 1906Building hardware, lever han-dles and doorknobs - Require-ments and test methods

DIN EN 12 209Mechanically operated locksand striking plates - Require-ments and test methods

DIN EN 13 724Residential letter boxes - re-quirements, inspection, instal-lation

592

General terms of sale1. GeneralThe following Terms of Salerepresent the exclusive basis forall quotations and contracts; anydeviating terms of the Customer,unless explicitly acknowledgedin writing, shall be deemedinvalid.

2. QuotationsAll quotations remain subject toconfirmation unless explicitlystipulated as binding or fixed. Acontract of sale shall be consti-tuted only upon our writtenconfirmation of order.

3. Delivery and Passage ofRiskShipment shall be made at the risk and expense of theCustomer. The risk passes tothe Customer when goods are de livered to the shipping or for warding agent.

4. Delivery Dates The delivery dates quotedindicate the foreseeable deliverydates with which we shallendeavour to comply.

5. Prices Unless other agreements re garding pricing have beenmade, the prices applicable onthe date of delivery shall apply.All prices shall be subject tovalue-added tax, VAT, and arequoted ex warehouse Brakel,excluding packaging. Packingshall be charged at cost. Toolsfor which prorated paymentshave been received shall remainour property.

6. Payment, Offset and With-holding, Return Shipment

Our invoices shall be payable 14days after date of invoice at 2%discount or 30 days after date ofinvoice net. Invoice sums lessthan EUR 50.00 shall be payablenet immediately. In the event ofoverdue payment, we shall beentitled to charge interest at theover-draught rate applicable atthat time, and at least 3% above the basic interest rate in accordance with the BGB

(Civil Code) § 247. If, after anorder has been placed, we be-come aware of circumstanceswhich give us good cause todoubt the creditworthiness ofthe Customer, we shall be en -titled to deliver this order subjectto cash in advance only and tomake the delivery of other orderssubject to their prior payment.The Customer shall be entitledto only offset counterclaimswhich have been legally estab-lished or are otherwise un -disputed and may exercise awithholding right only in respectto such claims that are basedon the same contract. TheCustomer shall be entitled toreturn goods only subject toexpress prior agreement. Suchreturn shipments are subject toa deduction of at least 30% of the value of the goods tocompensate for expenses.

7. Retention of Title The products delivered (reservedgoods) shall remain our propertyuntil payment in full of thepurchase price and all existingand future claims arising fromthe business relations with theCustomer. This shall also applyin cases in which individual orall claims have been consoli-dated into one single invoiceand balanced and approved.The Customer shall be entitledto sell the reserved goods in thedue course of business providedhe meets his contractual obliga-tions. Otherwise we shall be en -titled to require the surrender ofthe reserved goods; in this case,the Customer has no right ofpossession. We shall then beentitled, without prejudice to-wards the Customer’s obligationof payment, to sell the re -possessed goods and to creditthe Customer with any surplus.At the time of purchase of thereserved goods, the Customershall at that point in time assignto us all claims arising from theresale which accrue to himagainst his customers. Subjectto revocation, the Customer

shall be authorised to collect theassigned claims; upon our de-mand, however, he shall notifyus without delay and in full ofthe amount of these claims andthe names of his customers. If,in the event of a delivery by themanufacturer, a bill debt is con-stituted, the retention of titleshall expire only after the billhas been redeemed. Should theredeemable value of existingsecurities surpass the securedclaims by more than 10%, weshall be obliged, if so demandedby the Customer, to releasesecurities of our own choice. We shall be entitled to repudiatea contract if an application toopen bankruptcy proceedingshas been made with respect tothe Customer’s assets.

8. Published Details Unless explicitly described asbinding, all details and illustra-tions contained in our brochuresand catalogues shall merelyrepresent approximate valuescommon in the industry. Theonus shall rest on the Customerto undertake his own examina-tion as to whether the goods aresuitable for the intended pur-pose.

9. WarrantyIn the event of complaints re -garding recognisable defects,wrong deliveries or substantialdifferences in quantity, notifica-tion must be made to us withoutdelay and in writing at the latestwithin ten days of delivery of thegoods. If the Customer does notmake notification of any defectswithin this period, the goodsshall be deemed to have beenapproved free of defects. Relevant for the purposes of de-termining whether the conditionof the merchandise is in com -pliance with the contract is thepoint in time at which riskpasses to the Customer as perArticle 3. Concealed defectsmust be notified in writingwithout delay upon their discov-ery. We must be given the

opportunity to verify any defectnotified. We shall grant a war-ranty for freedom from defectsas defined by the state of the artfor a period of two years fromthe date of delivery. Excludedfrom warranty are damagesresulting from wear and tear, im-proper handling, faulty assemblyor any servicing. The sameapplies for defects that onlynegligibly reduce the value orfunctionality of the merchandise.In the event of a justified andtimely complaint, we shall, atour discretion, undertake eitherimprovement or replacement ofthe goods; all further claims, inparticular claims for consequen-tial damage, shall be excluded.In the event that such improve-ment or replacement fails, theCustomer shall retains the rightto demand a reduction of thepurchase price or rescission ofthe contract.

10. Place of Performance and Court of Jurisdiction

Place of performance, place ofpayment and court of jurisdic-tion, including that for legalactions on bills of exchange orchecks, shall be, as far as ad-missible, Brakel. This contractshall be governed exclusively byGerman law. The United NationsConvention of 11.04.1980 onContracts for the InternationalSale of Goods (CISG - “ViennaSales Convention”) shall notapply.

11. Closing ProvisionThe legal invalidity of individualprovisions shall not otherwiseaffect the enforceability of theseGeneral Terms and Conditionsof Sale.

593

10a

The latest edition of our General Terms & Conditions of Sale at www.fsb.de/gtos

How to reach FSB

594

Paderborn/Lippstadt

Frankfurt

Kassel

Brakel

Hannover

Düsseldorf

Brakel is situated in the south-easternmost corner of theGerman federal state of North-Rhine Westphalia. Geographi-cally speaking, it is where theEgge mountains merge withthe Weserberg hills.

Paderborn is connected withBerlin, London, Munich, Parisand Stuttgart, etc. The distanceof the ICE-railway stationKassel-Wilhelmshöhe is about55 minutes by car to Brakel.

The distances to the most im-portant German airports in kmare:Düsseldorf about 200 km,Frankfurt about 220 km,Hannover about 120 km.

595

10a

Hannover

Rinteln

Hameln

HöxterBrakelPaderborn

Warburg

KasselA 44

A 7A

7

A 2

A 2

Bielefeld

A 33

A 49

A 39

B 1B

217

B 1

B 1

B 64

B 64

B 2

52 B 8

3

Industrie-

straße

Nieheimer Straße

Paderborn

Warburg

Driburger Straße

Warburger

Stra

ße

Höxter

Rinteln

B 252

B 64

L 863

Höxter

B 252

Am

Bahndamm

Werk I Verwaltung

Werk II

When going by car from thenorth, you’ll come to Brakel via motorway, Hannover-Dortmund, exit point Rinteln,picking up then the route fromRinteln-Barntrup-Blomberg to Brakel. The distance from Rinteln toBrakel is about 90 km.

When coming from the south,leave the motorway Kassel-Dortmund at the exit pointWarburg/Brakel driving thenfrom Warburg over Peckels-heim, Siddessen and Rhederabout 35 km to Brakel.

FSB has two production sitesin Brakel.

Central administration islocated together with the alu-minium foundry and develop-ment units at NieheimerStraße 38.

Facilities II and III are housedalong with the logistics centreat Industriestraße 12 on theBrakel industrial estate.

Field Service for Hardware, ErgoSystem, EZK:

1 Klaus-Dieter Heib Klaus-Groth-Straße 8h25524 ItzehoePhone +49 4821 93795

94239 Fax +49 4821 94248 www.kd-heib.de [email protected]

FSB Project ConsultantBernward Niestegge Friedrich-Ebert-Straße 2 27374 Visselhövede Phone +49 4262 957558 Fax +49 4262 957559 [email protected]

2 FSB Project ConsultantThorsten SchmidtOberlether Straße 226203 WardenburgPhone +49 4407 716415Fax +49 4407 [email protected]

3 Frank Maibohm Demminer Landstraße 6 17389 Anklam Phone +49 3971 210636 Fax +49 3971 210642 [email protected]

4Ludger Hammelbeck Eichenweg 34 59556 Lippstadt Phone +49 2941 9680080Fax +49 2941 9680089 www.beschlagkonzepte.de [email protected]

4 + 8FSB Architectual ConsultantFranz-Josef Hund Rudolf-Harbig-Straße 7 48301 Nottuln Phone +49 2502 222577 Fax +49 2502 222578 [email protected]

596

31

2

48

9

13

15 16

14

12

76

11

10

5

Rostock

Schwerin

HusumKiel

Lübeck

Hamburg

Lüneburg

Soltau

Bremerhaven

Bremen

Emden

Meppen Cloppenburg

Osnabrück

Bielefeld

PaderbornDortmund

Bochum

Siegen

Essen

Düsseldorf

AachenKöln

Bonn

Koblenz

Trier

Ludwigshafen

Kaiserslautern

SaarbrückenHeidelberg

KarlsruheStuttgart

Ulm

SigmaringenFreiburg

Straubing

Passau

Augsburg

München

Rosenheim

WürzburgBamberg Bayreuth

Nürnberg

Regensburg

Leipzig

Dresden

Chemnitz

Brandenburg

Berlin

Cottbus

Frankfurt

Stendal

Magdeburg

Dessau

Halle

Gera

Nord-hausen

Erfurt

Suhl

Kassel

Fulda

Gießen

Wiesbaden

Frankfurt

Hannover

Braunschweig

Goslar

Göttingen

Neubrandenburg

Sales Organisation Germany

5 FSB Project ConsultantJoachim Wegener In den Gänseköpfen 1831188 HollePhone +49 5062 963274Fax +49 5062 [email protected]

6 FSB Project ConsultantJens-Uwe FuchsAlbert-Schweitzer-Straße 539126 MagdeburgPhone +49 391 2545672Fax +49 391 [email protected]

7 Bernhard MöhringBehlertstraße 27 A14469 PotsdamPhone +49 331 74036-0 Fax +49 331 [email protected]

8FSB Project ConsultantOlaf Kahlen Überhöfer Feld 8 51503 Rösrath Phone +49 2205 9198414 Fax +49 2205 9198415 [email protected]

9 FSB Project ConsultantRolf GeppertAuf dem Hähnchen 753578 WindhagenPhone +49 2645 972487Fax +49 2645 [email protected]

10 + 11Karlheinz Peters GmbHRonald GerstnerMartinstraße 27 63533 Mainhausen Phone +49 6182 9375-0 Fax +49 6182 9375-75www.kh-peters.de [email protected]

Adalbert Eulenstein Gräfenthaler Straße 4 07330 Probstzella Phone +49 36735 70790 Fax +49 36735 70790 [email protected]

12FSB Project ConsultantJörg Ruhland Ernst-Thälmann-Straße 62 04420 Markranstädt Phone +49 34205 418250 Fax +49 34205 418251 [email protected]

13 Arnold ReinstädtlerInh. Alexander ReinstädtlerKirchendell 3966787 Wadgassen-Differten Phone +49 6834 9601-0 Fax +49 6834 9601-18 www.reinstaedtler.de [email protected]

14FSB Project ConsultantMatthias Rickert Am Kasernenplatz 4b 96487 Dörfles - Esbach Phone +49 9561 2343020 Fax +49 9561 2343022 [email protected]

15F+W Kooperations GmbHZeppelinstraße 1073760 Ostfildern-KemnatPhone +49 711 459976-0Fax +49 711 [email protected]

16Fuchs + Heckmeier GmbHWallbergstraße 3 82024 Taufkirchen Phone +49 89 89066-188 Fax +49 89 89066-288 www.fuchs-heckmeier.de [email protected]

Technical assistance:

1, 2, 3, 5Holger MannigelNeue Straße 419258 BahlenPortable +49 151 17448482Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

2, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 13Antonius HertingOrthagen 859581 WarsteinPortable +49 160 4768446Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

5, 6, 7, 11, 12Uwe DrasdoAm Birnengarten 72 A39116 MagdeburgPortable +49 151 17448534Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

13, 15, 16Lars WeberLiegnitzerstr. 672213 Altensteig-WalddorfPortable +49 175 2611204Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

14, 16Georg MarkSiegritz 1592681 ErbendorfPortable +49 171 5663574Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

15, 16Herbert PrübnerMittelriedstraße 1289312 GünzburgPortable +49 160 96382300Fax +49 8221 [email protected]

597

General contact

ErgoSystemJürgen KlenkeKey Account ManagerNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-296Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

Frank DiederichsSales departementNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-281Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

Angelika TubbesingSales departementNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-254Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

EZKMatthias MildnerElectronical divisionKey Account ManagerLeipziger Ring 281 63110 RodgauPhone +49 6106 26798-89Fax +49 6106 [email protected]

Ralf FrischemeierSales departementNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-213Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

Architectual ConsultantWolfgang ReulNieheimer Straße 3833034 BrakelPhone +49 5272 608-127Fax +49 5272 [email protected]

10a

AustriaGuth GesmbHPulvermühlstr. 3A-4040 Linz / DonauPhone +43 732 254119Fax +43 732 [email protected]

AustraliaHalliday & Baillie Pty. Ltd.The Stables, 1 Ridge StreetSurry Hills, NSW 2010AU-SydneyPhone +61 2 96993330Fax +61 2 [email protected]

BahrainElames B.S.C. (c) P.O. Box 26095BH-ManamaPhone +973 17 701166Fax +973 17 [email protected]

BelgiumDidier Baert Brugsestraat 151B-8020 Oostkamp Phone +32 50 822082Fax +32 50 [email protected]

ChinaFSB Asia Ltd. Shanghai Rep. Office CN-Shanghai Phone +86 21 6217 8840Fax +86 21 6217 [email protected]

Czech RepublicEFB, spol. s.r.o.Kordacova 1844CZ-Kladno 272 04Phone +420 312 687684Fax +420 312 [email protected]

EstoniaAS ValnesPärnu mnt 139E/4EE-11317 Tallinn Phone +372 6565 485Fax +372 6565 [email protected]

FinlandInno-Tuote OYTähdenlennontie 9FI-02240 EspooPhone +358 9 8870380Fax +358 9 [email protected]

FranceF+W France SARL6, Rue de la Maison RougeBâtiment DF-77185 Lognes Phone +33 1 60951623Fax +33 1 [email protected]

GreeceSaliveros S.A.92 - 94 Antigonis Str.GR-10442 Athen Phone +30 210 5150001Fax +30 210 [email protected]

Hong KongBarwin Metal Co. Ltd.Unit 2, 10th FloorEastern Harbour Centre28 Hoi Chak Street, North PointHK-Hong KongPhone +852 25626899Fax +852 [email protected]

IcelandVelar OG Verkfaeri EHFSkutuvogur 1 CPostbox 865IS-104 ReykjavikPhone +354 550 8500Fax +354 550 [email protected]

IranFarapan Industry Co. No. 22 Nili St. Sazman Ab Ave. Abali Road IR-TeheranPhone +98 21 77000288Fax +98 21 [email protected]

IrelandPerrem Design HardwareImp&Exp Agencies (IRL) Ltd.Unit 48, Park West EnterpriseBusiness & Industrial ParkNangor RoadIE-Dublin 12Phone +353 1 6232390Fax +353 1 [email protected]

ItalyRenato DimpflmeierVia C.G. Bertero 37I-00156 RomaPhone +39 06 86890841Fax +39 06 [email protected]

Italy/South Tyrol Guth GesmbHPulvermühlstr. 3A-4040 Linz / DonauPhone +43 732 254119Fax +43 732 [email protected]

JapanYamagiwa Corporation1-5-10, SotokandaChiyoda-kuJP-Tokyo, 101-0021Phone +81 35692-5233Fax +81 [email protected]

LatviaSB & Partneri SIARencenu iela 21LV-1073 Riga Phone +371 7113070Fax +371 [email protected]

598

Sales Organisation International

599

LithuaniaUAB “Alfasta”Draugystes 17LT-3031 KaunasPhone +370 37 764446Fax +370 37 [email protected]

Luxembourg Arnold ReinstädtlerInh. Alexander ReinstädtlerKirchendell 39D-66787 Wadgassen-DiffertenPhone +49 6834 9601-0Fax +49 6834 [email protected]

MalaysiaGreifen Marketing (M) SDN BHDS1-00-18, Pangsapuri SutramasPesiaran Puchong Jaya SelatanPuchong JayaMY-47100 Selangor DEPhone +603 8076 4890Fax +603 8076 [email protected]

NetherlandsF+W Nederland B.V.Landauer 29NL-3897 ABZeewoldePhone +31 36 5225688Fax +31 36 [email protected]

New ZealandHalliday & Baillie Ltd.P.O. Box 99 579NZ-Newmarket, AucklandPhone +64 9 3581172Fax +64 9 [email protected]

North America FSB Inc.1 Bishop LaneUS-Madison CT 06443Phone +1 203 4044 700Fax +1 203 4044 [email protected]

Poland Slawomir Bednarczykul. Radiowa 1/18PL-01-485 WarszawaPhone +48 22 8618757Fax +48 22 [email protected]

QatarTadmur Contracting and trading EstP.O. Box 6984QA-DohaPhone +974 46 65501Fax +974 46 [email protected]

Russia Roman AntaschkewitschDirizhabelnaja ul, 13, a/ja 111RU-141700 Dolgoprudnij, MOPhone +7 916 2333477Fax +7 498 [email protected]

SingaporeYong Hup Hardware (Pte) Ltd115 King George’s Avenue,#01-01SG-Singapore 208561Phone +65 62960111Fax +65 [email protected]

South AfricaGlobal Building Elements (Pty) LtdPO Box 3953ZA-Honeydew, 2040Phone +27 11 9572114Fax +27 11 [email protected]

South-Eastern Europe(AL, BA, BG, CS, HR, HU,MD, MK, RO, SI, SK)Enikö Bucs Regional Sales Manager Oberfeldstraße 24A-5082 GrödigPhone +43 6246 72226-151Fax +43 6246 [email protected]

South KoreaNam Hwa Trading Co. Ltd.551-2, Sinsa-DongGangnam-GuKR-SeoulPhone +82 2 5116085Fax +82 2 [email protected]

SpainNew Lock Systems S.A.Calle Freixa, 37 BajosE-08021 BarcelonaPhone +34 93 4144041Fax +34 93 [email protected]

SwedenBoxbeslag Designer Fittings ABP.O. Box 500S-551 17 Jönköping Phone +46 36 361601Fax +46 36 [email protected]

Switzerland Martin Küpfer Rifeldweg 12CH-4322 MumpfPhone +41 79 2428941Fax +41 62 [email protected]

ThailandJ.N.V. International Supplies Co.230 Thosapol Land 2 Bldg. 12th Fl.Ratchadapisek RoadHuaykwang TH-Bangkok 10310Phone +662 692 84702Fax +662 692 [email protected]

TurkeyEn Ithalat Ihracat MumessillikSemsettin Gunaltay cad No. 12 - 13 TR-Kazasker-IstanbulPhone +90 216 4784796Fax +90 216 [email protected]

United Arab EmiratesMetallic Equipment Co. Head OfficeP.O. Box 548 AE-Abu Dhabi Phone + 971 2 6344765Fax + 971 2 [email protected]

United KingdomAllgood plc297 Euston RoadGB-London NW1 3AQPhone +44 20 73879951Fax +44 20 [email protected]

10a

FSB-Edition

600

The following titles have so farappeared in the FSB Edition:

Greifen und GriffeOtl Aicher, Robert KuhnKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1987

TürklinkenWorkshop in BrakelTexte: Otl Aicher, Jürgen W.Braun, Siegfried GronertFotos: Timm RautertKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1987

Johannes Potente, BrakelDesign der 50er JahreTexte: Otl Aicher, Jürgen W.Braun, Siegfried Gronert,Robert Kuhn, Dieter Rams,Rudolf SchönwandtKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1989

Zugänge – AusgängeGedichte von Peter Maiwaldsowie Textbeiträge vonJürgen W. Braun und Marcel Reich-RanickiKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1989

Zugänge – AusgängeFotos von Timm Rautert sowieTextbeiträge von Otl Aicher,Jürgen Becker, Wolfgang PehntKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1990

Türdrücker der ModerneEine Designgeschichte von Siegfried GronertKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1991

Annentag in BrakelEin deutsches VolksfestFotos: Rudi Meisel, Timm Rautert, Michael WolfReportage: Bernd MüllenderWeitere Beiträge: EugenDrewermann, HerbertEngemann, Peter MaiwaldKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1992

ÜbergriffAuftragstellung: Jürgen W. BraunRealisation: Studenten der HfG Karlsruheunter Leitung von Gunter RambowTexte: Peter Sloterdijk, HeinrichKlotz, Jürgen W. BraunKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1993

Das Türklinken-ChaosThe Doorhandle DisasterLe chaos de la poignée de porteErzählung und Bilder vonKlaus ImbeckKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1994

Visuelle KommunikationBausteine, RealisationenTexte: Otl Aicher, SeppLandsbek, Jürgen W. BraunKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1995

Hand und GriffAusstellung Wien 1951Walter Zeischegg,Carl AuböckEin Buch über Griffpionierevon Andrea ScholtzKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1995

GestenEin Buchprojekt von Fotografie-Studenten der Hochschule fürGrafik und Buchkunst Leipzigunter der Leitung von Timm RautertKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1996

Vom Mythos desFunktionalismusBernhard E. Bürdek, ReinhardKiehl, Florian P. Fischer,Jürgen W. BraunZeichnungen: ReinfriedeBettrich, Pfronten, Hans Hollein, WienKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1997

Das virtuelle HausDokumentation eines Workshops mit:Peter Eisenmann, JacquesHerzog, Toyo Ito, DanielLibeskind, Jean Nouvel u. a.Köln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1998

Links – RechtsEin Buch über Händigkeitvon Andrea ScholtzKöln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 1999

Le Corbusiers Hände Les Mains de Le Corbusier Essaysammlung von André Wogenscky Köln: Verlag der BuchhandlungWalther König, 2000

Die Sprache der HändeEin Lese- und Blätterbuch mitden besten Beiträgen aus derFSB-Edition, zusammenge stelltund kommentiert von Jürgen W. Braun, herausge geben von FSB Verlag Hermann SchmidtMainz, 2006ISBN 3-87439-695-9

601

Literature FSBOther books from “the publish-ers sidelining in handles”:

Wege zur Architektur 1AtmosphärenPeter ZumthorPrivatdruck, 2004

Wege zur Architektur 2Architektur und GedächtnisMario Botta, Brigitte Labs-EhlertPrivatdruck, 2005

Einfach! Architektur aus ÖsterreichWalter Chramosta, ManuelaHötzl, Bart Lootsma, AntjeMayer, Jan Tabor, Ute WoltronGraz: Verlag Haus der Architektur, 2006

Wege zur Architektur 3Rundbau in HombroichOliver Kruse,Brigitte Labs-EhlertPrivatdruck, 2006

Wege zur Architektur 4Struktur und KreativitätRobert Wilson, Jürgen W. BraunPrivatdruck, 2007

10a